Teledyne Monitor Labs T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual

OPERATION MANUAL
Model T200
NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer
35 INVERNESS DRIVE EAST
ENGLEWOOD, CO 80112
USA
Toll-free Phone:
Phone:
Fax:
Spare Parts:
Repairs:
Email:
Website:
Teledyne Monitor Labs, Inc.
800-846-6062
303-792-3300
303-799-4853
800-934-2319
800-324-5190
[email protected]
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/
068580000
REV. E
May 2016
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© Teledyne Technologies Incorporated. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names
appearing in this document are the property of their respective owners and are
used herein for identification purposes only.
i
This page intentionally left blank.
ii
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of
avoiding personal injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully.
Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol, and are placed throughout
this manual and inside the instrument. The symbols with messages are defined as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for
specific information.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without protection or
proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
The T200 Analyzer should only be used for the purpose and in the
manner described in this manual. If you use the T200 in a manner other
than that for which it was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue
with possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es).
Note
Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of any Teledyne ML
product can be obtained by contacting Teledyne ML’s Technical Support
Department:
Phone: 800-846-6062
Email: [email protected]
or by accessing the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-ml.com.
iii
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans
le but d’éviter des blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire
attentivement ces consignes. Chaque consigne de sécurité est représentée par un
pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes se retrouvent dans ce manuel et à
l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes:
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique
DANGER : Oxydant puissant
AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL / MISE EN GARDE :
complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques
Lire
la
consigne
MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude
Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou
sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l’instrument.
Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent
être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central
de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite dans
ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter de façon imprévisible
et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz
combustibles!
iv
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024 G)
Teledyne Monitor Labs (TML), a business unit of Teledyne Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TML equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment
failure occur, TML assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TML stands ready to
provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers
in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting are to be
performed by the customer.
NON-TML MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TML is warranted and will be repaired to the
extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment
manufacturer’s warranty.
PRODUCT RETURN
All units or components returned to Teledyne ML should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center. After the
repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
v
This page intentionally left blank.
vi
CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL
In addition to the safety symbols as presented in the Important Safety Information page,
this manual provides special notices related to the safety and effective use of the
analyzer and other pertinent information.
Special Notices appear as follows:
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
This special notice provides information to avoid damage to your instrument and
possibly invalidate the warranty.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Could either affect accuracy of instrument readings or cause loss of data.
Note
Pertinent information associated with the proper care, operation or maintenance
of the analyzer or its parts.
REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding changes to this manual.
T200 User Manual, PN 06858
Date
Rev
DCN
Change Summary
2015 August 4
E
7057
Technical and administrative updates
2013 February 01
D
6646
Correct CE values; misc updates
2012 February 13
C
6213
Technical and Administrative Updates
2011, March 11
B
6018
Administrative Updates
2010
A
5847
Initial Release
vii
Table of Contents
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety Messages ................................................................................................................................................... iii
Warranty ................................................................................................................................................................. v
Conventions Used In this Manual ........................................................................................................................ vii
Revision History ................................................................................................................................................... vii
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 15
1.1. Features ........................................................................................................................................................15
1.2. Support Documentation ................................................................................................................................16
1.3. Options ..........................................................................................................................................................16
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS, & COMPLIANCE ........................................................ 19
2.1. Specifications ................................................................................................................................................19
2.2. EPA Reference Designation .........................................................................................................................20
2.3. Approvals and Certifications .........................................................................................................................21
2.3.1. Safety .....................................................................................................................................................21
2.3.2. EMC .......................................................................................................................................................21
2.3.3. Other Type Certifications .......................................................................................................................22
3. GETTING STARTED .......................................................................................................... 23
3.1. Unpacking the T200 Analyzer .......................................................................................................................23
3.1.1. Ventilation Clearance .............................................................................................................................24
3.2. Instrument Layout .........................................................................................................................................25
3.2.1. Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................25
3.2.2. Rear Panel .............................................................................................................................................29
3.2.3. Internal Chassis Layout .........................................................................................................................31
3.3. Connections and Setup .................................................................................................................................33
3.3.1. Electrical Connections ...........................................................................................................................33
3.3.2. Pneumatic Connections .........................................................................................................................47
3.4. Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration .......................................................................................64
3.4.1. Start Up ..................................................................................................................................................64
3.4.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................64
3.4.3. Functional Checks .................................................................................................................................67
3.4.4. Initial Calibration ....................................................................................................................................68
3.4.4.1. Interferents ..........................................................................................................................................68
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES .............................................................................. 73
4.1. Sample Mode ................................................................................................................................................74
4.1.1. Test Functions .......................................................................................................................................74
4.1.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................77
4.2. Calibration Mode ...........................................................................................................................................78
4.3. Setup Mode ...................................................................................................................................................79
4.3.1. Password Security .................................................................................................................................79
4.3.2. Primary Setup Menu ..............................................................................................................................79
4.3.3. Secondary Setup Menu (SETUP MORE) ..........................................................................................80
5. SETUP MODE MENUS ...................................................................................................... 81
5.1. SETUP  CFG: Configuration Information ..................................................................................................81
5.2. SETUP ACAL: Automatic Calibration Option ............................................................................................82
5.3. SETUP DAS: Internal Data Acquisition System ........................................................................................82
5.4. SETUP RNGE: Analog Output Reporting Range Configuration ...............................................................82
5.4.1. T200 Physical Ranges ...........................................................................................................................82
5.4.2. T200 Analog Output Reporting Ranges .................................................................................................82
5.4.3. SETUP  RNGE  MODE ...................................................................................................................84
5.5. SETUP  PASS: Password Protection ........................................................................................................93
5.6. SETUP  CLK: Setting the Internal Time-of-Day Clock ..............................................................................96
5.6.1. Setting the Time of Day .........................................................................................................................96
5.6.2. Adjusting the Internal Clock’s Speed .....................................................................................................97
5.7. SETUP  COMM: Communications Ports ...................................................................................................98
5.7.1. ID (Machine Identification) .....................................................................................................................98
viii
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table of Contents
5.7.2. INET (Ethernet) ......................................................................................................................................99
5.7.3. COM1[COM2] (Mode, Baude Rate and Test Port) ................................................................................99
5.8. SETUP  VARS: Variables Setup and Definition ........................................................................................99
5.9. SETUP  Diag: Diagnostics Functions ......................................................................................................102
5.9.1. Signal I/O .............................................................................................................................................104
5.9.2. Analog Output (DIAG AOUT) ...............................................................................................................105
5.9.3. Analog I/O Configuration (DIAG AIO) ..................................................................................................105
5.9.4. Test Chan Output (Selecting a Test Channel Function for Output A4) ...............................................120
5.9.5. Optic Test .............................................................................................................................................122
5.9.6. Electrical Test ......................................................................................................................................122
5.9.7. Ozone Gen Override ............................................................................................................................122
5.9.8. Flow Calibration ...................................................................................................................................122
6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION ............................................................ 123
6.1. Date Terminal / Communication Equipment (DTE DCE) ............................................................................123
6.2. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port Testing .................................................................................123
6.2.1. Communication Modes ........................................................................................................................124
6.2.2. Com Port Baud Rate ............................................................................................................................126
6.2.3. Com Port Testing .................................................................................................................................126
6.3. RS-232 ........................................................................................................................................................128
6.4. RS-485 (Option) ..........................................................................................................................................128
6.5. Ethernet .......................................................................................................................................................129
6.5.1. Configuring Ethernet Communication Manually (Static IP Address) ...................................................129
6.5.2. Configuring Ethernet Communication Using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) .............131
6.6. USB Port for Remote Access ......................................................................................................................134
6.7. Communications Protocols .........................................................................................................................136
6.7.1. MODBUS .............................................................................................................................................136
6.7.2. Hessen .................................................................................................................................................138
7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM ..................................................... 147
7.1. DAS Structure .............................................................................................................................................148
7.1.1. DAS Channels .....................................................................................................................................148
7.1.2. Viewing DAS Data and Settings ..........................................................................................................153
7.1.3. Editing DAS Data Channels .................................................................................................................154
7.2. Remote DAS Configuration .........................................................................................................................166
7.2.1. DAS Configuration via APICOM ..........................................................................................................166
7.2.2. DAS Configuration via Terminal Emulation Programs .........................................................................168
8. REMOTE OPERATION .................................................................................................... 169
8.1. Computer Mode ..........................................................................................................................................169
8.1.1. Remote Control via APICOM ...............................................................................................................169
8.2. Interactive Mode ..........................................................................................................................................170
8.2.1. Remote Control via a Terminal Emulation Program ............................................................................170
8.3. Remote Access by Modem .........................................................................................................................172
8.4. Password Security for Serial Remote Communications .............................................................................175
9. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES ....................................................................................... 177
9.1. Before Calibration .......................................................................................................................................178
9.1.1. Required Equipment, Supplies, and Expendables ..............................................................................178
9.1.2. Calibration Gases ................................................................................................................................179
9.1.3. Data Recording Devices ......................................................................................................................181
9.1.4. NO 2 Conversion Efficiency (CE) ..........................................................................................................181
9.2. Manual Calibration Checks and Calibration of the T200 Analyzer in its Base Configuration .....................181
9.2.1. Setup for Basic Calibration Checks and Calibration ............................................................................182
9.2.2. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration Check ....................................................................................183
9.2.3. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration ...............................................................................................184
9.3. Manual Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator .........................................................................186
9.3.1. Performing “Precision” Manual Calibration when Internal Span Gas (IZS) Generator Option is
Present ...........................................................................................................................................................186
9.3.2. Setup for Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator ...............................................................187
9.3.3. CAL On NO 2 Feature ...........................................................................................................................187
ix
Table of Contents
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.3.4. Performing a Manual Calibration Check with the Internal Span Gas Generator .................................189
9.3.5. Performing a Manual Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator ............................................190
9.4. Manual Calibration and Cal Checks with the Valve Options Installed ........................................................193
9.4.1. Setup for Calibration Using Valve Options ..........................................................................................193
9.4.2. Manual Calibration Checks with Valve Options Installed ....................................................................194
9.4.3. Manual Calibration Using Valve Options .............................................................................................195
9.5. Automatic Zero/Span Cal/Check (AutoCal) ................................................................................................197
9.5.1. SETUP  ACAL: Programming and AUTO CAL Sequence ...............................................................200
9.6. Calibration Quality Analysis ........................................................................................................................203
9.7. Gas Flow Calibration ...................................................................................................................................204
10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION ................................................................................. 205
11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE .................................................................................... 207
11.1. Maintenance Schedule..............................................................................................................................207
11.2. Predictive Diagnostics ...............................................................................................................................209
11.3. Maintenance Procedures ..........................................................................................................................210
11.3.1. Replacing the Sample Particulate Filter .............................................................................................210
11.3.2. Changing the O 3 Dryer Particulate Filter ...........................................................................................211
11.3.3. Changing the Ozone Cleanser Chemical ..........................................................................................212
11.3.4. Maintaining the External Sample Pump (Pump Pack).......................................................................214
11.3.5. Changing the Pump DFU Filter ..........................................................................................................215
11.3.6. Changing the Internal Span Gas Generator Permeation Tube .........................................................216
11.3.7. Changing the External Zero Air Scrubber (OPT 86C) .......................................................................216
11.3.8. Changing the NO 2 Converter.............................................................................................................219
11.3.9. Cleaning the Reaction Cell ................................................................................................................221
11.3.10. Replacing Critical Flow Orifices .......................................................................................................223
11.3.11. Checking for Light Leaks .................................................................................................................224
11.3.12. Checking for Pneumatic Leaks ........................................................................................................225
12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE ............................................................................... 227
12.1. General Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................................228
12.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages .......................................................................................228
12.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions .................................................................................................232
12.1.3. DIAG  SIGNAL I/O: Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function......................................................233
12.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel ....................................................................................................235
12.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs ................................................................................................236
12.3.1. CPU Status Indicator .........................................................................................................................236
12.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ....................................................................................................................236
12.4. Gas Flow Problems ...................................................................................................................................238
12.4.1. Zero or Low Flow Problems ...............................................................................................................238
12.5. Calibration Problems .................................................................................................................................242
12.5.1. Negative Concentrations....................................................................................................................242
12.5.2. No Response .....................................................................................................................................243
12.5.3. Unstable Zero and Span ....................................................................................................................243
12.5.4. Inability to Span - No SPAN Button (CALS) ......................................................................................244
12.5.5. Inability to Zero - No ZERO Button (CALZ) .......................................................................................244
12.5.6. Non-Linear Response ........................................................................................................................244
12.5.7. Discrepancy Between Analog Output and Display ............................................................................245
12.5.8. Discrepancy Between NO and NOX slopes ......................................................................................246
12.6. Other Performance Problems ...................................................................................................................246
12.6.1. Excessive Noise .................................................................................................................................246
12.6.2. Slow Response ..................................................................................................................................246
12.6.3. Auto Zero Warnings ..........................................................................................................................247
12.7. Subsystem Checkout ................................................................................................................................248
12.7.1. AC Main Power ..................................................................................................................................248
12.7.2. DC Power Supply...............................................................................................................................249
2
12.7.3. I C Bus ...............................................................................................................................................250
12.7.4. LCD/Display Module ..........................................................................................................................250
12.7.5. Relay PCA .........................................................................................................................................250
12.7.6. Motherboard .......................................................................................................................................251
x
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table of Contents
12.7.7. Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly .....................................................................................................255
12.7.8. CPU....................................................................................................................................................256
12.7.9. RS-232 Communications ...................................................................................................................256
12.7.10. NO2  NO Converter ......................................................................................................................257
12.7.11. Determining CE by Simplified GPT Calibration ...............................................................................262
12.7.12. Photomultiplier Tube (PMT) Sensor Module....................................................................................265
12.7.13. PMT Preamplifier Board...................................................................................................................267
12.7.14. PMT Temperature Control PCA .......................................................................................................268
12.7.15. O 3 Generator ...................................................................................................................................269
12.7.16. Internal Span Gas Generator and Valve Options ............................................................................270
12.7.17. Temperature Sensor ........................................................................................................................271
12.8. Service Procedures ...................................................................................................................................272
12.8.1. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure .........................................................................................272
12.8.2. O 3 Generator Replacement ...............................................................................................................273
12.8.3. Sample and Ozone Dryer Replacement ............................................................................................273
12.8.4. PMT Sensor Hardware Calibration ....................................................................................................274
12.8.5. Replacing the PMT, HVPS or TEC ....................................................................................................276
12.8.6. Removing / Replacing the Relay PCA from the Instrument...............................................................279
12.9. Frequently Asked Questions .....................................................................................................................280
12.10. Technical Assistance ..............................................................................................................................282
13. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION...................................................................................... 283
13.1. Measurement Principle .............................................................................................................................283
13.1.1. Chemiluminescence Creation in the T200 Reaction Cell ..................................................................283
13.1.2. Chemiluminescence Detection in the T200 Reaction Cell .................................................................285
13.1.3. NO X and NO 2 Determination .............................................................................................................286
13.1.4. Auto Zero ...........................................................................................................................................287
13.1.5. Measurement Interferences ...............................................................................................................288
13.2. Pneumatic Operation ................................................................................................................................291
13.2.1. Sample Gas Flow...............................................................................................................................291
13.2.2. Flow Rate Control - Critical Flow Orifices ..........................................................................................293
13.2.3. Ozone Gas Generation and Air Flow .................................................................................................296
13.2.4. Pneumatic Sensors ............................................................................................................................300
13.3. Electronic Operation..................................................................................................................................302
13.3.1. Overview ............................................................................................................................................302
13.3.2. CPU....................................................................................................................................................304
13.3.3. Motherboard .......................................................................................................................................305
13.3.4. Relay PCA .........................................................................................................................................310
13.4. Sensor Module ..........................................................................................................................................316
13.5. Photo Multiplier Tube (PMT) .....................................................................................................................316
13.5.1. PMT Preamplifier ...............................................................................................................................317
13.5.2. PMT Cooling System .........................................................................................................................319
13.6. Pneumatic Sensor Board ..........................................................................................................................320
13.7. Power Supply/Circuit Breaker ...................................................................................................................321
13.7.1. AC Power Configuration ....................................................................................................................322
13.8. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface ..............................................................................................327
13.8.1. LVDS Transmitter Board ....................................................................................................................328
13.8.2. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface PCA ..............................................................................328
13.9. Software Operation ...................................................................................................................................328
13.9.1. Adaptive Filter ....................................................................................................................................329
13.9.2. Temperature/Pressure Compensation (TPC) ....................................................................................329
13.9.3. Calibration - Slope and Offset ............................................................................................................330
Glossary .............................................................................................................................................................331
Index ...................................................................................................................................................................335
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - SPARE PARTS
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
xi
Table of Contents
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
FIGURES
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 3-9:
Figure 3-10:
Figure 3-11:
Figure 3-12:
Figure 3-13
Figure 3-14:
Figure 3-15:
Figure 3-16:
Figure 3-17:
Figure 3-18:
Figure 3-19:
Figure 3-20:
Figure 3-21:
Figure 3-22:
Figure 3-23:
Figure 3-24:
Figure 3-25:
Figure 3-26:
Figure 3-27:
Figure 3-28:
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4:
Figure 5-5:
Figure 5-6:
Figure 5-7:
Figure 5-8:
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-3.
Figure 6-4.
Figure 6-5.
Figure 6-6.
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2:
Figure 7-3:
Figure 7-4:
Figure 8-1:
Figure 9-1:
Figure 9-2:
Figure 9-3:
Figure 9-4:
Figure 11-1
xii
Front Panel Layout .......................................................................................................................25
Display Screen and Touch Control ..............................................................................................26
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts .............................................................28
Rear Panel Layout – Base Unit ...................................................................................................29
Internal Layout – Top View with IZS Option ................................................................................31
Internal Layout - Top View Showing Other Options ....................................................................32
Analog In Connector ....................................................................................................................34
Analog Output Connector ............................................................................................................35
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard .....................................................................36
Status Output Connector .............................................................................................................37
Energizing the T200 Control Inputs .............................................................................................38
Concentration Alarm Relay ..........................................................................................................39
Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode ......................................................................42
Default Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port Connector (RS-232). ............................................43
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode.......................................................................................45
RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram .....................................................46
Gas Line Connections from Calibrator – Basic T200 Configuration ............................................50
Gas Line Connections from Bottled Span Gas – Basic T200 Configuration ...............................51
Pneumatics, Basic Configuration .................................................................................................53
Rear Panel Layout with Z/S Valve Options (OPT 50A) ...............................................................54
Gas Line Connections for T200 with Z/S Valves Option (OPT 50A) ...........................................54
Pneumatics with Zero/Span Valves OPT 50A .............................................................................56
Rear Panel Layout with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves OPT 50B................................57
Gas Line Connection w/Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (OPT 50B) .............................58
Pneumatics with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (OPT 50B) ........................................59
Rear Panel Layout with Internal Span Source (IZS) OPT 50G ...................................................61
Pneumatics with the Internal Span Gas Generator (OPT 50G)...................................................62
Pneumatics for Sample Conditioner OPT 86A ............................................................................63
Front Panel Display......................................................................................................................73
Viewing T200 Test Functions ......................................................................................................75
Analog Output Connector Pin Out ...............................................................................................83
SETUP – COM Menu...................................................................................................................98
COMM– Machine ID ....................................................................................................................99
Accessing the DIAG Submenus ................................................................................................103
Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus ..................................................................106
Setup for Checking / Calibrating DCV Analog Output Signal Levels .........................................111
Setup for Checking / Calibration Current Output Signal Levels Using an Ammeter..................113
Alternative Setup Using 250Ω Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels ................115
COM – Communication Modes Setup .......................................................................................125
COM – COM Port Baud Rate ....................................................................................................126
COM – COM1 Test Port.............................................................................................................127
COM - LAN /Internet Manual Configuration ...............................................................................130
COM – LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration (DHCP) ...........................................................132
COM – Change Hostname........................................................................................................133
Default DAS Channels Setup ....................................................................................................152
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface.............................................................................166
Sample APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS .........................................................167
DAS Configuration Through a Terminal Emulation Program.....................................................168
Remote Access by Modem ........................................................................................................173
Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks of T200’s in Base Configuration w/ a Gas Dilution
Calibrator....................................................................................................................................182
Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks of T200’s in Base Configuration w/ Bottled Gas .........182
Pneumatic Connections for T200 Precision Calibration when IZS Generator Present .............186
Pneumatic Connections for Manual Calibration/Checks with the Internal Span Gas Generator187
Replacing the Particulate Filter ..................................................................................................210
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 11-2:
Figure 11-3:
Figure 11-4:
Figure 11-5:
Figure 11-6:
Figure 11-7:
Figure 12-1:
Figure 12-2:
Figure 12-3:
Figure 12-4:
Figure 12-5:
Figure 12-6:
Figure 12-7:
Figure 12-8:
Figure 12-9:
Figure 12-10:
Figure 12-11:
Figure 13-1:
Figure 13-2:
Figure 13-3:
Figure 13-4:
Figure 13-5.
Figure 13-6:
Figure 13-7:
Figure 13-8:
Figure 13-9:
Figure 13-10:
Figure 13-11:
Figure 13-12:
Figure 13-13:
Figure 13-14:
Figure 13-15:
Figure 13-16:
Figure 13-17:
Figure 13-18:
Figure 13-19:
Figure 13-20:
Figure 13-21:
Figure 13-22:
Figure 13-23:
Figure 13-24:
Figure 13-25:
Figure 13-26:
Figure 13-27:
Figure 13-28:
Table of Contents
Particle Filter on O 3 Supply Air Dryer ........................................................................................211
Ozone Cleanser Assembly ........................................................................................................212
Zero Air Scrubber Assembly ......................................................................................................218
NO 2 Converter Assembly ..........................................................................................................220
Reaction Cell Assembly .............................................................................................................221
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly ...................................................................................................223
Example of Signal I/O Function .................................................................................................234
CPU Status Indicator .................................................................................................................236
Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting ..................................................................237
Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA .....................................................................249
Typical Set Up of Status Output Test ........................................................................................253
Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly .............................................................................................255
Setup for determining NO 2  NO Efficiency – T200 Base Configuration .................................259
Pre-Amplifier Board Layout ........................................................................................................275
T200 Sensor Assembly ..............................................................................................................277
Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place .............................................................................279
Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations .....................................................................................279
Reaction Cell with PMT Tube and Optical Filter ........................................................................285
T200 Sensitivity Spectrum .........................................................................................................286
NO 2  NO Conversion ...............................................................................................................286
Pneumatic Flow During the Auto Zero Cycle .............................................................................288
Vacuum Manifold, Standard Configuration ................................................................................292
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice...........................................................................293
Location of Flow Control Assemblies & Critical Flow Orifices ...................................................295
Ozone Generator Principle ........................................................................................................297
Semi-Permeable Membrane Drying Process ............................................................................297
T200 Sample Dryer ....................................................................................................................298
T200 Electronic Block Diagram .................................................................................................302
CPU Board .................................................................................................................................304
Relay PCA Layout (P/N 045230100) .........................................................................................310
Relay PCA P/N 045230100 with AC Relay Retainer in Place ...................................................311
Status LED Locations – Relay PCA ...........................................................................................312
Heater Control Loop Block Diagram. .........................................................................................314
Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs ................................................................316
Basic PMT Design .....................................................................................................................317
PMT Preamp Block Diagram .....................................................................................................318
Typical Thermo-Electric Cooler .................................................................................................319
PMT Cooling System Block Diagram .........................................................................................320
Power Distribution Block Diagram .............................................................................................322
Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers ...........................................................................323
Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7) ................................................................................................324
Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP2).........................................................................325
Typical Jumper Set (JP2) Set Up of Heaters ............................................................................326
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram .....................................................................327
Basic Software Operation ..........................................................................................................328
TABLES
Table 1-1.
Table 2-2:
Table 3-1:
Table 3-5:
Table 3-6:
Table 3-7:
Table 3-8:
Analyzer Options ..........................................................................................................................16
T200 Software Settings for EPA Reference ................................................................................20
Ventilation Clearance ...................................................................................................................24
Analog Output Pin Assignments ..................................................................................................35
Status Output Pin Assignments ...................................................................................................37
Control Input Pin Assignments ....................................................................................................38
Zero/Span Valves Operating States OPT 50A ............................................................................56
xiii
Table of Contents
Table 3-9:
Table 3-10:
Table 3-11:
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 5-1:
Table 5-2:
Table 5-3:
Table 5-4:
Table 5-5:
Table 5-6:
Table 5-7:
Table 5-8:
Table 5-9:
Table 6-1:
Table 6-2:
Table 6-4:
Table 6-5:
Table 6-6:
Table 7-1:
Table 7-2:
Table 7-3:
Table 8-1:
Table 8-2:
Table 9-1:
Table 9-2:
Table 9-3:
Table 9-4:
Table 9-5:
Table 11-1:
Table 11-2:
Table 12-1:
Table 12-2:
Table 12-3:
Table 12-4:
Table 12-5:
Table 12-6:
Table 12-7:
Table 12-8:
Table 12-9:
Table 12-10:
Table 12-11:
Table 13-1:
Table 13-2:
Table 13-3:
Table 13-4:
Table 13-5:
Table 13-6:
Table 13-7:
Table 13-8:
xiv
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Valve Operating States OPT 50B installed ..................................................................................60
Internal Span Gas Generator Valve Operating States OPT 50G ................................................63
Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up .....................................................................................66
Analyzer Operating Modes ..........................................................................................................74
Test Functions Defined ................................................................................................................75
Warning Messages Defined .........................................................................................................77
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions .............................................................................79
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions ........................................................................80
IND Mode Analog Output Assignments .......................................................................................86
Password Levels ..........................................................................................................................93
Variable Names (VARS) ............................................................................................................100
Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions ...........................................................................................102
DIAG - Analog I/O Functions .....................................................................................................105
Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max ....................................................................................107
Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration ..........................................................111
Current Loop Output Check .......................................................................................................115
Test Channels Functions available on the T200’s Analog Output .............................................120
COM Port Communication Modes .............................................................................................124
Ethernet Status Indicators..........................................................................................................129
RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol ........................................................138
Teledyne ML's Hessen Protocol Response Modes ...................................................................141
Default Hessen Status Flag Assignments .................................................................................145
Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS ...............................................................................147
DAS Data Channel Properties ...................................................................................................149
DAS Data Parameter Functions ................................................................................................157
Terminal Mode Software Commands ........................................................................................170
Teledyne ML's Serial I/O Command Types ...............................................................................171
IZS Option Valve States with CAL_ON_NO 2 Turned ON .........................................................187
AUTOCAL Modes ......................................................................................................................197
AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters..........................................................................................198
Example AutoCal Sequence ......................................................................................................199
Calibration Data Quality Evaluation ...........................................................................................203
T200 Maintenance Schedule .....................................................................................................208
Predictive Uses for Test Functions ............................................................................................209
Front Panel Warning Messages ................................................................................................230
Test Functions - Indicated Failures ............................................................................................232
Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools ...............................................................................235
Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications ..........................................................................236
Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications ................................................................................237
DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes ..........................................................................249
DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels ........................................................................................250
Relay PCA Control Devices .......................................................................................................250
Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs .............................................251
Status Outputs Check ................................................................................................................253
T200 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions ........................254
List of Interferents ......................................................................................................................290
T200 Valve Cycle Phases ..........................................................................................................293
T200 Gas Flow Rates ................................................................................................................295
Relay PCA Status LED’s............................................................................................................312
Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs ................................................................315
AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7) ....................................................................324
Power Configuration for Standard AC Heaters (JP2) ................................................................325
Power Configuration for Optional Heaters (JP6) .......................................................................326
1. INTRODUCTION
Teledyne ML’s Model T200 (also referred to as T200) NO/NO 2 /NO X Analyzer uses
chemiluminescence detection (see Principles of Operation, Section 13, this manual),
coupled with state-of-the-art microprocessor technology to provide the sensitivity,
stability and ease of use needed for ambient or dilution CEM monitoring requirements
of nitric oxide (NO), nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ) and total nitrogen oxides (NO x ). Along
with providing high accuracy and dependability, the T200 tracks operational parameters
and issues warnings if they fall outside diagnostic limits, as well as stores easily
retrievable data.
1.1. FEATURES
Some of the other exceptional features of your T200 NO/NO 2 /NO X Analyzer are:
•
Ranges, 0-50 ppb to 0-20 ppm, user selectable
•
Independent ranges and auto ranging
•
Large, vivid, and durable graphics display with touch screen interface
•
Microprocessor controlled for versatility
•
Multi-tasking software to allow viewing test variables while operating
•
Continuous self checking with alarms
•
Permeation dryer on ozone generator
•
Bi-directional RS-232, optional USB and RS-485, and 10/100Base-T Ethernet
ports for remote operation
•
Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices and firmware upgrades
•
Digital status outputs to provide instrument operating condition
•
Adaptive signal filtering to optimize response time
•
Temperature and pressure compensation
•
Converter efficiency correction software
•
Catalytic ozone destruct
•
Comprehensive internal data logging with programmable averaging periods
•
Ability to log virtually any operating parameter
•
8 analog inputs (optional)
•
Internal zero and span check (optional)
15
Introduction
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
1.2. SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION
Download additional manuals from Teledyne ML’s website at http://www.teledyneml.com/manuals/ to support the operation of the instrument:
1.3. OPTIONS
The options available for your analyzer are presented in Table 1-1. To order these options
or to learn more about them, please contact the Sales Department of Teledyne Monitor
Labs at:
TOLL-FREE:
PHONE:
FAX:
EMAIL:
WEBSITE:
Table 1-1.
Option
800-846-6062
+1 303-792-3300
+1 303-799-4853
[email protected]
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/
Analyzer Options
Option
Number
Description/Notes
Reference
Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting same
pneumatic performance.
Pumps
11A
Ship without pump
(TML Sales)
11B
Pumpless Pump Pack
(TML Sales)
12A
Internal Pump 115V @ 60 Hz
(TML Sales)
12B
Internal Pump 220V @ 60 Hz
(TML Sales)
12C
Internal Pump 220V @ 50 Hz
(TML Sales)
Rack Mount
Kits
Options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
20A
Rack mount brackets with 26 in. (660 mm) chassis slides
(TML Sales)
20B
Rack mount brackets with 24 in. (610 mm) chassis slides
(TML Sales)
21
Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29)
(TML Sales)
23
Rack mount for external pump pack (no slides)
(TML Sales)
Carrying Strap/Handle
29
Side-mounted strap for hand-carrying analyzer
Extends from “flat” position to accommodate hand for carrying.
Recesses to 9mm (3/8”) dimension for storage.
Can be used with rack mount brackets, Option 21.
Cannot be used with rack mount slides.
(TML Sales)
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
THE T200 ANALYZER WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS).
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND THAT TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY THE
ANALYZER. DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE ANALYZER BEFORE MOVING IT.
Analog Input and USB port
64B
16
Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such as
meteorological instruments).
Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzer’s internal
DAS
Sections 3.3.1.2,
and 7
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Option
Option
Number
Current Loop Analog
Outputs
41
Parts Kits
Description/Notes
Introduction
Reference
Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s analog
outputs.
Can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA.
May be ordered separately for any of the analog outputs.
Can be installed at the factory or retrofitted in the field.
Sections 3.3.1.4
and 5.9.3.7
Spare parts and expendables
42A
Expendables Kit includes a recommended set of expendables for
one year of operation of this instrument including replacement
sample particulate filters.
Appendix B
43
Expendables Kit with IZS includes the items needed to refurbish
the zero air scrubber.
Appendix B
45
Spare Parts Kit includes spares parts for one unit.
Appendix B
Used to control the flow of calibration gases generated from external sources,
rather than manually switching the rear panel pneumatic connections.
Calibration Valves
AMBIENT ZERO AND AMBIENT SPAN VALVES
50A
Zero Air and Span Gas input supplied at ambient pressure.
Gases controlled by 2 internal valves; SAMPLE/CAL & ZERO/SPAN.
Section 3.3.2.3
AMBIENT ZERO AND PRESSURIZED SPAN VALVES
50B
50G
NO 2 Permeation Tubes
Span Gas input from external, pressurized source;
Span Gas flow rate maintained at 1 ATM by critical flow orifice & vented
through Vent port.
Shutoff valve stops flow of Span Gas when in sample mode to preserve
pressurized gas source.
Zero Air created via 2-stage scrubber & dry filter unit (DFU).
Gases controlled by 2 internal valves; SAMPLE/CAL & ZERO/SPAN.
ZERO SCRUBBER AND INTERNAL SPAN SOURCE (IZS)
Span Gas generated from internal NO 2 permeation tube
Zero Air created by 2-stage scrubber & DFU.
Gases controlled by 2 internal valves: Sample/Cal & Zero/Span.
Section 3.3.2.4
Sections 3.3.2.5
and 3.3.2.6
Replacement tubes; identical size/shape; different permeation rates.
Permeation Rate
Approximate NO 2 Concentration @ 50°C
(± 25%)
52B
421 ng/min
300ppb – 500 ppb ± 25%
(TML Sales)
52G
842 ng/min
0600 – 1000 ppb ± 25%
(TML Sales)
Each tube comes with a calibration certificate, traceable to a NIST standard,
specifying its actual effusion rate of that tube to within ± 5% @ 0.56 liters per
minute, calibration performed at a tube temperature of 50°C.
Communication Cables
For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type
USB Port
Section 3.3.2.5
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about
1.8 m long. Used to interface with older computers or
code activated switches with DB-25 serial connectors.
60A
RS-232
Section 3.3.1.8
60B
RS-232
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about
1.8 m length.
Section 3.3.1.8
60C
Ethernet
Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN
communications.
Section 3.3.1.8
60D
USB
Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear
panel USB port) and personal computer.
Section 3.3.1.8
For remote connection
17
Introduction
Option
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Option
Number
Description/Notes
Reference
64A
For connection to personal computer. (Separate option only when
Option 64B, Analog Input and USB Com Port not elected).
Sections 3.3.1.8
and 6.6
Concentration Alarm Relays
61
RS-232 Multidrop
Issues warning when gas concentration exceeds limits set by user.
Four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel of the instrument. This
relay option is different from and in addition to the “Contact Closures”
that come standard on all TML instruments.
Section 3.3.1.7
Enables communications between host computer and up to eight analyzers.
62
Other Gas Options
Multidrop card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card.
Each instrument in the multidrop network requres this card and a
communications cable (Option 60B).
Section 3.3.1.8
Second gas sensor and gas conditioners
65A
Oxygen (O 2 ) Sensor
86A
Ammonia removal sample conditioner (required for EN Certification)
3.3.2.6, 3.4.4.1
86C
External zero air scrubber
Sections 3.3.2.6,
9.1.2.1, 11.3.7, and
11.3.7.1, Table 11-1
Special Features
Figure 3-6
Built in features, software activated
N/A
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places
the analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling,
yet ignore calibration, diagnostic, and reset instrument commands.
This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to
Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.
(TML Tech
Support)
Call Customer Service for activation.
N/A
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display
messages in a language other than the instrument’s default
language.
Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing
the second language.
N/A
Dilution Ratio Option allows the user to compensate for diluted
sample gas, such as in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) where
the quality of gas in a smoke stack is being tested and the sampling
method used to remove the gas from the stack dilutes the gas.
Call Customer Service for activation.
18
(TML Tech
Support)
Section 5.4.3.5
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS, & COMPLIANCE
This section presents specifications for the T200, Agency approvals, EPA designation,
and CE mark and safety compliance.
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1 presents the instrument’s parameters and the specifications that each meets.
Table 2-1:
T200 Basic Unit Specifications
Parameter
Specification
Min/Max Range
(Physical Analog Output)
Min: 0-50 ppb Full Scale
Max: 0-20,000 ppb Full Scale (selectable, independent NO, NO 2 , NO x ranges and
auto ranges supported)
Measurement Units
ppb, ppm, µg/m , mg/m (selectable)
3
1
Zero Noise
3
< 0.2 ppb (RMS)
1
Span Noise
< 0.5% of reading (RMS) above 50 ppb or 0.2 ppb, whichever is greater
Lower Detectable Limit
2
0.4 ppb
Zero Drift
< 0.5 ppb (at constant temperature and voltage) /24 hours
Span Drift
< 0.5% of Full Scale (at constant temperature and voltage) /24 hours
1
Lag Time
20 seconds
1
Rise/Fall Time
<60 seconds to 95%
Linearity
1% of full scale / 24 hours
Precision
0.5% of reading above 50 ppb
Sample Flow Rate
500 cm /min ± 10%
AC Power
Rating
110-120 V~ 60 Hz 3.0 A
220-240 V~ 50/60 Hz 3.0 A
Power, Ext Pump
100 V~, 50/60 Hz 3.25 A
115 V~, 60 Hz 3.0 A
220-240 V~, 50/60 Hz 2.5 A
Analog Output Ranges
Analog Output Resolution
Recorder Offset
3
Typical Power Consumption
100 W
110 W
10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V (selectable)
All Ranges with 5% Under/Over Range
1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage
± 10%
19
Specifications, Approvals, & Compliance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Parameter
Specification
Standard I/O
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs (7 defined, 1 spare)
6 opto-isolated digital control inputs (4 defined, 2 spar)
4 analog outputs
Optional I/O
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
3 4-20mA current outputs
7" x 17" x 23.5" (178mm x 432 mm x 597 mm)
Dimensions H x W x D
Weight
Analyzer: 40 lbs (18 kg)
External Pump Pack: 15 lbs (7 kg)
Operating Temperature Range
5 - 40 °C (with EPA equivalency)
Humidity Range
0-95% RH non-condensing
Environmental Conditions
Installation Category (Over voltage Category) II Pollution Degree 2
Intended for Indoor Use Only at Altitudes ≤ 2000m
1
2
As defined by the US EPA.
Defined as twice the zero noise level by the US EPA.
2.2. EPA REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Teledyne ML’s T200 nitrogen oxides analyzer is designated as an automated reference
method (Number RFNA-1194-099) for NO 2 measurement, as defined in 40 CFR Part
53, when operated under the following conditions:
•
Range: Any full-scale range between 0-0.05 and 0-1.0 ppm (parts per million).
•
Ambient temperature range of 5 to 40°C.
•
With PTFE filter element or a Kynar® DFU installed in the internal filter assembly.
•
Equipped with ozone supply air filter
•
Gas flow supplied by an external vacuum pump capable of ≤10 in-Hg-A at 2
standard liters per minute (slpm).
•
Software Settings, see Table 2-2:
Table 2-2: T200 Software Settings for EPA Reference
Parameter
20
Setting
Dynamic Zero
OFF or ON
Dynamic Span
OFF
CAL-on-NO 2
OFF
Dilution Factor
1.0 or OFF
Temp/Pres compensation
ON
AutoCal
ON or OFF
Independent range
ON or OFF
Auto range
ON or OFF
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Specifications, Approvals, & Compliance
Under the designation, the T200 analyzer may be operated with or without the
following:
•
Rack mount with or without slides option
•
Rack mount for external pump option
•
4-20mA isolated analog outputs option
•
Status outputs
•
Control input
•
Analog input option
•
Ethernet output
•
RS-232 output
•
RS-485 output
•
Zero/Span Valves option
•
Nafion-type sample gas conditioner option
•
Internal Zero/Span (IZS) option
2.3. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The Teledyne ML Model T200 analyzer was tested and certified for Safety and
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the compliance statements
for those requirements and directives.
2.3.1. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
2.3.2. EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
21
Specifications, Approvals, & Compliance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
2.3.3. OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS
MCERTS: Sira MC 050068/05
EN 14211 – Ambient Air Measurement for NO 2
EN 15267 – Air Quality – Ambient Air Automated Measuring Systems
For additional certifications, please contact Technical Support:
Toll-free Phone:
800-846-6062
Phone:
303-792-3300
Fax:
303-799-4853
Email:
.
22
[email protected]
3. GETTING STARTED
This section addresses the procedures for unpacking the instrument and inspecting for
damage, presents clearance specifications for proper ventilation, introduces the
instrument layout, then presents the procedures for getting started: making electrical and
pneumatic connections, and conducting an initial function and calibration check.
3.1. UNPACKING THE T200 ANALYZER
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
To avoid personal injury, always use two persons to lift and carry the T200.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too
small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to use Electro-Static
Discharge (ESD) protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
the instrument warranty.
CAUTION!
Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from SAMPLE
and EXHAUST ports on the rear panel.
Note
Teledyne ML recommends that you store shipping containers/materials for
future use if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for repair
and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this manual and shipping
procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-ml.com under Customer
Support > Return Authorization.
23
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage. If damage has occurred,
please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne ML.
Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance characterization
performed on your instrument at the factory. This record, titled Final Test and
Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04490) is an important quality assurance and calibration
record for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality records file for this
instrument.
With no power to the unit, carefully removed the top cover of the analyzer and check for
internal shipping damage by carrying out the following steps:
1. Carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for internal shipping
damage.
a. Remove the setscrew located in the top, center of the Front panel.
b. Slide the cover backwards until it clears the analyzer’s front bezel.
c.
Lift the cover straight up.
2. Inspect the interior of the instrument to ensure all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
3. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses
to ensure they are firmly and properly seated.
4. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed.
These are listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer.
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Never disconnect PCAs, wiring harnesses or electronic subassemblies
while under power.
3.1.1. VENTILATION CLEARANCE
Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be sure to
leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance
AREA
MINIMUM REQUIRED
CLEARANCE
Back of the instrument
10 cm / 4 in
Sides of the instrument
2.5 cm / 1 in
Above and below the instrument
2.5 cm / 1 in
See Section 1.3 of this manual for various rack mount kit options are available for this
analyzer. Refer to for more information.
24
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2. INSTRUMENT LAYOUT
Instrument layout shows front and rear panels and internal chassis.
3.2.1. FRONT PANEL
Figure 3-1 shows the analyzer’s front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the display
screen in Figure 3-2, which is described in Table 3-2. The two USB ports on the front
panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:
•
Plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the touchscreen
interface
•
Thumb drive (not included) to download updates to instruction software (contact
TML Technical Support for information).
Figure 3-1:
Front Panel Layout
25
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-2:
Display Screen and Touch Control
The front panel interface shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before
the main display appears, similar to Figure 3-2 above. The LEDs on the display screen
indicate the Sample, Calibration and Fault states; also on the screen is the gas
concentration field (Conc), which displays real-time readouts for the primary gases, NO,
NO 2 , and NO x , and for the secondary gas if installed. The display screen also shows
what mode the analyzer is currently in (Mode field), as well as messages and data
(Param field). Along the bottom of the screen is a row of touch control buttons; only
those that are currently applicable will have a label. Table 3-2 provides detailed
information for each component of the screen.
ATTENTION
26
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to touch the control buttons.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 3-2:
Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Field
Status
Getting Started
Description/Function
LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name
Color
SAMPLE
Green
State
Off
On
Blinking
Definition
Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.
Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data
being stored.
Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,
DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled
CAL
Yellow
Off
On
Blinking
Auto Cal disabled
Auto Cal enabled
Unit is in calibration mode
FAULT
Red
Off
Blinking
No warnings exist
Warnings exist
Conc
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the
currently selected units of measure.
Mode
Displays the name of the analyzer’s current operating mode
Param
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Control Buttons
Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts illustrated in
this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas concentration) fields in the
display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch
control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom
row of each menu chart.
27
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-3:
Note
28
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts
The menu charts in this manual contain condensed representations of the
analyzer’s display during the various operations being described. These menu
charts are not intended to be exact visual representations of the actual display.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2.2. REAR PANEL
Figure 3-4:
Rear Panel Layout – Base Unit
Table 3-3 provides a description of each component on the rear panel.
29
Getting Started
Table 3-3:
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Rear Panel Description
Component
Function
cooling fan
AC power
connector
Model/specs label
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power
specs on the analyzer’s rear panel Model number label
Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specs
TO CONV
(not used)
FROM CONV
(not used)
MULTI
(not used)
TO DRYER
(not used)
FROM DRYER
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN 1
SPAN2/VENT
ZERO AIR
Outlet for internal sample gas dryer; connect to external zero air scrubber (for IZS options
only).
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
Calibration gases can also enter here on units without zero/span/shutoff valve options
installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside the
shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument. The line must be ¼” tubing or
greater.
On units with zero/span/shutoff valves option installed, connect a gas line to the source of
calibrated span gas here.
On units with pressurized span valve option, used for venting.
Internal Zero Air: On units with zero/span/shutoff valves option installed but no internal
zero air scrubber attach a gas line to the source of zero air here.
RX TX
LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
COM 2
Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.
RS-232
Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
DCE DTE
STATUS
ANALOG OUT
CONTROL IN
ALARM
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment during
RS-232 communication.
For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
ETHERNET
Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable
ANALOG IN
Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for logging these
signals
USB
Model Label
30
Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear.
Connector for direct connection to laptop computer, using USB cable.
Includes voltage and frequency specifications
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2.3. INTERNAL CHASSIS LAYOUT
Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6 show internal chassis configurations with different options.
Figure 3-5:
Internal Layout – Top View with IZS Option
31
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-6:
32
Internal Layout - Top View Showing Other Options
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3. CONNECTIONS AND SETUP
This section presents the electrical (Section 3.3.1) and pneumatic (Section 3.3.2)
connections for setup and preparing the instrument for operation.
3.3.1. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Note
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, cable length must be no greater
than 3 meters for all I/O connections, which include Analog In, Analog Out, Status
Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232, and RS-485.
3.3.1.1. CONNECTING POWER
Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it into a power outlet capable of carrying
at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth
ground.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
High Voltages are present inside the analyzers case.
Power connection must have functioning ground connection.
Do not defeat the ground wire on power plug.
Turn off analyzer power before disconnecting or connecting electrical
subassemblies.
Do not operate with cover off.
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
To avoid damage to your analyzer, ensure that the AC power voltage
matches the voltage indicated on the analyzer’s model/specs label (Figure
3-4) before plugging the T200 into line power.
33
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
3.3.1.2. CONNECTING ANALOG INPUTS (OPTION)
The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from other
instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these signals in the
analyzer’s internal DAS. The input voltage range for each analog input is 0-10 VDC and
input impedance is nominally 20kΩ in parallel with 0.1µF.
Figure 3-7:
Analog In Connector
Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4:
PIN
DESCRIPTION
DAS
1
PARAMETER
1
Analog input # 1
AIN 1
2
Analog input # 2
AIN 2
3
Analog input # 3
AIN 3
4
Analog input # 4
AIN 4
5
Analog input # 5
AIN 5
6
Analog input # 6
AIN 6
7
Analog input # 7
AIN 7
8
Analog input # 8
AIN 8
Analog input Ground
N/A
GND
1
Analog Input Pin Assignments
See Section 7 for details on setting up the DAS.
3.3.1.3. CONNECTING ANALOG OUTPUTS
The rear panel Analog Output channels A1, A2 and A3 are assigned to the NO x , NO and
NO 2 concentration signals of the analyzer with a default output voltage setting of 0 to 5
VDC and a reporting range of 0 to 500 ppb.
A4 is assigned a user-selected diagnostic test function (see Section 5.9.4), also with a 0
to 5 VDC default analog output voltage setting.An optional Current Loop output is
available for A1, A2 and A3 only.
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate
analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer. Pin-outs for the analog
output connector are:
34
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
ANALOG OUT
+
A1
-
+
Figure 3-8:
Table 3-5:
PIN
1
2
3
4
3
4
7
8
A2
-
+
A3
-
A4
+
-
Analog Output Connector
Analog Output Pin Assignments
ANALOG OUTPUT
SIGNAL
A1
NO x Concentration
A2
NO Concentration
A3
NO 2 Concentration
A41
TEST CHANNEL
STANDARD
VOLTAGE OUTPUT
CURRENT
LOOP OPTION
V Out
I Out +
Ground
I Out -
V Out
I Out +
Ground
I Out -
V Out
I Out +
Ground
I Out -
V Out
Not Available
Ground
Not Available
To change the settings for the analog output channels, see Section 5.9.2.
3.3.1.4. CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS (OPTION 41) SETUP
If your analyzer had this option installed at the factory, there are no further connectons
to be made. Otherwise, it can be installed as a retrofit for each of the analog outputs.
This option converts the DC voltage analog output to a current signal with 0-20 mA
output current, which can be scaled to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA range.
However, most current loop applications call for either 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA range. All
current loop outputs have a +5% over-range. Ranges with the lower limit set to more
than 1 mA (e.g., 2-20 or 4-20 mA) also have a -5% under-range.
Figure 3-9 provides installation instructions and illustrates a sample configuration of one
current output combined with two voltage outputs. Next are instructions for converting
current loop analog outputs to standard 0-to-5 VDC outputs. To calibrate or adjust these
outputs see Section 5.9.3.7.
CAUTION – AVOID INVALIDATING WARRANTY
Servicing or handling of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge
protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and containers. Failure to use ESD
protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument
warranty.
35
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-9:
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard
CONVERTING CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS TO STANDARD VOLTAGE
OUTPUTS
To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC
output operation:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
2. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified, disconnect it.
3. Remove the top cover.
•
Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel.
•
Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side).
•
Slide the cover back and lift the cover straight up.
4. Remove the screw holding the current loop option to the motherboard.
5. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on the
motherboard (see Figure 3-9).
6. Each connector, J19 and J23, requires two shunts. Place one shunt on the two left
most pins and the second shunt on the two adjacent pins (see Figure 3-9).
7. Reattach the top case to the analyzer.
The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage-sensing recording device attached to that
output.
Calibrate the analog output as described in Section 5.9.3.2.
36
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3.1.5. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors that
sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used to interface with devices that
accept logic-level digital inputs, such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs). Each
status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC. All of the
emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at pin D (see Figure 3-10).
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will
draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that does not have this
feature, an external dropping resistor must be used to limit the current through
the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA, the transistor will drop
approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are through a 12-pin connector on the analyzer’s rear panel labeled
STATUS (Figure 3-4). Pin-outs for this connector are:
6
7
8
D
+
O2 CAL
5
SPAN CAL
4
DIAG MODE
3
HIGH RANGE
2
CONC VALID
SYSTEM OK
1
ZERO CAL
STATUS
+5V to external device
Figure 3-10:
Table 3-6:
Status Output Connector
Status Output Pin Assignments
OUTPUT #
STATUS DEFINITION
1
SYSTEM OK
On if no faults are present.
2
CONC VALID
On if O 3 concentration measurement is valid.
If the O 3 concentration measurement is invalid, this bit is OFF.
3
HIGH RANGE
On if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO Range Modes.
4
ZERO CAL
On whenever the instrument is in CALZ mode.
5
SPAN CAL
On whenever the instrument is in CALS mode.
6
DIAG MODE
On whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
SPARE
7-8
D
CONDITION
Emitter BUS
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
SPARE
+
DC Power
Digital Ground
+ 5 VDC, 300 mA source maximum
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies. This
connection should be used as the ground return when +5VDC power is used.
37
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
3.3.1.6. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS
Three digital control inputs, through the rear panel CONTROL IN connector, can be
used to remotely activate the zero and span calibration modes (see Section 9.1.2.4).
Energize the Control Inputs either bythe internal +5V available from the pin labeled “+”
(more convenient), or by a separate external 5 VDC power supply (ensures that these
inputs are truly isolated). Refer to Figure 3-11.
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
D
E
F
U
+
A
B
C
D
Local Power Connections
Figure 3-11:
Table 3-7:
E
F
U
+
SPAN
C
ZERO
B
SPAN
ZERO
A
5 VDC Power
Supply
+
External Power Connections
Energizing the T200 Control Inputs
Control Input Pin Assignments
Input #
Status
Definition
A
REMOTE
ZERO CAL
The Analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of the display will
read ZERO CAL R.
B
REMOTE
SPAN CAL
The Analyzer is placed in Lo Span Calibration mode. The mode field of the display will
read SPAN CAL R.
C, D, E
&F
Spare
38
ON Condition
Digital Ground
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC Power Supplies (same as chassis
ground).
U
External Power
input
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A – F.
+
5 VDC output
Internally generated 5V DC power. To activate inputs A – F, place a jumper between
this pin and the “U” pin. The maximum amperage through this port is 300 mA
(combined with the analog output supply, if used).
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3.1.7. CONCENTRATION ALARM RELAY (OPTION 61)
The concentration relay option provides four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel
(Figure 3-12), each with 3 pins: Common (C), Normally Open (NO), and Normally
Closed (NC).
Figure 3-12:
Alarm 1
Alarm 2
Alarm 3
Alarm 4
Concentration Alarm Relay
“System OK 2”
“Conc 1”
“Conc 2”
“Range Bit”
“ALARM 1” RELAY
Alarm 1 which is “System OK 2” (system OK 1, is the status bit) is in the energized
state when the instrument is “OK” & there are no warnings. If there is a warning active
or if the instrument is put into the “DIAG” mode, Alarm 1 will change states. This alarm
has “reverse logic” meaning that a meter across the Common & Normally Closed pins
on the connector will show that it is OPEN when the instrument is OK. This is so that if
the instrument should turn off or lose power, it will change states and can be recorded
with a data logger or other recording device.
“ALARM 2” RELAY & “ALARM 3” RELAY
The “Alarm 2 Relay” is associated with the “Concentration Alarm 1” set point in the
software, and the “Alarm 3 Relay” on the rear panel is associated with the
“Concentration Alarm 2” set point in the software.
Alarm 2 Relay
Alarm 3 Relay
Alarm 2 Relay
Alarm 3 Relay
NO Alarm 1 = xxx PPM
NO 2 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM
NO X Alarm 1 = xxx PPM
NO X Alarm 2 = xxx PPM
The Alarm 2 Relay will be turned on any time the concentration set-point is exceeded
and will return to its normal state when the concentration value returns below the
concentration set-point.
Although the relay on the rear panel is a NON-Latching alarm that resets when the
concentration returns below the alarm set point, the warning on the front panel display
will remain latched until it is cleared. Clear the front panel warning on by either
touching the CLR menu button or going through the serial port.
In instruments that sample more than one gas type, there could be more than one gas
type triggering the Concentration 1 Alarm (“Alarm 2” Relay). For example, the T200
instrument can monitor both NO & NO 2 gas. The software for this instrument allows
configuring the alarms with 2 alarm levels for each gas.
NO Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
NO Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
39
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
NO 2 Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
NO 2 Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
In this example, NO Alarm 1 & NO 2 Alarm 1 will both be associated with the “Alarm
2” relay on the rear panel, allowing multiple alarm levels for individual gases.
A more likely configuration for this would be to put one gas on the “Alarm 1” relay and
the other gas on the “Alarm 2” relay.
NO Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
NO Alarm 2 = Disabled
NO 2 Alarm 1 = Disabled
NO 2 Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
“ALARM 4” RELAY
This relay is connected to the “range bit”. If the instrument is configured for “Auto
Range” and the instrument goes up into the high range, it will turn this relay on.
3.3.1.8. CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACES
The analyzer has connectors for remote communications interfaces: Ethernet, USB,
RS-232, RS-232 Multidrop and RS-485 (each described here). In addition to using the
appropriate cables, each type of communication method must be configured using the
SETUP>COM menu (see Sections 5.7 and 6).
ETHERNET CONNECTION
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable
from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. Although
the analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default (Section 6.5.2), it should be
manually assigned a static IP address.
Configuration: (manual, i.e., static) Section 6.5.1
40
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
USB (OPTION) CONNECTION
The USB option is for direct communication between the analyzer and a PC; connect a
USB cable between the analyzer and a computer USB port. Baud rates must match:
check the baud rate on either the computer or the instrument and change the other to
match (see Section 6.2.2). This USB connection can only be used when the COM2 port
is not in use except for RS-232 Multidrop communication.
Configuration: Section 6.6
Note
If this option is installed, the rear panel COM2 port cannot be used for anything
other than Multidrop communication.
RS-232 CONNECTION
For RS-232 communications with data terminal equipment (DTE) or with data
communication equipment (DCE) connect either a DB9-female-to-DB9-female cable
(Teledyne ML part number WR000077) or a DB9-female-to-DB25-male cable (Option
60A, Section 1.3), as applicable, from the analyzer’s RS-232 port to the device. Adjust
the DCE-DTE switch (Figure 3-4) to select DTE or DCE as appropriate (Section 6.1).
Configuration: Section 6.3 and Section 6.7.2 (for Hessen protocol)
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may
incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check cables acquired
from sources other than Teledyne ML for pin assignments (Figure 3-13) before
using.
41
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-13
Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring
harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12 (Figure 3-14).
42
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-14:
Getting Started
Default Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port Connector (RS-232).
Teledyne ML offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for your use.
•
P/N WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long. Allows
connection of the serial ports of most personal computers.
•
P/N WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows connection to the
most common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible) and code activated
switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no additional
adapters.
Note
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may
incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check cables
acquired from sources other than Teledyne ML for pin assignments before
using.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem, there
are activity indicators just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is connected between
the analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red and green LEDs should be on.
•
If the lights are not lit, locate the small switch on the rear panel to switch it
between DTE and DCE modes.
•
If both LEDs are still not illuminated, ensure that the cable properly constructed.
Received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate an RS-232 DCE device.
43
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
RS-232 (COM1): RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector
•
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)
•
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
•
Parity: None
COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector
•
Baud rate:19200 bits per second (baud)
•
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
•
Parity: None
RS-232 MULTIDROP (OPTION 62) CONNECTION
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides instructions
for the internal connection adjustments, then for external connections, and ends with
instructions for menu-driven configuration.
Note
Because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2 DB9
connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of instruments,
COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or RS-485 operation.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too
small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to use ESD protection
when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the
serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in Figure 3-15.
This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the
multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This requires powering off and opening
each instrument and making the following adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open
for access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA’s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers Pins
21 ↔ 22 as indicated in. (Do this for all but the last instrument in the chain where
the shunt should remain at Pins 21 ↔ 22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (again refer
to Figure 3-15):
• J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU’s COM1 connector
(Note that the CPU’s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
• J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
• J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD
44
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-15:
Getting Started
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode
(Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain,
remove the shunt between Pins 21 ↔ 22 of JP2 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA in the
instrument that was previously the last instrument in the chain.)
4. Close the instrument.
5. Referring to Figure 3-16 use straight-through DB9 male  DB9 female cables to
interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the
first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port; from the second
analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in this
fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232
standard.
6. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the green
and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled RS232) are both lit.
(Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables internally wired specifically for RS232 communication; see Table 1-1, “Communication Cables” and Section 3.3.1.8:
Connecting the Communications Interfaces, “RS-232 Connection”).
45
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Female DB9
Host
Male DB9
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21 ↔ 22 in
last instrument of
multidrop chain.
Figure 3-16:
RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram
7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that
the user-selectable Machine ID code is unique for each (Section 5.7.1).
a. In the SETUP Mode menu go to SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID is
typically the model number or “0”.
b. To change the identification number, press the button below the digit to be
changed.
c. Press/select ENTER to accept the new ID for that instrument.
8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2 menu for
multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows: press/select EDIT and set
only QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not
change any other settings.
9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1 MODE
now shows 35.
10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads the
same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are set at the same
baud rate).
Note
The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at a
time, each by its unique ID (see step 7 above).
Note
Teledyne ML recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the first
analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
46
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
RS-485 (OPTION) CONNECTION
As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This
port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. Using
COM2 for RS-485 communication will disable the USB port. To reconfigure this port
for RS-485 communication, please contact the factory.
3.3.2. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS
This section provides pneumatic connection information and important information
about the gases required for accurate calibration (Section 3.3.2.1); it also illustrates the
analyzer’s pneumatic layouts in basic configuration and with options.
Before making the pneumatic connections, carefully note the following cautionary and
additional messages:
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not vent calibration gas or sample gas into enclosed areas.
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
In units with a permeation tube option installed, vacuum pump must be
connected and powered on to maintain constant gas flow though the analyzer at
all times. Insufficient gas flow allows gas to build up to levels that will
contaminate the instrument or present a safety hazard to personnel.
Remove the permeation tube when taking the analyzer out of operation and store
in sealed container (use the original container that the tube was shipped in).
(See Figure 3-6 for location and Section 11.3.6 for instructions on how to remove
the perm tube when the unit is not in operation).
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE tubing.
47
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Venting Pressurized Gas:
In applications where any gas (span gas, zero air supply, sample gas) is received
from a pressurized manifold, a vent must be provided to equalize the gas with
ambient atmospheric pressure before it enters the analyzer to ensure that the
gases input do not exceed the maximum inlet pressure of the analyzer, as well as
to prevent back diffusion and pressure effects. These vents should be:
• at least 0.2m long
• no more than 2m long
• vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument
Dust Plugs:
Remove dust plugs from rear panel exhaust and supply line fittings before
powering on/operating instrument. These plugs should be kept for reuse in the
event of future storage or shipping to prevent debris from entering the
pneumatics.
IMPORTANT
Leak Check:
Run a leak check once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been
made; check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in
Section 11.3.12.1.
3.3.2.1. ABOUT ZERO AIR AND CALIBRATION (SPAN) GAS
Zero air and span gas are required for accurate calibration.
Note
Zero air and span gases must be supplied at twice the instrument’s specified
gas flow rate. Therefore, the T200 zero and span gases should be supplied to
their respective inlets in excess of 1000 cc3/min (500 cc3/min x 2).
ZERO AIR
Zero air, or zero calibration gas, is similar in chemical composition to the measured
medium but without the gas to be measured by the analyzer.
For the T200 this means zero air should be devoid of NO, NO 2 , CO 2 , NH 3 , and H 2 O
vapor.
Note
48
Moderate amounts of NH3 and H2O can be removed from the sample gas stream
by installing the optional sample gas dryer/scrubber (see Section 3.3.2.6).
•
If your application is not a measurement in ambient air, the zero calibration gas
should be matched to the composition of the gas being measured.
•
Pure nitrogen (N2) could be used as a zero gas for applications where NO X is
measured in nitrogen.
•
If your analyzer is equipped with an external zero air scrubber option, it is capable
of creating zero air from ambient air.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Getting Started
For analyzers without the external zero air scrubber, a zero air generator, such as
those offered by Teledyne ML, can be used. Please visit the company website for
more information.
CALIBRATION (SPAN) GAS
Calibration gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the type of
gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range. To measure NO X
with the T200, it is recommended that the span gas have an NO concentration equal to
80% of the measurement range for your application.
EXAMPLE:
•
If the application is to measure NO X in ambient air between 0 ppm and 500 ppb, an
appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb.
•
If the application is to measure NO X in ambient air between 0 ppm and 1000 ppb,
an appropriate span gas would be 800 ppb.
Even though NO gas in nitrogen could be used as a span gas, the matrix of the balance
gas is different and may cause interference problems or yield incorrect calibrations.
•
The same applies to gases that contain high concentrations of other compounds
(for example, CO 2 or H 2 O).
•
The span gas should match all concentrations of all gases of the measured medium
as closely as possible.
Cylinders of calibrated NO x and NO gas traceable to NIST standards specifications (also
referred to as EPA protocol calibration gases or Standard Reference Materials) are
commercially available.
SPAN GAS FOR MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION
Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration where span
gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using an NO gas of higher
concentration combined with a gas dilution calibrator such as a Teledyne ML 700-Series
Model. This type of calibrator mixes a high concentration gas with zero air to accurately
produce span gas of the desired concentration. Linearity profiles can be automated with
this model and run unattended overnight.
If a dynamic dilution system is used to dilute high concentration gas standards to low,
ambient concentrations, ensure that the NO concentration of the reference gas matches
the dilution range of the calibrator.
Choose the NO gas concentration so that the dynamic dilution system operates in its
mid-range and not at the extremes of its dilution capabilities.
EXAMPLE:
•
A dilution calibrator with 10-10000 dilution ratio will not be able to accurately dilute a
5000 ppm NO gas to a final concentration of 500 ppb, as this would operate at the
very extreme dilution setting.
•
A 100 ppm NO gas in nitrogen is much more suitable to calibrate the T200 analyzer
(dilution ratio of 222, in the mid-range of the system’s capabilities).
49
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
3.3.2.2. BASIC CONNECTIONS FROM CALIBRATOR, WITHOUT AND WITH SPAN GAS
VENT here if input
Removed during
calibration
at HIGH Span
Concentration
MODEL T700
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
SAMPLE
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
EXHAUST
Chassis
VENT
Calibrated NOX
is pressurized
Enclosure Wall
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
PUMP
Figure 3-17:
50
Gas Line Connections from Calibrator – Basic T200 Configuration
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
VENT here if input
at Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOX
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
is pressurized
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
3-way Valve
SAMPLE
Manual
Control Valve
EXHAUST
Chassis
VENT
Enclosure Wall
Getting Started
PUMP
Figure 3-18:
Gas Line Connections from Bottled Span Gas – Basic T200 Configuration
For the T200 basic configuration, attach the following pneumatic lines:
SAMPLE GAS SOURCE
Connect a sample gas line to the SAMPLE inlet; ensure that
•
PTFE tubing is used; minimum OD ¼”
•
sample gas pressure equals ambient atmospheric pressure (1.0 psig)
•
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold and
the analyzer is not equipped with one of the T200’s pressurized span options, a
vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be:
•
no more than 10 meters long
•
vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument
CALIBRATION GAS SOURCES
•
CAL GAS & ZERO AIR SOURCES: The source of calibration gas is also attached
to the SAMPLE inlet, but only when a calibration operation is actually being
performed.
•
Use PTFE tubing; minimum OD ¼”.
51
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
VENTING
To prevent back diffusion and pressure effects, both the span gas and zero air supply
lines should be:
•
vented outside the enclosure
•
minimum OD ¼”
•
not less than 2 meters in length
•
not greater than 10 meters in length
EXHAUST OUTLET
Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting. The exhaust line should be:
Note
52
•
of PTFE tubing; minimum OD ¼”
•
maximum of 10 meters long
•
vented outside the T200 analyzer’s enclosure
Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all
pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Sections 11.3.12
(or 11.3.12.2 for detailed check if leak suspected).
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR BASIC CONFIGURATION
NO/NOX
VALVE
SAMPLE
GAS INLET
COM
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
NO
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
NC
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
NO2
Converter
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
EXHAUST
GAS OUTLET
NO
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
COM
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
O3
Destruct
PUMP
PMT
Filter
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
OZONE DRYER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 3-19:
Pneumatics, Basic Configuration
3.3.2.3. CONNECTIONS W/AMBIENT ZERO/AMBIENT SPAN (Z/S) VALVES (OPT 50A)
This valve package includes:
•
two solenoid valves located inside the analyzer that allow the user to switch either
zero, span or sample gas to the instrument’s sensor
•
two additional gas inlet ports (ZERO AIR and SPAN1)
53
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-20:
Rear Panel Layout with Z/S Valve Options (OPT 50A)
VENT here if input
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
is pressurized
MODEL 700
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
Figure 3-21:
SAMPLE
PUMP
EXHAUST
SPAN1
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
ZERO AIR
VENT
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOx
Enclosure Wall
VENT
Gas Line Connections for T200 with Z/S Valves Option (OPT 50A)
SAMPLE GAS SOURCE
Attach a sample inlet line to the SAMPLE inlet fitting.
•
54
Use PTFE tubing; minimum O.D ¼”.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
•
Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure (no greater than
1.0 psig).
•
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a
vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be no more than 10
meters long.
CALIBRATION GAS SOURCES
SPAN GAS
ZERO AIR
Attach a gas line from the source of calibration gas (e.g. a Teledyne ML
Model 700E Dynamic Dilution Calibrator) to the SPAN1 inlet (see
Figure 3-20). Use PTFE tubing; minimum O.D ¼”.
Zero air is supplied by a zero air generator such as a Teledyne ML
Model 701. Attach a gas line from the source of zero air to the ZERO
AIR inlet.
VENTING
To prevent back diffusion and pressure effects, both the span gas and zero air supply
lines should be:
•
vented outside the enclosure
•
not less than 2 meters in length
•
not greater than 10 meters in length
EXHAUST OUTLET
Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST OUTLET fitting. The exhaust line should be:
Note
•
¼” PTFE tubing
•
maximum 10 meters long
•
vented outside the T200 analyzer’s enclosure
Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all
pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.12.
For instructions on calibrating a T200 with this option installed, see Sections
9.2.3.2 and 9.4.
55
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR AMBIENT ZERO/AMBIENT SPAN VALVES (OPT 50A)
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO
COM
NC
SAMPLE/ CAL
VALVE
NO/NOX
VALVE
SPAN
GAS
INLET
ZERO GAS
INLET
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
COM
NO
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
NC
NO2
Converter
NC
NO
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
COM
ZERO/SPAN
VALVES OPTION
ZERO/SPAN
VALVE
COM
Exhaust
Outlet
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
NO
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
O3
Destruct
PUMP
PMT
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Filter
OZONE DRYER
Figure 3-22:
Pneumatics with Zero/Span Valves OPT 50A
Table 3-8:
Zero/Span Valves Operating States OPT 50A
MODE
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
56
VALVE
CONDITION
VALVE PORT
STATUS
Sample/Cal
Open to SAMPLE inlet
NO  COM
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
NO  COM
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
NO  COM
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to SPAN inlet
NC  COM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3.2.4. CONNECTIONS W/AMBIENT ZERO/PRESSURIZED SPAN VALVES (OPT 50B)
This calibration valve package is appropriate for applications where Span Gas is being
supplied from a pressurized source such as bottled NIST SRM gases. This option
includes:
Figure 3-23:
•
a critical flow orifice and vent to maintain the span Gas supply at 1 ATM
•
a shutoff valve to preserve the span gas source when it is not in use
•
two solenoid valves for the user to switch either zero, span or sample gas to the
instrument’s sensor
•
three additional gas inlet ports (ZERO AIR, SPAN and VENT)
Rear Panel Layout with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves OPT 50B
57
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
VENT here if input
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOX
Enclosure Wall
is pressurized
PUMP
SAMPLE Gas
Source
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN1
Chassis
SPAN2/VENT
ZERO AIR
Zero Air Scrubber
Figure 3-24:
Gas Line Connection w/Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (OPT 50B)
SAMPLE GAS SOURCE
Attach a sample inlet line to the SAMPLE inlet fitting.
•
Use PTFE tubing; minimum O.D ¼”.
•
Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure (29.92 in-Hg).
•
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a
vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be:
•
no more than 10 meters long
•
vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument
CALIBRATION GAS SOURCES
SPAN GAS
ZERO AIR
Attach a gas line from the pressurized source of calibration gas (e.g. a
bottle of NISTSRM gas) to the SPAN1 inlet. Use PTFE tubing, minimum
O.D ¼”.
(the dual-stage zero Air Scrubber makes zero air)
VENTING
Attach a line to the SPAN2/VENT outlet. It should be:
58
•
¼” PTFE tubing
•
vented outside the enclosure
•
not less than 2 meters in length
•
not greater than 10 meters in length
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
EXHAUST OUTLET
Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting. The exhaust line should be:
•
¼” PTFE tubing
•
a maximum of 10 meters long
•
vented outside the T200 analyzer’s enclosure
PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR AMBIENT ZERO/PRESSURIZED SPAN (OPT 50B)
NO/NOX
VALVE
NO
SAMPLE/ CAL
VALVE
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO
COM
2-Stage
NOX Scrubber
COM
NC
ZERO GAS
INLET
NO2
Converter
NC
COM
NO
ZERO/SPAN
VALVE
NC
BYPASS SPAN
GAS OUTLET
COM
PRESSURIZED
SPAN GAS INLET
NC
Orifice Dia.
0.013"
DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
PRESSURIZED SPAN
OPTION
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
NO
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
COM
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
NO
SPAN GAS
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
Exhaust
Outlet
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
O3
Destruct
PMT
PUMP
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Filter
Figure 3-25:
OZONE DRYER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Pneumatics with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (OPT 50B)
59
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 3-9:
Valve Operating States OPT 50B installed
VALVE PORT
STATUS
MODE
VALVE
CONDITION
SAMPLE
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Span Shutoff
Zero Air Shutoff
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Closed
Closed
NO  COM
NO  COM
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
NO  COM
ZERO CAL
OPEN
Span Shutoff
1
Closed
Zero Air Shutoff
SPAN CAL
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to SPAN inlet
NC  COM
Closed
OPEN
Span Shutoff
Zero Air Shutoff
3.3.2.5. ZERO SCRUBBER AND INTERNAL SPAN SOURCE (IZS) (OPT 50G)
The internal NO 2 span gas generator and calibration valve option is intended for
applications where there is a need for frequent automated calibration checks without
access to an external source of span gas.
This valve package includes:
•
•
a 2-stage external scrubber for producing zero air
50% Purafil Chemisorbant (for conversion of NO NO 2 )
•
50% charcoal (for removal of the NO 2 )
a heated enclosure for a NO 2 permeation tube
•
60
®
•
This option package DOES NOT contain an actual permeation tube. See
Table 1-1 for information on specifying the correct permeation tube for each
application.
•
a special desorber that removes all HNO 3 from the calibration gas stream
•
one additional gas inlet port (ZERO AIR)
•
one additional gas outlet port (FROM DRYER)
•
two internal valves for switching between the sample gas inlet and the output of the
zero/span subsystem
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 3-26:
Getting Started
Rear Panel Layout with Internal Span Source (IZS) OPT 50G
INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATION
The primary component of the internal span option is a permeation tube containing
liquid NO 2. As zero air is passed over a permeable membrane on the end of the tube,
molecules of NO 2 slowly pass through the membrane mixing with the zero air.
The resulting concentration of the NO 2 span gas is determined by three factors:
•
size of the membrane (the larger the area of the membrane, the more permeation
occurs)
•
temperature of the NO 2 (increasing the temperature of the permeation tube
increases the pressure inside the tube, thereby increasing the rate of permeation)
•
flow rate of the zero air (if the previous two variables are constant, the permeation
rate of the NO 2 into the zero air stream will be constant; therefore, a lower flow rate
of zero air produces higher concentrations of NO 2 )
In the Model T200 the permeation tube enclosure is heated to a constant 50° C (10°
above the maximum operating temperature of the instrument) in order to keep the
permeation rate constant. A thermistor measures the actual temperature and reports it to
the CPU for control feedback.
The flow rate of zero air across the permeation tube is maintained at 50 ± 10 cm³/min by
a critical flow orifice located in the analyzer’s exhaust manifold.
61
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
NITRIC ACID AND THE CHEMISTRY OF NO2 PERMEATION TUBES
H 2 O reacts with NO 2 to form HNO 3 (nitric acid). The T200 mitigates this reaction by
passing the air supply for the span gas generator through a special dryer; however, the
permeable membrane of the NO 2 tube will still allow H 2 O from the ambient
environment to slowly collect in the tube at increasingly higher concentrations. Over
time this results in the presence of HNO 3 in the permeation tube which is exuded into
the T200’s pneumatics along with NO 2 .
HNO 3 is a liquid at room temperature, so once the HNO 3 is released by the permeation
tube it condenses and collects along the T200’s wetted surfaces. While liquid HNO 3
does not directly affect the quality of NO x measurements of the T200, it does give off
small amounts of gaseous HNO 3 which is converted into NO by the T200’s NO x  NO
converter, resulting in an artificially high NO 2 concentration by 8% to 12%. This is
particularly bothersome when the T200 is attempting to measure a zero point, such as
during calibration, since the NO 2 concentration will only reach a true zero point once
the majority of the HNO 3 coating the wetted surfaces has reverted to NO 2 and this can
take a very long time.
To resolve this, the T200 includes a special HNO 3 desorber, which eliminates any
HNO 3 given off by the permeation tube before it can be converted into NO by the
analyzer’s converter.
PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR ZERO SCRUBBER AND IZS (OPT 50G)
NO/NOX
VALVE
SAMPLE/ CAL
VALVE
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
NO
NO
COM
COM
ZERO/SPAN
VALVE
COM
NC
NC
NC
NO
DESORBER
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
NO2
Converter
IZS Permeation
Source
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
ZERO GAS
INLET
2-Stage
NOX Scrubber
IZS OPTION w/
DESORBER
COM
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
NO
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
DRY AIR
OUTLET
Exhaust
Outlet
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
O3
Destruct
Orifice Dia.
0.003"
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
PMT
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Filter
OZONE DRYER
PUMP
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 3-27:
62
Pneumatics with the Internal Span Gas Generator (OPT 50G)
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 3-10:
Getting Started
Internal Span Gas Generator Valve Operating States OPT 50G
MODE
VALVE
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
VALVE PORT
STATUS
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Open to SAMPLE inlet
NO  COM
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
NO  COM
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
NO  COM
Sample/Cal
Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve
NC  COM
Zero/Span
Open to SPAN inlet
NC  COM
3.3.2.6. GAS CONDITIONER OPTIONS
AMMONIA REMOVAL SAMPLE CONDITIONER (OPT 86A)
The T200 includes a permeation gas exchange tube to remove H 2 O from the ozone
generator supply gas stream to a dew point of about -20° C (~600 ppm H 2 O) and
effectively remove concentrations of ammonia (NH 3 ) up to about 1 ppm.
An additional sample conditioner can be added to the T200’s sample gas stream.
SAMPLE CONDITIONER
OPTION
SAMPLE
GAS
INLET
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
NO/NOX
VALVE
SAMPLE DRYER
NO
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
COM
NC
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
VACUUM
PRESSURE
SENSOR
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
NO2
Converter
Exhaust
Outlet
COM
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
NO
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
O3
Destruct
PMT
PUMP
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Filter
Figure 3-28:
OZONE DRYER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Pneumatics for Sample Conditioner OPT 86A
63
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
3.4. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND INITIAL
CALIBRATION
CAUTION!
If the presence of ozone is detected at any time, power down the instrument
and contact Teledyne ML Technical Support as soon as possible:
800-846-6062 or email: [email protected]
We recommend that you read Section 13 to become familiar with the T200 principles of
operation. For information on navigating the analyzer’s software menus, see Appendix
A.
3.4.1. START UP
After making the electrical and pneumatic connections, run an initial functional check.
Turn on the instrument. The pump and exhaust fan should start immediately. The
display will show a splash screen and other information during the initialization process
while the CPU loads the operating system, the firmware, and the configuration data.
The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the boot-up
sequence and start monitoring the gas. However, there is an approximately one hour
warm-up period before reliable gas measurements can be taken. During the warm-up
period, the front panel display may show messages in the parameters (Param) field.
3.4.2. WARNING MESSAGES
Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside the specified limits
during the analyzer’s warm-up period, the software will suppress most warning
conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist after the 30
minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the troubleshooting
guidelines in Section 12.1.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
64
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Suppresses the
warning messages
SAMPLE
TEST
SAMPLE
TEST
SAMPLE
TEST
SYSTEM
NOTE:
If a warning message persists after
several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY
TEST
MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
SYSTEM RESET
TEST
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the analyzer will
automatically switch to
SAMPLE mode
Getting Started
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place until all
warning messages have been cleared.
CLR SETUP
RANGE=500.0 PPB
CAL
MSG
NOX=XXXX
SETUP
Concentration field displays
all gases.
Table 3-11 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start
up.
65
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 3-11: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up
MESSAGE
MEANING
1
SYSTEM RESET
The computer has rebooted.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
BOX TEMP WARNING
Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.
3
CANNOT DYN ZERO
Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.
DATA INITIALIZED
DAS data storage was erased before the last power up occurred.
OZONE FLOW WARNING
OZONE GEN OFF
4
RCELL TEMP WARNING
IZS TEMP WARNING
5
CONV TEMP WARNING
4
5
66
Reaction cell pressure is too high or too low for accurate NO x , NO and NO 2 readings.
Reaction cell temperature is too high or too low for accurate NO x , NO and NO 2 readings.
IZS temperature is too high or too low for efficient O 3 production.
NO 2 to NO Converter temperature too high or too low to efficiently convert NO 2 to NO.
PMT TEMP WARNING
PMT temperature outside of warning limits.
AZERO WARN [XXXX]
MV
AutoZero reading too high. The value shown in message indicates auto-zero reading at
time warning was displayed.
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply output is too high or too low for proper operation of the PMT.
REAR BOARD NOT DET
3
Ozone gas flow is too high or too low for accurate NO x , NO and NO 2 readings.
Ozone generator is off.
This is the only warning message that automatically clears itself.
It clears itself when the ozone generator is turned on.
Upon power up the Ozone generator will remain off for 30 minutes. This allows the ozone
dryer to reach its working dew point.
RCELL PRESS WARN
2
The temperature inside the T200 chassis is outside the specified limits.
2
CANNOT DYN SPAN
1
The A/D or at least one D/A channel have not been calibrated.
CPU unable to communicate with motherboard..
RELAY BOARD WARN
CPU is unable to communicate with the relay PCA.
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
Clears 45 minutes after power up.
Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed.
Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed.
Clears 30 minutes after power up.
Only Appears if the IZS option is installed.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.3. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
After the analyzer’s components have warmed up for at least 60 minutes, verify that the
software properly supports any hardware options that are installed.
For information on navigating through the analyzer’s software menus, see the menu
trees illustrated in Appendix A.1.
Check to ensure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating parameters.
•
Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the analyzer’s front panel
as well as their expected values.
•
These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your analyzer.
•
The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet (P/N 04409) lists these values
before the instrument left the factory.
To view the current values of these parameters press the following button sequence on
the analyzer’s front panel. Remember until the unit has completed its warm up these
parameters may not have stabilized.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
NO= XXXX
SETUP
Toggle <TST TST> buttons
to scroll through list of
functions
1
This will match the currently selected units of measure
for the range being displayed.
2
The STB function can be set to display data related to
any of the gases the analyzer measures, e.g. NOX,
NO, NO2 or O2 (if the O2 sensor option is installed.
3
Only appears if IZS option is installed.
4
Only appears if analog output A4 is actively reporting
a TEST FUNCTION
• RANGE=[Value]PPB 1
• RANGE1=[Value]PPB 1
• RANGE2=[Value]PPB 1
• NOX STB=[Value]PPB2
• SAMP FLW=[Value]CC/M
• OZONE FL=[Value]CC/M
• PMT=[Value]MV
• NORM PMT=[Value]MV
• AZERO=[Value]MV
• HVPS=[Value]V
• RCELL TEMP=[Value]ºC
• BOX TEMP=[Value]ºC
• PMT TEMP=[Value]ºC
• IZS TEMP=[Value]ºC3
• MOLY TEMP=[Value]ºC
• RCEL=[Value]IN-HG-A
• SAMP=[Value]IN-HG-A
• NOX SLOPE=[Value]
• NOX OFFS=[Value]MV
• NO SLOPE=[Value]
• NO OFFS=[Value]MV
• TEST=[Value]MV4
• TIME=[HH:MM:SS]
67
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
3.4.4. INITIAL CALIBRATION
To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and calibration
(span) gas available for input into the inlet/outlet fittings on the back of the analyzer (see
Section 3.3.2.1).
Note
A start-up period of 4-5 hours is recommended prior to performing a calibration
on the analyzer.
The method for performing an initial calibration for the T200 differs slightly depending
on the whether or not any of the available internal zero air or valve options are installed.
•
See Section 3.4.4.2 for instructions for initial calibration of the T200 analyzers in
their base configuration.
•
See Section 9.3 for instructions for initial calibration of T200 analyzers with an
optional Internal Span Gas Generator (OPT 51A).
•
See Section 9.4 for information regarding setup and calibration of T200 analyzers
with Z/S Valve options.
•
If you are using the T200 analyzer for EPA monitoring, refer to Section 10 for
references and use only the EPA calibration method.
3.4.4.1. Interferents
for NOx, NO and NO2 Measurements
The chemiluminescence method for detecting NO X is subject to interference from a
number of sources including water vapor (H 2 O), ammonia (NH 3 ), sulfur dioxide (SO 2 )
and carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) but the T200 has been designed to reject most of these
interferences.
•
•
Ammonia is the most common interferent, which is converted to NO in the
analyzer’s NO 2 converter and creates a NO X signal artifact.
•
If the T200 is installed in an environment with high ammonia, steps should be
taken to remove the interferent from the sample gas before it enters the reaction
cell.
•
Teledyne ML offers a sample gas conditioning option to remove ammonia and
water vapor (Section 3.3.2.6).
Carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) diminishes the NO X signal when present in high
concentrations.
•
•
If the analyzer is used in an application with excess CO 2 , contact Teledyne
ML's Technical Support Department (see Section 12.10) for possible solutions.
Excess water vapor can be removed with one of the dryer options described in
Section 3.3.2.6. In ambient air applications, SO 2 interference is usually negligible.
For more detailed information regarding interferents for NO x , NO and NO 2
measurement, see Section 13.1.5.
68
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.4.2. INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR T200 ANALYZERS WITHOUT OPTIONS
The following procedure assumes that:
•
The instrument DOES NOT have any of the available calibration valve or gas inlet
options installed;
•
Cal gas will be supplied through the SAMPLE gas inlet on the back of the analyzer
and;
•
The pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3.3.2.
VERIFYING THE REPORTING RANGE SETTINGS
Although you can use any range setting, we recommend that you perform this initial
checkout using following reporting range settings:
•
Unit of Measure: PPB
•
Reporting Range: 500 ppb
•
Mode Setting: SNGL
While these are the default settings for the T200 analyzer, it is recommended that you
verify them before starting the calibration procedure, by pressing the following menu
button sequence:
69
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
Verify that the MODE
is set for SNGL.
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET
UNIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE:SINGL
DIL
EXIT
SNGL IND AUTO
If it is not, press
SINGL ENTR
Verify that the RANGE is
set for 500.0
If it is not, toggle each
numeric key until the
proper range is set, then
press ENTR.
Verify that the UNIT is
set for PPB
If it is not, press
PPB ENTR
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET
UNIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE: 500.0 Conc
0
0
5
EXIT
DIL
0
EXIT
0
.0
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET
UNIT
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS:PPB
DIL
PPB PPM UGM MGM
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Press EXIT
3x’s to return to
SAMPLE mode.
ENTR EXIT
VERIFYING THE EXPECTED NOX AND NO SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Verify the PRECISE Concentration Value of the SPAN gases independently.
If you supply NO gas to the analyzer, the values for expected NO and NO x
MUST be identical.
The NO x and NO span concentration values automatically defaults to 400.0 PPB and it
is recommended that calibration gases of that concentration be used for the initial
calibration of the unit.
70
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Getting Started
To verify that the analyzer span setting is set for 400 PPB, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
M-P CAL
SETUP
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX=XXXX
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
NOX
CONCENTRATION MENU
NO CONV
M-P CAL
0
EXIT
EXIT
[GAS TYPE] SPAN CONC:400.0 Conc
4
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
400.0 PPB
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
CONCENTRATION MENU.
If using NO span gas in
addition to NOX repeat last
step.
INITIAL ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
To perform an initial calibration, press:
71
Getting Started
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Analyzer continues to
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
< TST TST >
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
NOX=XXX.X
CAL
SETUP
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
SETUP
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST>
M-P CAL
NOX=XXX.X
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
ZERO CONC
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
CONC
EXIT
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span.
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see the
Troubleshooting Section of
this manual.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
CONC
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
The T200 Analyzer is now ready for operation.
Note
72
Once you have completed the above set-up procedures, please fill out the
Quality Questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and return it to Teledyne
ML. This information is vital to our efforts in continuously improving our
service and our products. THANK YOU.
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
To assist in navigating the analyzer’s software, a series of menu trees is available for
reference in Appendix A of this manual.
Note
Some control buttons on the touch screen do not appear if they are not
applicable to the menu that you’re in, the task that you are performing, the
command you are attempting to send, or to incorrect settings input by the user.
For example, the ENTR button may disappear if you input a setting that is invalid
or out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour
clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR
button will reappear.
Of the several operating modes, SAMPLE mode is most common. In this mode, a
continuous read-out of the NO x concentrations can be viewed on the front panel and can
be output as an analog voltage from rear panel terminals.
SETUP is the next most common mode; it is used to configure the various sub systems,
such asthe Data Acquisition System (DAS), the reporting ranges, or the serial (RS-232 /
RS-485 / Ethernet) communication channels. SETUP is also used for diagnostic tests
during troubleshooting.
Figure 4-1:
Front Panel Display
The mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the
unit is currently running.
73
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
In addition to SAMPLE and SETUP, other modes the analyzer can be operated in are
described in Table 7-1 below.
Table 4-1:
Analyzer Operating Modes
MODE
EXPLANATION
DIAG
One of the analyzer’s diagnostic modes is active.
LO CAL A
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s
AUTOCAL feature
LO CAL R
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or
digital control inputs.
M-P CAL
This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing the CAL button.
SAMPLE
Sampling normally, flashing text indicates adaptive filter is on.
SAMPLE A
SETUP X.#
Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode and AUTOCAL feature is activated.
2
SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas measurement will continue during
setup.
1
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL feature
1
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated manually by the user.
1
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital control
inputs.
1
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated automatically by the AUTOCAL feature
1
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated manually by the user.
1
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital
control inputs.
SPAN CAL A
SPAN CAL M
SPAN CAL R
ZERO CAL A
ZERO CAL M
ZERO CAL R
1
2
Only Appears on units with Z/S valve or IZS options.
The revision of the analyzer firmware is displayed following the word SETUP, e.g., SETUP G.3.
4.1. SAMPLE MODE
This is the analyzer’s standard operating mode where the instrument calculates NO x , NO
and NO 2 concentrations and displays their values in the CONC field of the display
panel..
The PARAM field displays any warning messages and test functions, which provide
information about the operational status of the analyzer.
4.1.1. TEST FUNCTIONS
TEST functions are displayed on the front panel whenever the analyzer is at the MAIN
MENU, to provide information about the various parameters related to the analyzer’s
operation and its measurement of gas concentrations. This information is particularly
useful when troubleshooting a performance problem with the T200 (see Section 13). See
Table 4-2 for the available TEST functions and their descriptions.
74
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
Overview of Operating Modes
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
Toggle <TST TST> buttons
to scroll through list of
functions
1
This will match the currently selected units of measure
for the range being displayed.
The STB function can be set to display data related to
any of the gasses the analyzer measures, e.g. NOX,
NO, NO2 or O2 (if the O2 sensor option is installed.
3
Only appears if IZS option is installed.
4
Only appears if analog output A4 is actively reporting
a TEST FUNCTION.
2
Figure 4-2:
Table 4-2:
• NO=[Value]PPB2
• NOX=[Value]PPB2
• RANGE=[Value]PPB 1
• RANGE1=[Value]PPB 1
• RANGE2=[Value]PPB 1
• NOX STB=[Value]PPB2
• SAMP FLW=[Value]CC/M
• OZONE FL=[Value]CC/M
• PMT=[Value]MV
• NORM PMT=[Value]MV
• AZERO=[Value]MV
• HVPS=[Value]V
• RCELL TEMP=[Value]ºC
• BOX TEMP=[Value]ºC
• PMT TEMP=[Value]ºC
• IZS TEMP=[Value]ºC3
• MOLY TEMP=[Value]ºC
• RCEL=[Value]IN-HG-A
• SAMP=[Value]IN-HG-A
• NOX SLOPE=[Value]
• NOX OFFS=[Value]MV
• NO SLOPE=[Value]
• NO OFFS=[Value]MV
• TEST=[Value]MV4
• TIME=[HH:MM:SS]
Viewing T200 Test Functions
Test Functions Defined
DISPLAY
PARAMETER
UNITS
RANGE
RANGE1
RANGE2
DESCRIPTION
The Full Scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzer’s ANALOG
OUTPUTS is currently set.
THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument. See Section 5.4.1 for
more information.
RANGE
PPB,
PPM,
UGM
&
MGM
RANGE1
RANGE2
RANGE3
If AUTO Range mode has been selected, two RANGE functions will
appear, one for each range:
• RANGE1: The range setting for all analog outputs.
• RANGE2: The HIGH range setting for all analog outputs.
If the IND Range mode has been selected, three RANGE functions will
appear, one for each range:
• RANGE1: NO x concentration output un A1.
• RANGE2: NO concentration output un A2.
• RANGE2: NO 2 concentration output un A3.
NOX STB
The standard deviation of concentration readings of the selected gas.
• Data points are recorded every ten seconds. The calculation uses the
last 25 data points.
STABILITY
PPB
SAMP FLW
SAMPFLOW
CC/M
Gas flow rate of the sample gas into the reaction cell.
OZONE FL
OZONEFLOW
CC/M
Gas flow rate of O 3 gas into the reaction cell.
PMT
PMT
MV
The raw signal output of the PMT.
NORM PMT
NORMPMT
MV
The signal output of the PMT after is has been normalized for temperature,
pressure, auto-zero offset, but not range.
AZERO
AUTOZERO
MV
The PMT signal with zero NO X , which is usually slightly different from 0 V.
This offset is subtracted from the PMT signal and adjusts for variations in
the zero signal.
75
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
DISPLAY
PARAMETER
UNITS
HVPS
HVPS
V
The output power level of the high voltage power supply.
RCELL TEMP
RCELLTEMP
C
The temperature of the gas inside the reaction cell temperature.
BOX TEMP
BOXTEMP
C
The temperature inside the analyzer chassis.
PMT TEMP
PMTTEMP
C
The temperature of the PMT .
IZS TEMP
IZSTEMP
C
The temperature of the internal span gas generator's permeation tube.
MOLY TEMP
CONVTEMP
C
The temperature of the analyzer's NO 2  NO converter.
RCEL
RCELLPRESS
IN-HG-A
The current pressure of the sample gas in the reaction cell as measured at
the vacuum manifold.
SAMP
SAMPPRESS
IN-HG-A
The current pressure of the sample gas as it enters the reaction cell,
measured between the NO/NO x and Auto-Zero valves.
1
NOX SLOPE
NOXSLOPE
NOX OFFS
NOXOFFSET
DESCRIPTION
The slope calculated during the most recent NO x zero/span calibration.
MV
The offset calculated during the most recent NO x zero/span calibration.
NO SLOPE
NOSLOPE
NO OFFS
NOOFFSET
MV
The offset calculated during the most recent NO zero/span calibration.
TEST
TESTCHAN
MV
Displays the signal level of the Test Function that is currently being
produced by the Analog Output Channel A4.
TIME
CLOCKTIME
HH:MM:SS
The slope calculated during the most recent NO zero/span calibration.
The current time. This is used to create a time stamp on DAS readings,
and by the AutoCal feature to trigger calibration events.
1
Only appears if Internal Span Gas Generator option is installed.
IMPORTANT
76
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an out-ofrange reading or the analyzer’s inability to calculate it. All pressure
measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure. Absolute,
atmospheric pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It decreases about 1 in-Hg
per 300 m gain in altitude. A variety of factors such as air conditioning and
passing storms can cause changes in the absolute atmospheric pressure.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Overview of Operating Modes
4.1.2. WARNING MESSAGES
Warning Messages, listed in Table 4-3, are displayed on the analyzer’s front panel when
failures occur.
Table 4-3:
Warning Messages Defined
MESSAGE
MEANING
ANALOG CAL WARNING
Auto-zero reading above set limit. Value shown in message indicates auto-zero
reading at time warning was displayed.
AZERO WARN
BOX TEMP WARNING
The temperature inside the T200 chassis is outside the specified limits.
CANNOT DYN SPAN
Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.
CANNOT DYN ZERO
Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.
CONV TEMP WARNING
DATA INITIALIZED
IZS TEMP WARNING
NO 2  NO converter temperature outside of warning limits.
DAS data storage was erased before the last power up occurred.
High voltage power supply output outside of warning limits.
HVPS WARNING
1
OZONE FLOW WARNING
IZS temperature outside of warning limits specified by IZS_SET variable.
Ozone flow outside of warning limits.
PMT TEMP WARNING
Ozone generator is off. This warning message clears itself when the ozone
generator is turned on.
PMT temperature outside of warning limits.
RCELL PRESS WARN
Reaction cell pressure outside of warning limits.
OZONE GEN OFF
RCELL TEMP WARNING
Reaction cell temperature outside of warning limits.
REAR BOARD NOT DET
Motherboard was not detected during power up.
RELAY BOARD WARN
CPU is unable to communicate with the relay PCA.
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
SYSTEM RESET
1
The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.
The computer has rebooted.
Only Appears if the Internal Span Gas Generator option is installed.
77
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
4.2. CALIBRATION MODE
The CAL button switches the analyzer into calibration mode. In conjunction with
introducing zero or span gases of known concentrations into the analyzer, the user can
adjust and recalculate the slope (gain) and offset of the measurement range. CAL mode
is also used to check the current calibration status of the instrument.
If the instrument includes one of the available zero/span valve options, the SAMPLE
mode display will also include CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing either of these
buttons also puts the instrument into calibration mode.
Note
•
The CALZ button is used to initiate a calibration of the analyzer’s zero point using
internally generated zero air.
•
The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer’s current
reporting range using span gas.
It is recommended that this span calibration be performed at 80% of full scale of
the analyzer’s currently selected reporting range.
EXAMPLES:
If the reporting range is set for 0 to 500 ppb, an appropriate span point would be
400 ppb.
If the of the reporting range is set for 0 to 1000 ppb, an appropriate span point
would be 800 ppb.
Due to their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are described in
detail in other sections of the manual:
•
Section 9 details setting up and performing standard calibration operations or
checks.
•
Section 10 provides references for guidance in setting up and performing EPA
protocol calibrations.
For information on using the automatic calibrations feature (ACAL) in conjunction with
the one of the calibration valve options, see Sections 9.4.3 and 9.5.
IMPORTANT
78
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
To avoid inadvertent adjustments to critical settings, activate calibration security
by enabling password protection in the SETUP – PASS menu (Section 5.5).
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Overview of Operating Modes
4.3. SETUP MODE
Use SETUP Mode to configure the analyzer’s hardware and software features, perform
diagnostic procedures, gather information on the instrument’s performance and
configure or access data from the internal data acquisition system (DAS). For a visual
representation of the software menu trees, refer to Appendix A.
SETUP Mode is divided between Primary and Secondary Setup menus and can be
protected through password security.
4.3.1. PASSWORD SECURITY
Protect SETUP Mode with a security password through the SETUP>PASS menu
(Section 5.5) to prevent unauthorized or inadvertent configuration adjustments.
4.3.2. PRIMARY SETUP MENU
The areas accessed and configured under the primary SETUP Mode menu are shown in
Table 4-4.
Table 4-4:
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions
MANUAL
SECTION
MODE OR FEATURE
CONTROL
BUTTON
LABEL
Analyzer Configuration
CFG
Auto Cal Feature
ACAL
Internal Data Acquisition
(DAS)
DAS
Analog Output Reporting
Range Configuration
RNGE
Used to configure the output signals generated by the
instruments analog outputs.
5.4
Calibration Password Security
PASS
Turns the calibration password feature ON/OFF.
5.5
Internal Clock Configuration
CLK
Used to set or adjust the instrument’s internal clock.
5.6
Secondary SETUP Mode
(Advanced SETUP features)
MORE
DESCRIPTION
Lists button hardware and software configuration information.
Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature.
• Only appears if the analyzer has one of the calibration valve
options installed.
Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data.
This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu.
5.1
5.2, 9.5
7
See
Table 4-5
79
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
4.3.3. SECONDARY SETUP MENU (SETUP MORE)
The areas accessed and configured under the secondary SETUP Mode menu are shown
in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5:
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions
MODE OR FEATURE
CONTROL
BUTTON
LABEL
External Communication
Channel Configuration
COMM
Used to set up and operate the analyzer’s various external I/O
channels including RS-232; RS-485, modem communication
and/or Ethernet access.
8
VARS
Used to view various variables related to the instruments
current operational status.
• Changes made to any variable are not acknowledged and
recorded in the instrument’s memory until the ENTR button
is pressed.
• Pressing the EXIT button ignores the new setting.
• If the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the
analyzer will beep alerting the user that the newly entered
value has been lost.
5.8
DIAG
Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure,
test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzer’s basic
systems.
Most notably, the menus used to configure the output signals
generated by the instruments’ analog outputs are located here.
System Status Variables
System Diagnostic Features
and
Analog Output Configuration
IMPORTANT
80
DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
SECTION
5.9, 5.9.2
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Any changes made to a variable during the SETUP procedures are not
acknowledged by the instrument until the ENTR button is pressed. If the EXIT
button is pressed before the ENTR button, the analyzer will make an audible
signal before exiting the menu, alerting the user that the newly entered value had
not been accepted.
5. SETUP MODE MENUS
Use SETUP Mode to set instrument parameters for performing configuration,
calibration, reporting and diagnostics operations according to user needs.
5.1. SETUP  CFG: CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument configuration information, which lists
the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software library revision, CPU
type and other information. Use CFG to identify the software and hardware when
contacting Technical Support. Special instrument or software features or installed
options may also be listed here.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
Press NEXT of PREV to move back and
forth through the following list of
Configuration information:
• MODEL NAME
• PART NUMBER
• SERIAL NUMBER
• SOFTWARE REVISION
• LIBRARY REVISION
• CPU TYPE & OS REVISION
SETUP
PREV NEXT
EXIT
T200 NOX-O2 Analyzer
EXIT
Press exit at any
time to return to
the Sample display.
Press exit at any
time to return to
the SETUP menu
81
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.2. SETUP ACAL: AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OPTION
The menu button for this option appears only when the instrument has the zero span
and/or IZS options. Section 9.5 provides details.
5.3. SETUP DAS: INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
Use the SETUP>DAS menu to capture and record data. Section 7 provides configuration
and operation details.
5.4. SETUP RNGE: ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE
CONFIGURATION
Use the SETUP>RNGE menu to configure output reporting ranges, including scaled
reporting ranges to handle data resolution challenges. This section describes
configuration for Single, Dual, and Auto Range modes.
5.4.1. T200 PHYSICAL RANGES
The T200 measures NO x , NO and NO 2 concentrations from 2 to 20,000 ppb.
Electronically the T200 analyzer converts the 0-5 volt analog signal output by the PMT
to a digital signal with 4096 counts of resolution. Since its measurement range is 0 ppb
to 20,000 ppb, this only allows about 3 ppb per count. While this might be acceptable
for high concentration measurements made in parts per million units (ppm), it is not
good enough for lower level NO x measurements. To overcome this limitation the T200
is designed with two physical measurement ranges:
•
LOW range to measure concentration from 0 ppb to 2,000 ppb with a resolution of
0.27 ppb per count
•
HIGH range to measure the full 20,000 ppb range of the analyzer
The analyzer’s CPU chooses the appropriate range based on how the user sets up the
reporting ranges for the instrument’s analog outputs: when an analog range is selected
with a lower limit between 0 and 2000 ppb, the analyzer will utilize its low physical
range. When an analog range is in use that has a reporting range with an upper limit set
between 2001 and 20,000 ppb, the instrument will operate in its high physical range.
Once both ranges have been using the same span gas values, the analyzer’s front panel
will accurately report concentrations between 0 and 20,000 ppb, seamlessly switching
between the low and high physical ranges regardless of the selected analog reporting
range.
5.4.2. T200 ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGES
For applications using chart recorders or other analog recording devices, the T200's
20,000 ppb physical range can cause resolution problems. For example, in an
application where the expected concentrations of NO, NO 2 and NO x are typically less
than 500 ppb, the full scale of expected values is only 2.5% of the instrument’s
20,000 ppb physical range. The corresponding output signal would then only be
recorded across 2.5% of the range of the recording device.
82
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
The T200 solves this problem by allowing the user to select a reporting range for the
analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range that covers the
specific application. This increases the reliability and accuracy of the analyzer by
avoiding additional gain-amplification circuitry.
Note
Only the reporting range of the analog outputs is scaled.
Both the DAS values stored in the CPU’s memory and the concentration values
reported on the front panel are unaffected by the settings chosen for the
reporting range(s) of the instrument.
5.4.2.1. ANALOG OUTPUT RANGES FOR NOX, NO AND NO2 CONCENTRATION
The analyzer has three active analog output signals related to NO x , NO and NO 2
concentration, accessible through a connector on the rear panel.
ANALOG OUT
NOx Concentration
NO Concentration
A1
+
A2
-
Figure 5-1:
+
NO2 Concentration
A3
-
+
Test Channel
or O2 concentration
A4
-
+
-
(if optional O2 sensor
is installed)
Analog Output Connector Pin Out
The A1, A2 and A3 channels output a signal proportional to the NO x , NO and NO 2
concentrations of the sample gas, respectively. The T200 can be set so that these outputs
operate in one of three modes: single range mode, independent range mode, or automatic
range mode (Section 5.4.3).
Additionally, the signal levels of A1, A2 and A3 outputs can be:
•
Configured full scale outputs of: 0 - 0.1 VDC; 0 – 1 VDC; 0 – 5 VDC or; 0 – 10 VDC
•
Equipped with optional 0-20 mADC current loop drivers (see Section 3.3.1.4 ) and
configured for any current output within that range analog output (e.g. 0-20 mA, 220 mA, 4-20 mA, etc.)
Together these two sets of parameters allow the user a great deal of flexibility in how the
instrument reports NOx, NO and NO 2 concentration to external devices. For example,
using the IND mode the following configuration could be created:
A1 OUTPUT: NO x Output Signal = 4 – 20 mA representing 0-1000 ppb concentration
values
83
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
A2 OUTPUT: NO Output Signal = 0 – 10 VDC representing 0-500 ppb concentration
values.
A3 OUTPUT: NO 2 Output Signal = 0 – 5 VDC representing 0-500 ppb concentration
values.
The user may also add a signal offset independently to each output (see Section 5.9.3.9)
to match the electronic input requirements of the recorder or data logger to which the
output is connected.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
The instrument does not remember upper range limits settings associated with
the individual modes. Changes made to the range limits (e.g. 400 ppb  600 ppb)
when in one particular mode will alter the range limit settings for the other
modes.
When switching between reporting range modes, ALWAYS check and reset the
upper range limits for the new mode selection..
5.4.2.2. ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE DEFAULT SETTINGS
The default setting for these the reporting ranges of the analog output channels A1, A2
and A3 are:
•
SNGL mode
•
0 to 500.0 ppb
•
0 to 5 VDC
5.4.3. SETUP  RNGE  MODE
Single range mode (SNGL) reports all three of the NOx gas concentrations using the
same reporting range span (see Section 5.4.3.1).
Independent range mode (IND) allows the NOx, NO and NO 2 analog outputs to be set
with different reporting range spans (see Section 5.4.3.2).
Automatic range mode (AUTO) allows the analyzer to automatically switch the
reporting range between two user upper span limits (designated LOW and HIGH) based
on the actual concentrations being measured for each (see Section 5.4.3.3). These are not
the same as the analyzer’s low and high physical ranges (Section 5.4.1).
5.4.3.1. SETUP  RNGE  MODE  SNGL: CONFIGURING THE T200 ANALYZER FOR SINGLE
RANGE MODE
Note
Single Range is the default reporting range mode for the analyzer.
When the single range mode is selected (SNGL), all analog NO x , NO and NO 2
concentration outputs (A1, A2 and A3) are slaved together and set to the same reporting
range limits (e.g. 500.0 ppb). This reporting range can be set to any value between 100
ppb and 20,000 ppb.
84
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
Although all three NO x outputs share the same concentration reporting range, the
electronic signal ranges of the analog outputs may still be configured for different values
(e.g. 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc; see Section 5.9.3.1).
To select SNGL range mode and to set the upper limit of the range, press:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE MENU
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
DIL
EXIT
RANGE MODE:SNGL
ENTR EXIT
SNGL IND AUTO
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE:SNGL
ENTR EXIT
SNGL IND AUTO
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE MENU
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle these
buttons to select
the upper SPAN
limit for the shared
NOX, NO and NO2
reporting range.
0
SETUP X.X
1
Toggle these buttons to select the
upper SPAN limit for the O2
reporting range.
NOTE: O2 RANGE only appears if
the optional O2 sensor is installed.
0
0
EXIT
DIL
EXIT
RANGE:500.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
O2 RANGE:100.00 %
0
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
85
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.4.3.2. SETUP  RNGE  MODE  IND: CONFIGURING THE T200 ANALYZER FOR
INDEPENDENT RANGE MODE
The independent range mode (IND) assigns the three NO x , NO and NO 2 concentrations
to individual analog output channels. In IND range mode the RANGE test function
displayed on the front panel will then be replaced by three separate functions:
Table 5-1:
IND Mode Analog Output Assignments
TEST
FUNCTION
CONCENTRATION
REPORTED
ANALOG OUTPUT
CHANNEL
RANGE1
NO x
A1
RANGE2
NO
A2
RANGE3
NO 2
A3
Each can be configured with a different reporting range upper limit and analog signal
span:
EXAMPLE:
•
NO x Concentration – RANGE1 Set for 0-800 ppb & output A1 set for 0-10 VDC
•
NO Concentration – RANGE2 Set for 0-200 ppb & output A2 set for 0-5 VDC
•
NO 2 Concentration – RANGE3 Set for 0-400 ppb & output A3 set for 0-5 VDC
Setting analog range limits to different values does not affect the instrument’s
calibration.
86
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
To select the IND range mode, press the following buttons:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPM
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE MENU
UNIT
DIL
ENTR EXIT
RANGE MODE:IND
ENTR EXIT
SNGL IND AUTO
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
EXIT
RANGE MODE:SNGL
SNGL IND AUTO
SETUP X.X
EXIT
RANGE MODE MENU
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
87
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To set the upper range limit for each independent reporting range, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
SETUP X.X
0
0
SETUP X.X
0
0
EXIT
RANGE MODE MENU
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
NOX RANGE:500.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0 ENTR EXIT
NO RANGE:500.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons
to select the upper
SPAN limit for the
reporting ranges.
SETUP X.X
0
0
SETUP X.X
1
Toggle these buttons to select
the upper SPAN limit for the O2
reporting range.
NOTE: O2 RANGE only appears
if the optional O2 Sensor is
installed.
.
88
0
NO2 RANGE:500.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
O2 RANGE:100.00 %
0
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.4.3.3. SETUP  RNGE  MODE  AUTO: CONFIGURING THE T200 ANALYZER FOR AUTO
RANGE MODE
In AUTO range mode, the analyzer automatically switches the reporting range between
two user-defined ranges (LOW and HIGH). The same low and high span settings are
applied equally to NO, NO 2 and NO X readings.
IMPORTANT
•
The unit will switch from LOW range to HIGH range when either the NO, or NO X
concentration exceeds 98% of the low range span.
•
The unit will return from HIGH range back to LOW range once both the NO and
NO X concentrations fall below 75% of the low range span.
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
The LOW & HIGH ranges referred to here are NOT the same as the low & high
physical ranges referred to in Section 5.4.1.
Also the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will be replaced by two
separate functions:
•
RANGE1: The LOW range setting for all analog outputs
•
RANGE2: The HIGH range setting for all analog outputs
The LOW/HIGH range status is also reported through the external, digital status bits
(Section 3.3.1.4).
89
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To set individual ranges press the following menu sequence:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
NOTE:
Avoid accidentally setting the LOW
range (RANGE1) of the instrument
with a higher span limit than the
HIGH range (RANGE2).
This will cause the unit to stay in
the low reporting range perpetually
and defeat the function of the
AUTO range mode.
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
SETUP X.X
0
SETUP X.X
90
0
0
EXIT
RANGE MODE MENU
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
RANGE MODE:SNGL
DIL
ENTR EXIT
RANGE MODE:AUTO
SNGL IND AUTO
0
Toggle these buttons
to select the upper
SPAN limit for the
reporting range.
Concentration field
displays all gases.
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
The two ranges must
be independently
calibrated.
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SNGL IND AUTO
The LOW and HIGH
ranges have separate
slopes and offsets for
computing the NOX
and NO concentration.
NOX= XXXX
ENTR EXIT
RANGE MODE MENU
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
LOW RANGE:50.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
HIGH RANGE:200.0 Conc
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.4.3.4. SETUP  RNGE  UNIT: SETTING THE REPORTING RANGE UNITS OF MEASURE
The T200 can display and report concentrations in ppb, ppm, ug/m3, mg/m3 units.
Changing units affects all of the COM port values, and all of the display values for all
reporting ranges. To change the units of measure press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
The following equations give
approximate conversions
between volume/volume units
and weight/volume units:
NO
ppb x 1.34 = µg/m3
ppm x 1.34 = mg/m3
NO2
ppb x 2.05 = µg/m3
ppm x 2.05 = mg/m3
Toggle these buttons to
select the units of measure
for the reporting ranges.
IMPORTANT
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
MODE SET
SETUP X.X
EXIT
RANGE CONTROL MENU
UNIT
DIL
EXIT
CONC UNITS:PPB
PPB PPM UGM MGM
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and ug/m3 use 0°C@ 760 mmHg for
Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP).
Consult your local regulations for the STP used
(Example: US EPA uses 25°C as the reference temperature).
by
your
agency.
Once the Units of Measurement have been changed from volumetric (ppb or ppm)
to mass units (ug/m3 or mg/m3) the analyzer MUST be recalibrated, as the
“expected span values” previously in effect will no longer be valid.
Simply entering new expected span values without running the entire calibration
routine is not sufficient. This will also counteract any discrepancies between STP
definitions.
5.4.3.5. SETUP  RNGE  DIL: USING THE OPTIONAL DILUTION RATIO FEATURE
The dilution ratio feature is a software utility option designed for applications where the
sample gas is diluted before being analyzed by the T200. Typically this occurs in
continuous emission monitoring (CEM) applications where the quality of gas in a smoke
stack is being tested and the sampling method used to remove the gas from the stack
dilutes the gas. Once the degree of dilution is known, this feature allows the user to add
91
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
an appropriate scaling factor to the analyzer’s NO, NO 2 and NO x concentration
calculations so that the measurement range and concentration values shown on the
instrument’s front panel display and reported via the instruments various outputs reflect
the undiluted values.
Using the Dilution Ratio option is a 4-step process:
1. Select the appropriate units of measure (see Section 5.4.3.4).
2. Select the reporting range mode and set the reporting range upper limit (see
Section 5.4.2).
•
Ensure that the upper span limit entered for the reporting range is the maximum
expected concentration of the UNDILUTED gas.
3. Set the dilution factor as a gain (e.g., a value of 20 means 20 parts diluent and 1
part of sample gas):
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE MENU
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle these buttons to
select dilution ratio gain
factor for NOX gas.
0
0
SETUP X.X
Default = 1 (e.g. 1:1)
0
0
EXIT
DIL
EXIT
NOX DIL FACTOR:1.0 Gain
0
0
1
.0
ENTR EXIT
O2 DIL FACTOR:1.0 Gain
0
Toggle these buttons to select dilution
ratio gain factor for O2 gas.
0
1
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
NOTE: O2 Dil Factor only appears if
the optional O2 Sensor is installed.
4. Calibrate the analyzer.
•
Ensure that the calibration span gas is either supplied through the same dilution
system as the sample gas or has an appropriately lower actual concentration.
EXAMPLE: If the reporting range limit is set for 100 ppm and the dilution ratio of
the sample gas is 20 gain, either:
92
•
a span gas with the concentration of 100 ppm can be used if the span gas
passes through the same dilution steps as the sample gas, or;
•
a 5 ppm span gas must be used if the span gas IS NOT routed through the
dilution system.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.5. SETUP  PASS: PASSWORD PROTECTION
The T200 provides password protection against accidental or unauthorized adjustments
to the calibration and setup functions. When the passwords have been enabled in the
PASS menu, the system prompts the user for a password anytime a password-protected
function is selected. This allows normal operation of the instrument, but requires the
password (101) to access the menus under SETUP. When PASSWORD is disabled
(PASS>OFF), any operator can enter the Primary Setup (SETUP) and Secondary Setup
(SETUP>MORE) menus, although, a password (default 818) is still required to enter the
VARS or DIAG menus in the Secondary Setup menu.
To enable password protection:
1. Press SETUP>PASS.
2. Press OFF (display shows PASSWORD ENABLE:ON and the OFF button becomes
the ON button).
3. Press ENTR to accept the new setting (pressing EXIT in this submenu ignores the
change and sends an audible signal indicating that the new setting did not take
effect), and returns to the Primary Setup Menu.
4. EXIT the Primary Setup Menu to finish making the change effective.
There are three levels of password protection, which correspond to operator,
maintenance and configuration functions. Each level allows access to all of the functions
in the previous level.
Table 5-2:
Password Levels
PASSWORD
LEVEL
Null (000)
Operation
MENU ACCESS ALLOWED
101
Configuration/Maintenance
Access to Primary Setup and Secondary SETUP Menus when PASSWORD is
enabled.
818
Configuration/Maintenance
Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG whether PASSWORD
is enabled or disabled.
All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate SEQ , MSG, CLR
93
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To enable passwords, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
<TST TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SYSTEM
Toggle this button
to enable, disable
PASSWORD
feature.
PASSWORD ENABLE: OFF
OFF
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
ON
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
Primary Setup menu.
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SAMPLE
EXIT
RANGE=500.0 PPB
<TST TST> CAL
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
To finish applying the
new setting, in the Primary
Setup Menu press EXIT
and go to Sample Mode.
Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following touchscreen control sequence
would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus:
94
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
SAMPLE
<TST
Setup Mode Menus
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
Press individual
buttons to set
number.
EXAMPLE: This
password enables the
SETUP mode.
SYSTEM
0
ENTER SETUP PASS:0
0
SYSTEM
8
EXIT
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTER SETUP PASS:0
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Instrument enters selected menu.
Note
The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG
menus, even if passwords are disabled, but it displays the default password (818)
upon entering these menus. In this case, the user only has to press ENTR to
access the password-protected menus.
In order to disable the PASSWORD feature after it has been turned ON, go to the
SETUP menu, input the password, and press ENTR. In the Primary Setup Menu press
PASS; then press ON to turn PASSWORD ENABLE back to OFF, and press ENTR to
accept and apply the change (no need to press EXIT from the Primary Setup Menu this
time).
95
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.6. SETUP  CLK: SETTING THE INTERNAL TIME-OF-DAY
CLOCK
The T200 has an internal clock for setting the time and day and adjusting its speed to
compensate for faster or slower CPU clocks. Press SETUP>CLK to access the clock.
5.6.1. SETTING THE TIME OF DAY
The time-of-day feature of the internal clock supports the DURATION step of the
automatic calibration (ACAL) sequence feature, has a built-in clock for the AutoCal
timer, for the time TEST function, and for time stamps on COM port messages and on
DAS data entries.
To set the clock’s time and date, press:
<TST
NOX= XXXX
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE
1
2
HOUR
:0
MINUTE
2
:3
0
1
JAN
ENTR EXIT
TIME DATE
1
1
8
ENTR EXIT
1
DAY MONTH YEAR
Toggle these
buttons to enter
current day, month
and year.
DATE: 18-JUN-11
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
96
0
Toggle these
keys to enter
current hour.
TIME: 22:30
SETUP X.X
2
ENTR EXIT
0
DATE: 01-JAN-11
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
SETUP X.X
EXIT
JUN
1
1
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT returns to
SAMPLE
MODE.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.6.2. ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S SPEED
In order to compensate for CPU clocks that run fast or slow, adjust a variable called
CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day.
The CLOCK_ADJ variable is accessed via the VARS submenu: To change the value of
this variable, press:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all gases.
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
ENTER SETUP PASS:0
SETUP X.X
8
1
ENTR EXIT
8
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
EDIT ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
+
0
0
EDIT ENTR EXIT
Enter sign and number of
seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)
SETUP X.X
8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
97
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.7. SETUP  COMM: COMMUNICATIONS PORTS
This section introduces the communications setup menu; Section 6 provides the setup
instructions and operation information. Press SETUP>ENTR>MORE>COM to arrive at
the communications menu.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
INET
EXIT
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
COM2
Figure 5-2.
EXIT
SETUP – COM Menu
5.7.1. ID (MACHINE IDENTIFICATION)
In the SETUP>MORE>COM menu press ID to display and/or change the Machine ID,
which must be changed to a unique identifier (number) when more than one instrument
of the same model is used:
•
in an RS-232 multidrop configuration (Sections 3.3.1.8)
•
on the same Ethernet LAN (Section 6.5)
•
when applying MODBUS protocol (Section 6.7.1)
•
when applying Hessen protocol (Section 6.7.2)
The default ID is typically the same as the model number, e.g., 0200 for the Model
T200; it may also be 0. Press any button(s) in the MACHINE ID menu (Figure 5-3) until
the Machine ID in the Parameter field displays the desired identifier.
98
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
SETUP X.X
ID
Toggle to cycle
through the available
character set: 0-9
INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
SETUP X.
0
2
Setup Mode Menus
COM2
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
MACHINE ID: 200 ID
0
0
Figure 5-3.
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
settings
COMM– Machine ID
The ID can be any unique 4-digit number and can also be used to identify analyzers in
other ways (e.g. location numbers, company asset number, etc.)
5.7.2. INET (ETHERNET)
Use SETUP>COMM>INET to configure Ethernet communications, whether manually
or via DHCP. Please see Section 6.5.2 for configuration details.
5.7.3. COM1[COM2] (MODE, BAUDE RATE AND TEST PORT)
Use the SETUP>COMM>COM1 [COM2] menus to:
•
configure communication modes (Section 6.2.1)
•
view/set the baud rate (Section 6.2.2)
•
test the connections of the com ports (Section 6.2.3)
Configuring COM1 or COM2 requires setting the DCE DTE switch on the rear panel.
Section 6.1 provides DCE DTE information.
5.8. SETUP  VARS: VARIABLES SETUP AND DEFINITION
Through the SETUP>MORE>VARS menu there are several user-adjustable software
variables that define certain operational parameters. Usually, these variables are
automatically set by the instrument’s firmware, but can be manually re-defined using the
VARS menu.
Table 5-3 lists all variables that are available within the 818 password protected level.
See Appendix A2 for the T200 variables that are accessible through the remote interface.
99
Setup Mode Menus
Table 5-3:
NO.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Variable Names (VARS)
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ALLOWED
VALUES
VARS
DEFAULT
VALUES
Changes the Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS)
HOLDOFF timer:
0
May be set for
intervals
No data is stored in the DAS channels during situations when the
between
software considers the data to be questionable such as during warm
0.5 – 20 min
DAS_HOLD_OFF
15 min.
up of just after the instrument returns from one of its calibration
mode to SAMPLE Mode.
1
MEASURE_MODE
2
STABIL_GAS
3
TPC_ENABLE
4
DYN_ZERO
1
5
DYN_SPAN
1
6
Selects the gas measurement mode in which the instrument
is to operate. NO x only, NO only or NO x and NO
simultaneously.
NO;
NO x ;
NO x –NO
NO x –NO
Selects which gas measurement is displayed when the
STABIL test function is selected
NO; NO x ;
NO 2 ;
NO x
Enables or disables the Temperature and Pressure
Compensation (TPC) feature (Section 13.9.2).
ON/OFF
ON
Dynamic zero automatically adjusts offset and slope of the
NO and NO X response when performing a zero point
calibration during an AutoCal (see Section 9.5).
ON/OFF
OFF
Dynamic span automatically adjusts the offsets and slopes of
the NO and NO x response when performing a span point
calibration during an AutoCal (see Section 9.5).
ON/OFF
OFF
Sets the internal span gas generator’s permeation tube oven
temperature. Changing this temperature will impact the NO 2 30°C - 70°C
permeation rate (Section 3.3.2.5).
IZS_SET
AUTO, 1, 2,
3, 4
AUTO
-60 to +60
s/day
0 sec
CAL_ON_NO 2
Allows turning ON and OFF the ability to span the analyzer
with NO 2 , in which case the instrument acts as if NO and NO X
are spanned, even though it is supplied with NO 2 .
The NO 2 concentration is then zero by default.
ON/OFF
OFF
10
SERVICE_CLEAR
Resets the service timer. Pressing OFF turns the setting to
ON. ENTR resets the timer to 0 and returns the setting to OFF.
ON/OFF
OFF
11
TIME_SINCE_SVC
Displays number of hours since last service (since
SERVICE_CLEAR was reset).
0-500000
0 Hrs
12
SVC_INTERVAL
Sets the number of hours between service reminders.
0-100000
0 Hrs
1
Sets the number of significant digits to the right of the decimal
point display of concentration and stability values.
51°C
7
CONC_PRECISION
8
CLOCK_ADJ
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock. Choose + sign if
the clock is too slow; choose - sign if the clock is too fast.
9
Use of the DYN_ZERO and DYN_SPAN features are not allowed for applications requiring EPA reference.
Note
100
There is a 2-sec latency period between when a VARS value is changed and the
new value is stored into the analyzer’s memory. DO NOT turn the analyzer off
during this period or the new setting will be lost.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following button sequence:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
8
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD.
SETUP X.X
1
EXIT
DIAG
In all cases:
EXIT discards the new
setting.
EXIT
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
ENTR EXIT
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1
SETUP X.X
5
DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
.0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to set
the DAS HOLDOFF time
period in minutes
(MAX = 20 minutes).
1) MEASURE_MODE=NOX�NO
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
MEASURE_MODE=NOX-NO
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
Toggle these keys to
choose the gas(es) for
analyzer’s measurement
mode.
2) STABIL_GAS=NOX
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NO
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
NO2
STABIL_GAS=NOX
NOX
O2
ENTR EXIT
3) TPC_ENABLE
PREV NEXT JUMP
TPC_ENABLE=OFF
OFF
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
4) DYN_ZERO=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to turn
the Dynamic Zero
calibration feature ON/
OFF.
5) DYN_SPAN=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
DYN_SPAN=OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to turn
the Dynamic Span
calibration feature ON/
OFF.
DO NOT CHANGE
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne API’s Customer
Service
personnel.
SETUP X.X
6) IZS_SET=50.0 DegC
PREV NEXT JUMP
SETUP X.X
EDIT PRNT EXIT
7) CONC_PRECISION=AUTO
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
AUTO
SETUP X.X
PREV
1
CONC_PRECISION=AUTO
2
3
4
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons to select
the precision of the
concentration display.
8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
JUMP
EDIT ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
+
SETUP X.X
Toggle this button to turn
the Temperature /
Pressure compensation
feature
ON/OFF.
DYN_ZERO=OFF
OFF
SETUP X.X
(O2 is only available if the
optional O2 sensor is
installed)
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
Use these buttons to select
which gas will be reported
by the STABIL test
function.
0
CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day
0
ENTR EXIT
Enter sign and number of
seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+).
9) CAL_ON_NO2=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
OFF
CAL_ON_NO2=OFF
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to turn
ON/OFF the analyzer’s
ability to be calibrated
using NO2 span gas.
101
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9. SETUP  DIAG: DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS
A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the SETUPMOREDIAG
menu. The parameters are dependent on firmware revision (see Appendix A). These
tools can be used for troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and are referred to in
many places of the maintenance and troubleshooting sections of this manual.
The various operating modes available under the DIAG menu are:
Table 5-4:
Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions
DIAG SUBMENU
SUBMENU FUNCTION
Front Panel
Mode Indicator
MANUAL
SECTION
SIGNAL I/O
Allows observation of all digital and analog signals
in the instrument. Allows certain digital signals such
as valves and heaters to be toggled ON and OFF.
DIAG I/O
12.1.3
ANALOG OUTPUT
When entered, the analyzer performs an analog
output step test. This can be used to calibrate a
chart recorder or to test the analog output accuracy.
DIAG AOUT
12.7.6.1
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
The signal levels of the instruments analog outputs
may be calibrated (either individually or as a group).
Various electronic parameters such as signal span,
and offset are available for viewing and
configuration.
DIAG AIO
5.9.2
TEST CHAN
OUTPUT
Selects one of the available test channel signals to
output over the A4 analog output channel.
DIAG TCHN
5.9.4
OPTIC TEST
When activated, the analyzer performs an optic test,
which turns on an LED located inside the sensor module
near the PMT (Error! Reference source not found.).
This diagnostic tests the response of the PMT without
having to supply span gas.
DIAG OPTIC
12.7.12.1
ELECTRICAL
TEST
When activated, the analyzer performs an electrical test,
which generates a current intended to simulate the PMT
output to verify the signal handling and conditioning of the
PMT preamp board.
DIAG ELEC
12.7.12.2
OZONE GEN
1
OVERRIDE
Allows the user to manually turn the O 3 generator on or
off. During initial power up TMR (timer) is displayed while
the Ozone brick remains off for the first 30 minutes.
DIAG OZONE
12.7.15.1
FLOW
1
CALIBRATION
This function is used to calibrate the gas flow output
signals of sample gas and ozone supply.
DIAG FCAL
9.7
1
102
These settings are retained after exiting DIAG mode.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
To access the various DIAG submenus, press the following buttons:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
8
1
DIAG
DIAG
8
ENTR Activates the
currently displayed
DIAG submenu.
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG
PREV NEXT
Figure 5-4:
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
EXIT
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
PREV NEXT
DIAG
ENTR
ANALOG OUTPUT
PREV NEXT
EXIT returns to the
SECONDARY SETUP
MENU.
ENTR EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
PREV NEXT
DIAG
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
OPTIC TEST
ELECTRICAL TEST
ENTR
EXIT
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
ENTR
EXIT
FLOW CALIBRATION
ENTR
EXIT
Accessing the DIAG Submenus
103
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.1. SIGNAL I/O
Use the signal I/O diagnostic mode to review and change the digital and analog
input/output functions of the analyzer. Refer to Appendix A for a list of the parameters
available for review under this menu.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Any changes of signal I/O settings will remain in effect only until the signal I/O
menu is exited. Exceptions are the Ozone Generator Override and the Flow
Sensor calibration, which remain as entered when exiting.
Access the signal I/O test mode from the DIAG Menu (Figure 5-4), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV NEXT JUMP
DIAG I / O
ENTR EXIT
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
EXAMPLE
DIAG I / O
1
ENTR EXIT
12) ST_SYSTEM_OK = ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
Toggle ON/(OFF) button to
change status.
104
Press JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
available SIGNALS
JUMP TO: 12
2
DIAG I / O
Press NEXT & PREV to
move between signal
types.
ON PRNT EXIT
EXAMPLE:
Enter 12 to Jump to
12) ST_SYSTEM_OK=ON
Exit to return
to the
DIAG menu
Pressing the PRNT button will send a formatted
printout to the serial port and can be captured
with a computer or other output device.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.2. ANALOG OUTPUT (DIAG AOUT)
Use Analog Output to verify functionality and accuracy of the analog outputs. The test
forces all analog output channels to produce signals ranging from 0% to 100% of the full
scale range in 20% increments. This test is useful to verify the operation of the data
logging/recording devices attached to the analyzer.
Section 12.7.6.1 presents instructions for use in troubleshooting and service.
5.9.3. ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION (DIAG AIO)
The T200 analyzer comes equipped with four analog outputs. The first three outputs (A1
A2, & A3) carry analog signals that represent the currently measured concentrating of
NO x , NO and NO 2 (see Section 5.4.2.1). The fourth output (A4) outputs a signal that
can be set to represent the current value of one of several test functions (see Table 5-9).
The following table lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T200 analyzer.
Table 5-5:
DIAG - Analog I/O Functions
SUB MENU
AOUT CALIBRATED
CONC_OUT_1
FUNCTION
Initiates a calibration of the A1, A2, A3 and A4 analog output channels that
determines the slope and offset inherent in the circuitry of each output.
These values are stored and applied to the output signals by the CPU
automatically.
Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 output (NO x Concentration).
There are four options:
1
• RANGE : Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and level of the
output
• REC OFS: Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust
the output level
• AUTO CAL: Enables / Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature
• CALIBRATED: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but
on this one channel only.
CONC_OUT_2
• Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel A2 (NO Concentration)
CONC_OUT_3
• Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel A3 (NO 2 Concentration)
TEST OUTPUT
• Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel A4 (TEST CHANNEL)
AIN CALIBRATED
XIN1
.
.
.
MANUAL
SECTION
5.9.3.1
5.9.2
5.9.4
Initiates a calibration of the A-to-D Converter circuit located on the Motherboard.
5.9.3.10
For each of 8 external analog inputs channels, shows the gain, offset,
engineering units, and whether the channel is to show up as a Test
function.
5.9.3.11
XIN8
105
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To access the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION sub menu, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
8
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD.
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
1
8
DIAG
ENTR EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
AIO Configuration Submenu
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
ENTR
A OUTS CALIBRATED: NO
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
106
Adjusts the signal output
for Analog Output A2.
EXIT
EXIT
Adjusts the signal output
for Analog Output A3.
Selects the parameter to be
output on the TEST channel and
adjusts its signal output.
Replaced by CONC_OUT_4
(O2 Concentration)
on analyzers with the optional
O2 sensor installed.
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
<SET SET> CAL
Figure 5-5:
EXIT
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
EXIT
TEST_OUTPUT: 5V,OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
Adjusts the signal output
for Analog Output A1.
CONC_OUT_3: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_1: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
EXIT
Press SET> to scroll to 8 channels.
Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.1. ANALOG OUTPUT VOLTAGE / CURRENT RANGE SELECTION
In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 – 5 VDC signals.
Several other output ranges are available (see Table 5-6). Each range is usable from 5% to +5% of the rated span.
Table 5-6:
Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max
RANGE NAME
RANGE SPAN
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0.1V
0-100 mVDC
-5 mVDC
105 mVDC
1V
0-1 VDC
-0.05 VDC
1.05 VDC
5V
0-5 VDC
-0.25 VDC
5.25 VDC
10V
0-10 VDC
-0.5 VDC
10.5 VDC
0 mA
20 mA
The default offset for all VDC ranges is 0-5 VDC.
CURR
0-20 mA
While these are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA for the lower and upper
limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option.
The default offset for all current ranges is 0 mA.
To change the output type and range, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
ENTR
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
<SET SET> EDIT
These buttons
set the signal
level and type
of the selected
channel.
DIAG AIO
0.1V
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V
1V
5V
10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
Pressing ENTR records
the new setting and
returns to the previous
menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the
new setting and returns to
the previous menu.
107
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.3.2. CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS
In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all
channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with
channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device, e.g., data
logger.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must
be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device. The AUTOCAL
feature must be disabled first for manual calibration.
5.9.3.3. ENABLING OR DISABLING THE AUTOCAL FOR AN INDIVIDUAL ANALOG OUTPUT
To enable or disable the AutoCal feature for an individual analog output, elect the
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
NOTE:
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
ANALOG OUTPUTS
configured for 0.1V full
scale should always be
calibrated manually.
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:ON
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle this button
to turn AUTO CAL
ON or OFF
DIAG AIO
ON
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:ON
ENTR EXIT
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
DIAG AIO
OFF
108
CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new setting.
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.4. AUTOMATIC GROUP CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Manual calibration should be used for any analog output set for a 0.1V output
range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to the
characteristics of the recording device. (See Sections 5.9.3.2, 5.9.3.3, and 5.9.3.6).
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Before performing this procedure, ensure that the AUTO CAL for each analog
output is enabled. (See Section 5.9.3.3).
To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, select
the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
TEST_OUTPUT replaced
by CONC_OUT_4
(O2 Concentration)
on analyzers with the
optional O2 sensor
installed.
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
CAL
DIAG AIO
If any of the channels have not
been calibrated or if at least one
channel has AUTO-CAL turned
OFF, this message will read NO.
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET>
Analyzer
automatically
calibrates all
channels for which
AUTO-CAL is turned
ON
ENTR
EXIT
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_1
DIAG AIO
NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_2
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_3
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
This message
appears when
AUTO-CAL is
turned OFF for a
channel
AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET> CAL
EXIT
109
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.3.5. AUTOMATIC INDIVIDUAL CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS
Use the AUTO CAL feature to initiate an automatic calibration for an individual analog
output;
access
the
ANALOG
I/O
CONFIGURATION
submenu
(SETUP>MORE>DIAG>PASSWORD>NEXT . . . or see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
ENTR
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES
<SET SET> CAL
110
EXIT
EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.6. MANUAL CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS CONFIGURED FOR VOLTAGE
RANGES
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated.
Note
The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear
if the AUTO-CAL feature is turned off for the channel being adjusted. (See
Section 5.9.3.3).
Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals and by
changing the actual output signal level using the front panel buttons in 100, 10 or 1
count increments. See Figure 3-8 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output
connector.
+DC
Gnd
V
Volt
Meter
Figure 5-6:
V OUT +
V IN +
V OUT -
V IN -
ANALYZER
Recording
Device
Setup for Checking / Calibrating DCV Analog Output Signal Levels
Table 5-7: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration
SPAN VOLTAGE
SPAN
TOLERANCE
MINIMUM
ADJUSTMENT
(1 count)
±0.0005V
90 mV
±0.001V
0.02 mV
±0.001V
900 mV
±0.001V
0.24 mV
5 VDC
±0.002V
4500 mV
±0.003V
1.22 mV
10 VDC
±0.004V
4500 mV
±0.006V
2.44 mV
FULL
SCALE
ZERO
TOLERANCE
0.1 VDC
1 VDC
111
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, select the ANALOG
I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
DISPLAYED AS
CONC_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2
CONC_OUT_3
TEST OUTPUT
= CHANNEL
=
A1
=
A2
=
A3
=
A4
ENTR
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT replaced
by CONC_OUT_4
(O2 Concentration)
on analyzers with the
optional O2 sensor
installed.
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
These buttons increase /
decrease the analog output
signal level (not the value on the
display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output
of the analyzer and/or the input
of the recording device matches
the value in the upper right hand
corner of the display
(within the tolerances
listed in Table 8.8).
112
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP
DIAG AIO
DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-S: 4500 mV
U100 UP10 UP
DIAG AIO
EXIT
DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES
<SET SET> CAL
EXIT
These menus
only appear if
AUTO-CAL is
turned OFF.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.7. MANUAL ADJUSTMENT OF CURRENT LOOP OUTPUT SPAN AND OFFSET
A current loop option may be purchased for the A1, A2 and A3 Analog outputs of the
analyzer. This option places circuitry in series with the output of the D-to-A converter
on the motherboard that changes the normal DC voltage output to a 0-20 milliamp signal
(See Section 3.3.1.4).
•
The outputs can be ordered scaled to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA range,
however most current loop applications call for either 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA range
spans.
•
All current loop outputs have a +5% over range. Ranges whose lower limit is set
above 1 mA also have a –5% under range.
To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop, follow the instructions in
Section 5.9.3.1 (select CURR from the list of options on the “Output Range” menu).
Adjusting the signal zero and span levels of the current loop output is done by raising or
lowering the voltage output of the D-to-A converter circuitry on the analyzer’s
motherboard. This raises or lowers the signal level produced by the current loop option
circuitry.
The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments. Since
the exact amount by which the current signal is changed per D-to-A count varies from
output-to-output and instrument–to–instrument, you will need to measure the change in
the signal levels with a separate, current meter placed in series with the output circuit.
See Figure 3-8 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector.
mADC
Current
Meter
IN
I OUT +
I IN +
I OUT -
I IN -
ANALYZER
Figure 5-7:
OUT
Recording
Device
Setup for Checking / Calibration Current Output Signal Levels Using an Ammeter
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not exceed 60 V peak voltage between current loop outputs and instrument ground.
113
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To adjust the zero and span signal levels of the current outputs, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
DISPLAYED AS
CONC_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2
CONC_OUT_3
TEST OUTPUT
= CHANNEL
=
A1
=
A2
=
A3
=
A4
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT replaced
by CONC_OUT_4
(O2 Concentration)
on analyzers with the
optional O2 sensor
installed.
ENTR
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: CURR
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO
<SET SET> CAL
Analyzer automatically
calibrates the DCV signal
output from the analog
output channel to the
VDC-to-mA converter.
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: CURR-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP
These button increase /
decrease the analog output
signal level (not the value on the
display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
Continue adjustments until the
current signal measured at the
output of the analyzer matches
the zero and span points of the
intended current range
(e.g. 0 mA–20 mA;
4 mA–20 mA)
DIAG AIO
U100 UP10 UP
DIAG AIO
DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: CURR-S: 5000 mV
DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES
<SET SET> CAL
114
EXIT
EXIT
These menus
adjust the mAmp
signal output by
converter circuit.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
An alternate method for measuring the output of the Current Loop converter is to
connect a 250 ohm ±1% resistor across the current loop output in lieu of the current
meter (see Figure 3-8 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector).
This allows the use of a voltmeter connected across the resistor to measure converter
output as VDC or mVDC.
V
+DC
Gnd
Volt
Meter
V IN +
V OUT +
250 Ω
Figure 5-8:
V OUT -
V IN -
ANALYZER
Recording
Device
Alternative Setup Using 250Ω Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels
In this case, follow the procedure above but adjust the output for the following values:
Table 5-8:
Current Loop Output Check
% FS
Voltage across
Resistor for 2-20 mA
Voltage across
Resistor for 4-20 mA
0
500 mVDC
1000 mVDC
100
5000 mVDC
5000 mVDC
115
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.3.8. TURNING AN ANALOG OUTPUT OVER-RANGE FEATURE ON/OFF
In its default configuration, a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the T200’s analog
outputs. This over-range can be disabled if your recording device is sensitive to excess
voltage or current.
To turn the over-range feature on or off, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
SET>
ENTR
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
ON
DIAG AIO
OFF
116
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: OVERRANGE: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle this
button to turn
the OverRange feature
ON/OFF.
EXIT
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: OVERRANGE: ON
ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: OVERRANGE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.9. ADDING A RECORDER OFFSET TO AN ANALOG OUTPUT
Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal be significantly different from
the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise
around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T200 by defining a zero offset, a
small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
ENTR
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET>
CAL
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2: REC OFS: 0 mV
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
the desired
offset value.
DIAG AIO
+
CONC_OUT_2: REC OFS: 0 mV
0
DIAG AIO
–
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: REC OFS: -10 mV
0
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO
EXIT
0
1
0
ENTR EXIT
CONC_OUT_2: REC OFS: -10 mV
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
117
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.3.10. AIN CALIBRATION
This is the submenu to conduct a calibration of the T200 analyzer’s analog inputs. This
calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU,
motherboard or power supplies.
To perform an analog input calibration, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
submenu (see Figure 5-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG AIO
EXIT
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
SET>
<SET
ENTR
EXIT
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
<SET
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED:NO
EXIT
CAL
CALIBRATING A/D ZERO
Firmware automatically performs a zero point calibration
of the Motherboard’s analog Inputs
DIAG AIO
CALIBRATING A/D SPAN
Firmware automatically performs a span point calibration
of the Motherboard’s analog Inputs
DIAG AIO
A/D CALIBRATION ERROR
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: YES
EXIT
Perform
Troubleshooting or call
Teledyne API’s
Customer Service
118
EXIT
DIAG AIO
<SET
AIN CALIBRATED:NO
CAL
EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
5.9.3.11. EXTERNAL ANALOG INPUTS (XIN1…XIN8) OPTION CONFIGURATION
To configure the analyzer’s optional external analog inputs, define for each channel:
•
gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)
•
offset (volts)
•
engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touchscreen button
scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)
•
whether to display the channel in the Test functions
These parameters can also be captured in the internal Data Acquisition System (DAS);
refer to Appendix A for Analog-In DAS parameters.
To adjust settings for the Analog Inputs option parameters press:
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
DIAG AIO
< SET SET>
ENTR
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Press SET> to scroll to the first
channel. Continue pressing SET>
to view each of 8 channels.
EXIT
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
Press EDIT at any channel
to to change Gain, Offset,
Units and whether to display
the channel in the Test
functions (OFF/ON).
EXIT
EDIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
DIAG AIO
EXIT
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
EDIT
EXIT
XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V
DIAG AIO
< SET
SET>
EDIT
+
DIAG AIO
< SET
SET>
DIAG AIO
< SET
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
EXIT
0
0
1
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
XIN1 UNITS:V
EDIT
EXIT
XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF
EDIT
EXIT
Press to change
Gain value
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
119
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.4. TEST CHAN OUTPUT (SELECTING A TEST CHANNEL FUNCTION
FOR OUTPUT A4)
The test functions available to be reported are listed in Table 5-9:
Table 5-9:
Test Channels Functions available on the T200’s Analog Output
TEST CHANNEL
DESCRIPTION
NONE
ZERO
FULL SCALE
TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
The output of the PMT detector
converted to a 0 to 5 VDC scale.
PMT DETECTOR
0 mV
5000 mV
1
OZONE FLOW
The flow rate of O 3 through the analyzer
as measured by the O 3 flow sensor.
0 cm /min
3
1000 cm /min
SAMPLE FLOW
The calculated flow rate for sample gas
through the analyzer.
0 cm /min
3
1000 cm /min
The pressure of the sample gas
measured upstream of the Auto Zero
Valve.
0 Hg-In-A
40 "Hg-In-A
The pressure of gas inside the reaction
cell of the sensor module.
0 Hg-In-A
40 Hg-In-A
0 °C
70 °C
SAMPLE PRESSURE
RCELL PRESSURE
The temperature of gas inside the
reaction cell of the sensor module.
RCELL TEMP
MANIFOLD TEMP
3
3
Not used in the Model T200.
IZS TEMP
The temperature of the permeation tube
oven of the optional internal span gas
generator.
0 °C
70 °C
CONV TEMP
The temperature NO 2  NO converter.
0 °C
500 °C
PMT TEMP
The temperature inside PMT.
0 °C
50 °C
BOX TEMP
The temperature inside the T200’s
chassis.
0 °C
70 °C
Represents the output voltage of the
PMT's high voltage power supply.
0 mV
HVPS VOLTAGE
5000 mV
1
Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the
analog output, but also adds TEST to the list of test functions viewable via the front
panel display.
120
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Setup Mode Menus
To activate the TEST Channel and select a function, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
8
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD.
EXIT
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
1
8
DIAG
ENTR EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG
PREV NEXT
Toggle these buttons
to choose a mass flow
controller TEST
channel parameter.
DIAG
PREV NEXT
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
ENTR
EXIT
TEST CHAN:NONE
ENTR
EXIT
TEST CHANNEL:PMT DETECTOR
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
121
Setup Mode Menus
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
5.9.5. OPTIC TEST
The OPTIC TEST function tests the response of the PMT sensor by turning on an LED
located in the cooling block of the PMT. The analyzer uses the light emitted from the
LED to test its photo-electronic subsystem, including the PMT and the current to voltage
converter on the pre-amplifier board. To ensure that the analyzer measures only the light
coming from the LED, the analyzer should be supplied with zero air. The optic test
should produce a PMT signal of about 2000±1000 mV.
Section 12.7.12.1 presents instructions for use in troubleshooting and service.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
This is a coarse test for functionality and not an accurate calibration tool. The
resulting PMT signal can vary significantly over time and also changes with lowlevel calibration.
5.9.6. ELECTRICAL TEST
The ELECTRICAL TEST function creates a current, which substitutes the PMT signal,
and feeds it into the preamplifier board. This signal is generated by circuitry on the preamplifier board itself and tests the filtering and amplification functions of that assembly
along with the A/D converter on the motherboard. It does not test the PMT itself. The
electrical test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000 ±1000 mV.
Section 12.7.12.2 presents instructions for use in troubleshooting and service.
5.9.7. OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
This feature is used to manually turn the ozone generator off and on. Read Section
13.2.3 to understand the ozone generator, and refer to Section 12.7.15.1 for instructions
on using the override feature in troubleshooting and service.
5.9.8. FLOW CALIBRATION
This function is used to calibrate the gas flow output signals of sample gas and ozone
supply. Section 9.7 presents instructions for flow calibration. It will adjust the gas flow
calculations made by the CPU based on pressure and flow sensor readings.
122
6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION
This instrument’s rear panel connections include an Ethernet port, a USB port (option)
and two serial communications ports labeled RS232, which is the COM1 port, and
COM2 (refer to Figure 3-4). These ports give the user the ability to communicate with,
issue commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an external computer
system or terminal. Connection instructions were provided in Section 3.3.1.8.
This section provides pertinent information regarding communication equipment,
describes the instrument’s communications modes, presents configuration instructions
for the communications ports, and provides instructions for their use, including
communications protocol. Data acquisition is presented in Section 7.
6.1. DATE TERMINAL / COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (DTE DCE)
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals always fall into the
DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices. The difference
between the two is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
•
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
•
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and computers
(which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the rear panel labeled
DCE DTE (Figure 3-4) allows the user to set the RS-232 configuration for one of these
two data devices. This switch exchanges the Receive and Transmit lines on RS-232
emulating a cross-over or null-modem cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.
6.2. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT TESTING
Use the SETUP>MORE>COM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on instrument
rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel) for communication
modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection. If using a USB option
communication connection, setup requires configuring the COM2 baud rate (Section
6.2.2).
123
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.2.1. COMMUNICATION MODES
Each of the analyzer’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different
modes, listed in Table 6-1. As modes are selected, the analyzer sums the mode ID
numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display. For example, if
quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-Enabled mode (32) are selected,
the analyzer would display a combined MODE ID of 35.
Table 6-1:
COM Port Communication Modes
1
MODE
ID
DESCRIPTION
QUIET
1
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (such as warning messages)
to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a
computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication
problems.
Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
COMPUTER
2
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer operated control program.
HESSEN
PROTOCOL
16
E, 8, 1
8192
E, 7, 1
2048
RS-485
1024
SECURITY
4
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond (see Section
5.5). The only command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
32
Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE
MODEM
64
Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
ERROR
2
CHECKING
128
Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
XON/XOFF
2
HANDSHAKE
256
Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
8
HARDWARE
2
FIFO
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
4096
1
The Hessen communications protocol is used in some European countries. TML P/N
02252 contains more information on this protocol.
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit to Even parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit.
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit to Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit.
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over multidrop mode if both are enabled. Also, configuring for RS-485 disables the rear
panel USB port.
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument’s APICOM software.
Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In – First Out). When FIFO is enabled, it
improves data transfer rate for that COM port.
Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP  MORE  COM  COM[1 OR 2]  MODE menu
2
The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless so instructed by Teledyne ML's Customer Service
personnel.
124
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured independently. To turn
on or off the communication modes for either COM1 or COM2, access the
SETUP>MORE.>[COM1 OR COM2] menu, and at the COM1 [2] Mode menu press
EDIT.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP
ID
SETUP
PREV
COM1
COM2
EXIT
Combined Mode ID
displayed here.
SET> EDIT
EXIT
COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF
NEXT OFF
SETUP
Activate / Deactivate
the selected mode by
toggling the ON /
OFF button
EXIT
COM1 MODE:0
SETUP
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll between the
available modes
DIAG
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET
<SET
EXIT
COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL:OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
SETUP
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL:ON
PREV NEXT
ON
ENTR
EXIT
PREV and NEXT buttons to continue selecting
other COM modes you want to enable or disable
using the ON or OFF button.
Figure 6-1.
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
COM – Communication Modes Setup
125
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.2.2. COM PORT BAUD RATE
To select the baud rate of either COM Port, go to SETUP>MORE>COM and select
either COM1 or COM2 as follows (use COM2 to view/match your personal computer
baud rate when using the USB port, Section 6.6):
Select which COM
port to configure.
(COM1 for example).
SETUP X.X
ID
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET COM1
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Press SET> until you
reach the COM1
BAUD RATE
SET>
COM2
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EDIT
EXAMPLE
Use PREV and NEXT
to move between
available baud rates.
300
1200
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
EDIT
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
NEXT ON
Figure 6-2.
EXIT
EXIT
ignores
the new
setting
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR
accepts
the new
setting
COM1 BAUD RATE:9600
ENTR
EXIT
COM – COM Port Baud Rate
6.2.3. COM PORT TESTING
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM menu. This
test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While the test is
running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker.
126
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
To initiate the test press the following button sequence:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
INET
SETUP X.X
<SET
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
EXIT
COM2
COM1 MODE:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
Test runs
automatically.
COM1: TEST PORT
SET> TEST
ENTR
SETUP X.X
TRANSMITTING TO COM1
SETUP X.X
COM1: TEST PORT
PREV NEXT OFF
Figure 6-3.
EXIT
EXIT
COM – COM1 Test Port
127
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.3. RS-232
The RS232 and COM2 communications (COMM) ports operate on the RS-232 protocol
(default configuration). Possible configurations for these two COM ports are
summarized as follows:
•
RS232 port can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232 Multidrop mode
(Option 62); refer to Section 3.3.1.8.
•
COM2 port can be left in its default configuration for standard RS-232 operation
including multidrop, or it can be reconfigured for half-duplex RS-485 operation
(please contact the factory for this configuration).
Note that when the rear panel COM2 port is in use, except for multidrop
communication, the rear panel USB port cannot be used. (Alternatively, when the USB
port is enabled, COM2 port cannot be used except for multidrop).
A code-activated switch (CAS), can also be used on either port to connect typically
between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s) printers, data loggers,
analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one communications hub. Contact Teledyne
ML Sales for more information on CAS systems.
To configure the analyzers communication ports, use the SETUP>MORE>COM menu.
Refer to Section 5.7 for initial setup and to Section 6.2 for additional configuration
information.
6.4. RS-485 (OPTION)
The COM2 port of the instrument’s rear panel is set up for RS-232 communication but
can be reconfigured for RS-485 communication. Contact Customer Service. If this
option was elected at the time of purchase, the rear panel was preconfigured at the
factory.
128
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
6.5. ETHERNET
When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard
10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers.
The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote
computer to connect through the network to the analyzer using APICOM, terminal
emulators or other programs.
The Ethernet connector has two LEDs that are on the connector itself, indicating its
current operating status.
Table 6-2: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED
FUNCTION
amber (link)
On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity
Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
The analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to be
connected to a network or router with a DHCP server. The instrument will automatically
be assigned an IP address by the DHCP server (Section 6.5.2). This configuration is
useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network. However, for
permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used. Section 6.5.1 below
details how to configure the instrument with a static IP address.
6.5.1. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION MANUALLY (STATIC
IP ADDRESS)
To configure Ethernet communication manually:
1. Connect a cable from the analyzer’s Ethernet port to a Local Area Network (LAN) or
Internet port.
2. From the analyzer’s front panel touchscreen, access the Communications Menu
(SETUP>MORE>COMM, see Figure 5-2).
3. Enter the INET menu shown in Figure 6-4, turning DHCP mode to OFF and editing
the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to the desired settings
(default settings showin in Table 6-3).
Alternatively, from the computer, enter the same information through an application
such as HyperTerminal.
129
Communications Setup and Operation
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID
COM1
INET
SAMPLE
8
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
Skip this step
if it has been
set to OFF.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Internet Configuration Button Functions
COM2
8
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
ENTR
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
Some buttons appear only when relevant.
EXIT
SET> EDIT
DHCP: OFF
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
[0]
DEL
ENTR
DHCP: ON
SETUP X.X
FUNCTION
Location of cursor. Press to cycle through the range of
numerals and available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
1
BUTTON
EXIT
EXIT
INST IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
INST IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH>
DEL [0]
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET
EXIT
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH>
DEL [?]
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0
<SET
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0
SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000
<SET
Pressing EXIT from
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
option to reinitialize
its internal interface
firmware
<CH CH>
EDIT
ENTR EXIT
The PORT number must remain at 3000.
Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
ID
Figure 6-4.
130
DEL [?]
EXIT
INET
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
COM2
EXIT
COM - LAN /Internet Manual Configuration
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
Table 6-3. LAN/Ethernet Default Configuration Properties
PROPERTY
DEFAULT STATE
DHCP
ON
INSTRUMENT
IP ADDRESS
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
SUBNET MASK
TCP PORT
1
HOST NAME
1
DESCRIPTION
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF. Press
EDIT and toggle ON for automatic configuration after first
consulting network administrator.
This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
192.168.76.55.) is the address of the analyzer itself.
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address
(e.g. 192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used by
your LAN to access the Internet.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that identifies the LAN to which the device is
connected.
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the
same subnet mask. Any transmissions sent to devices with
different subnets are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are
routed through the gateway computer onto the Internet.
3000
This number defines the terminal control port by which the
instrument is addressed by terminal emulation software, such as
Internet or Teledyne ML’s APICOM.
[initially blank]
The name by which your analyzer will appear when addressed
from other computers on the LAN or via the Internet. To assign
or change, see Section 6.5.2.1.
Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne ML’s Customer Service
personnel.
6.5.2. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION USING DYNAMIC
HOST CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL (DHCP)
The default Ethernet setting is DHCP.
1. Consult with your network administrator to affirm that your network server is running
DHCP.
2. Access the Communications Menu (SETUP>MORE>COMM, see Figure 5-2).
3. Enter the INET menu and follow the setup sequence as shown in Figure 6-5.
131
Communications Setup and Operation
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
SETUP X.X
ID
INET
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
COM2
COM1
EXIT
From this point on,
EXIT returns to
COMMUNICATIONS
MENU
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
SAMPLE
8
1
8
SETUP X.X
ENTR
EXIT
DHCP: ON
SET>
EDIT
EXIT
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
If it has been
set to OFF,
press EDIT
and set to ON.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
OFF
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
DHCP: ON
ON
INST IP: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET>
SETUP X.X
<SET
<SET
GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0
EXIT
TCP PORT: 3000
SET>
EDIT
EDIT
132
EXIT
HOSTNAME:
EDIT
Figure 6-5.
Note
EXIT
Do not alter unless
directed to by Teledyne
Instruments Customer
Service personnel
TCP PORT2: 502
SET>
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
SET>
SETUP X.X
<SET
EDIT button
disabled
SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
SET>
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
COM – LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration (DHCP)
If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (i.e.,
“0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was not successful in which case you may have to configure
the analyzer’s Ethernet properties manually. See your network administrator.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
6.5.2.1. CHANGING THE ANALYZER’S HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network. The
initial default Hostname is blank. To assign or change this name (particularly if you
have more than one T200 analyzer on your network, where each must have a different
Hostname), enter the SETUP>COMM>INET men and scroll to the HOSTNAME menu
as in Figure 6-5; make the changes as shown in Figure 6-6:
SETUP X.X
HOSTNAME:
<SET SET> EDIT
BUTTON
SETUP X.X
FUNCTION
<CH
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
CH>
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
<CH
INS
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
DEL
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
[?]
Press this button to cycle through th e range of
numerals and chara cters available for
insertion. 0- 9, A- Z, space ’ ~ ! � # $ % ^ & * (
) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
ENTR
Accepts the new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT
Ignores the new setting and returns to the
previo us menu.
Some
CH>
EXIT
HOSTNAME:
INS
DEL
[?]
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons to edit the HOSTNAME
SETUP X.X
<CH
CH>
HOSTNAME: T200–STATION#2
INS
DEL
[?]
ENTR EXIT
buttons only appear as applicable.
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
(example name)
ENTR accepts
the new setting.
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
INITIALIZATION process proceeds
automatically
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
ID ADDR
Figure 6-6.
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
INET
EXIT
Contact your
IT Network
Administrator.
COM – Change Hostname
133
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.6. USB PORT FOR REMOTE ACCESS
The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the TML
USB driver and directly connecting their respective USB ports.
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable from the
Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads (www.teledyneapi.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your
analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable, commonly used as a
USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to
the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System → Hardware → Device
Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the communications software,
such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne APIcom
Manual, PN 039450000.
5. In the instrument’s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following settings:
134
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode
ON
Computer Mode
ON
MODBUS RTU
OFF
MODBUS ASCII
OFF
E,8,1 MODE
OFF
E,7,1 MODE
OFF
RS-485 MODE
OFF
SECURITY MODE
OFF
MULTIDROP MODE
OFF
ENABLE MODEM
OFF
ERROR CHECKING
ON
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE FIFO
ON
COMMAND PROMPT
OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APIcom. Use the COM port
determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures below show how
these parameters would be configured in the Instrument Properties window in
APIcom when configuring a new instrument. See the APIcom manual (PN
039450000) for more details.
Note
•
USB configuration requires that the baud rates of the instrument and the PC
match; check the PC baud rate and change if needed.
•
Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port except for
multidrop communication.
135
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.7. COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS
Two communications protocols available with the analyzer are MODBUS and Hessen.
MODBUS setup instructions are provided here (Section 6.7.1) and registers are provided
in Appendix A. Hessen setup and operation instructions are provided in Section 6.7.2.
6.7.1. MODBUS
The following set of instructions assumes that the user is familiar with MODBUS
communications, and provides minimal information to get started. Refer to
www.modbus.org for MODBUS communication protocols.
Minimum Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.
MODBUS-compatible software (TML uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see
www.modbustools.com)
Personal computer
Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)
Possibly a null modem adapter or cable
Actions
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm Ethernet:
Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COM – INET; scroll
through the INET submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is
502), then continue to TCP PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle
the menu button to change the setting to ON, then press ENTR. (Change
Machine ID if needed: see “Slave ID”).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COM – COM2 – EDIT;
scroll through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2
MODBUS RTU: OFF (press OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to
COM2 MODBUS ASCII and ensure it is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the
new settings. (If RTU is not available with your communications equipment, set
the COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON and ensure that COM2 MODBUS
RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings).
Slave ID If your analyzer is connected to a network with at least one other analyzer of the same model,
a unique Slave ID must be assigned to each. Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP –
MORE – COM – ID. The MACHINE ID default is the same as the model number. Toggle the
menu buttons to change the ID.
Reboot analyzer
For the settings to take effect, power off the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power it on again.
Make appropriate cable
connections
Connect your analyzer either:
• via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC;
if so, also install the sofware driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the
computer if required), or
• via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).
Specify MODBUS software
settings
(examples used here are for
MODBUS Poll software)
Click Setup / [Read / Write Definition] /.
a. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function (what
you wish to read from the analyzer).
b. Input Quantity (based on your firware’s register map).
c. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically Float
Inverse).
d. Click OK.
2. Next, click Connection/Connect.
a. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options based on
your computer.
b. Press OK.
Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example
that follows If desired, assign an alias for each.
Read the Modbus Poll
Register
136
1.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
Example Read/Write Definition window:
Example Connection Setup window:
Example MODBUS Poll window:
137
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.7.2. HESSEN
The Hessen protocol is a multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments are
connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The remote
instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote instruments are
unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never initiate Hessen protocol
messages. They only respond to commands from the host computer and only when they
receive a command containing their own unique ID number.
The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of remote
instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to place remote
instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode. Teledyne ML’s
implementation supports both of these principal features.
The Hessen protocol is not well defined; therefore, while Teledyne-ML’s application is
completely compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different from implementations
by other companies.
6.7.2.1. HESSEN COM PORT CONFIGURATION
Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T200’s COM ports to be
set differently than the standard configuration as shown in the table below.
Table 6-4: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol
PARAMETER
STANDARD
HESSEN
Baud Rate
300 – 19200
1200
Data Bits
8
7
Stop Bits
1
2
Parity
None
Even
Duplex
Full
Half
To change the baud rate of the T200’s COM ports, See Section 6.2.2.
To change the remaining COM port parameters listed in the table above, see Section
6.2.1, Table 6-1.
Note
Ensure that the communication parameters of the host computer are also
properly set.
Also, the instrument software has a 200 ms latency period before it responds to
commands issued by the host computer. This latency should present no
problems, but you should be aware of it and not issue commands to the
instrument too frequently.
138
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
6.7.2.2. ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL
Once the COM port has been properly configured, the next step in configuring the T200
in order to operate over a Hessen protocol network is to activate the Hessen mode for
COM ports and configure the communication parameters for the port(s) appropriately.
To activate the Hessen Protocol, press:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
<SET
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
Combined Mode ID
displayed here.
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
between the
available modes.
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
Activate / Deactivate
the HESSEN mode
by toggling the ON /
OFF button.
EXIT
COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF
ON
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
COM1 MODE:16
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
ID
ENTR
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
139
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.7.2.3. SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE
Currently there are two versions of Hessen Protocol in use. The original implementation,
referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version, TYPE 2 that has more
flexibility when operating with instruments that can measure more than one type of gas.
For more specific information about the difference between TYPE 1 and TYPE 2
download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne ML's web site:
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/manuals/index.asp.
To select a Hessen Protocol Type press:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM
VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
TYP1
Note
140
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
Use these
buttons to
choose the
Hessen type.
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
HESN COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
TYP2
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
•
While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for COM1 and
COM2, the TYPE selection affects both Ports.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
6.7.2.4. SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE
The Teledyne ML's implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose one of
several different modes of response for the analyzer.
Table 6-5:
Teledyne ML's Hessen Protocol Response Modes
MODE ID
MODE DESCRIPTION
CMD
This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional
command format. Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating
command.
BCC
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the
response, <ETX> (at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code
(checksum), regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end of
the string, regardless of the command encoding.
To Select a Hessen response mode, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
HESN COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
BCC
Use these buttons to
choose the Hessen
Response type.
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE:CMD
EXIT
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE:CMD
TEXT CMD
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
141
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
6.7.2.5. HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS LIST ENTRY FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS
The T200 analyzer keeps a list of available gas types. Each entry in this list is of the
following format.
[GAS TYPE], [RANGE], [GAS ID], [REPORTED]
WHERE:
GAS TYPE
The type of gas to be reported (e.g. NO x , NO and NO 2 etc.).
RANGE
The concentration range for this entry in the gas list. This feature permits
the user to select which concentration range will be used for this gas list
entry. The T200 analyzer has two ranges: RANGE1 or LOW & RANGE2
or HIGH (see Section 5.4).
GAS ID
•
0-
The HESSEN protocol to use whatever range is currently active.
•
1-
The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE1 for this gas list
entry
•
2-
The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE2 for this gas list
entry
•
3-
Not applicable to the T200 analyzer.
An identification number assigned to a specific gas. The T200 analyzer is
a multiple gas instrument that measures NO x , NO and NO 2 . Their ID
numbers are as follows:
NO x 211
NO 212
NO 2 213
REPORT
States whether this list entry is to be reported or not reported when ever
this gas type or instrument is polled by the HESSEN network. If the list
entry is not to be reported this field will be blank. Its default gas list
consists of only reads:
NOX, 0, 211, REPORTED
NO, 0, 212, REPORTED
NO2, 0, 213, REPORTED
These default settings cause the instrument to report the concentration value of the
currently active range. If you wish to have just concentration value stored for a specific
range, this list entry should be edited or additional entries should be added to the list.
EXAMPLE: Changing the above NO x gas list entry to read:
NOX, 2, 211, REPORTED
This would only record the last NO x reading that occurred while RANGE2 (HIGH)
range was active.
142
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
EDITING OR ADDING HESSEN GAS LIST ENTRIES
To add or edit an entry to the Hessen Gas List, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
<SET
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
HESN COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
HESSEN GAS LIST
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
NOX, 0, 211, REPORTED
PREV NEXT
Use the PREV and NEXT
button to move between gas
list entries.
SETUP X.X
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
GAS TYPE:NOX
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Use the PREV and NEXT
buttons to move between gas
types.
SETUP X.X
Toggle this button to
set the concentration
range for the list
entry.
CONC RANGE:0
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle these buttons to
set the appropriate GAS
ID.
0
0
GAS ID:[ID Number]
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
For new list entries this
number will be displayed
as 000.
SETUP X.X
Toggle this button
turn ON/OFF the
REPORT attribute.
EXIT sets the
gas type to
NONE.
REPORTED:ON
ON
SETUP X.X
PREV MEXT
ENTR EXIT
NOX, 0, 200, REPORTED
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
143
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
DELETING HESSEN GAS LIST ENTRIES
To delete an entry from the Hessen Gas list, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
<SET
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
HESN COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
YES
NO
DELETED
144
HESSEN GAS LIST
EXIT
NOX, 0, 211, REPORTED
INS
DELETE?
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Communications Setup and Operation
6.7.2.6. SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS
Teledyne ML's’ implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits that the
instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its condition. Each bit
can be assigned to one operational and warning message flag. The default settings for
these bit/flags are:
Table 6-6: Default Hessen Status Flag Assignments
DEFAULT BIT
ASSIGNMENT
3
STATUS FLAG NAME
WARNING FLAGS
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
0001
OZONE FLOW WARNING
0002
RCEL PRESS WARN
0004
BOX TEMP WARNING
0008
RCELL TEMP WARNING
0010
IZS TEMP WARNING1
0020
PMT TEMP WARN
0040
CONV TEMP WARNING
0080
INVALID CONC
8000
OPERATIONAL FLAGS
In MANUAL Calibration Mode
0200
In ZERO Calibration Mode
0400
In SPAN Calibration Mode
0800
In WARMUP Mode
1000
UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS
UGM
0000
MGM
2000
PPB
4000
PPM
6000
SPARE/UNUSED BITS
0100
UNASSIGNED FLAGS (0000)
MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE2
HVPS WARNING
OZONE GEN OFF
FRONT PANEL WARN
SYSTEM RESET
ANALOG CAL WARNING
RELAY BOARD WARNING
CANNOT DYN ZERO
REAR BOARD NOT DETECTED
CANNOT DYN SPAN
AUTOZERO WARNING
Instrument is in MP CAL mode
1
2
3
Only applicable if the optional internal span gas generator is installed.
Only applicable if the T200 is equipped with an oxygenator option.
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit. This
allows the grouping of similar flags, such as all temperature warnings, under the
same status bit.
Be careful not to assign conflicting flags to the same bit as each status bit will be
triggered if any of the assigned flags is active.
145
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
SETUP X.X
ID
HESN COM1 COM2
<SET
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
EXIT
HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1
SETUP X.X
<SET
HESSEN STATUS FLAGS
EXIT
SET> EDIT
IZS TEMP WARNING:0020
EXIT
PREV NEXT
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing SET until ...
Continue pressing NEXT until desired
flag message is displayed
SETUP X.X
BOX TEMP WARNING:0008
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
The <CH and CH>
buttons move the
cursor brackets “[ ]”
left and right along the
bit string.
<CH
EDIT PRNT EXIT
BOX TEMP WARNING:[0]008
CH>
DEL
[0]
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
INS Inserts a the
character at the
current location of the
cursor brackets.
Press the [?] button repeatedly to cycle
through the available character set: 0-9
NOTE: Values of A-F can also be set
but are meaningless.
6.7.2.7. INSTRUMENT ID
Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique identifier (ID
number). Refer to Section 5.7.1 for information and to customize the ID of each.
146
7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM
The T200 analyzer contains a flexible and powerful, internal data acquisition system
(DAS) that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data as well as a
host of diagnostic parameters. The DAS feature of the T200 can store a large number of
data points, which can, depending on individual configurations, cover days, weeks or
months of valuable measurements. The data records are stored in non-volatile memory
and are retained even when the instrument is powered off. Data are stored in plain text
format for easy retrieval and use in common data analysis programs (such as electronic
spreadsheets).
The DAS is designed to be flexible. Users have full control over the type, length and
reporting time of the data. The DAS permits users to access stored data through the
instrument’s front panel or remotely through its communication ports.
The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive
diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect the
functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis, documentation and
archival in electronic format.
To support the DAS functionality, Teledyne ML offers APICOM, a program that
provides a visual interface for remote or local setup, configuration and data retrieval of
the DAS. Using APICOM, data can even be retrieved automatically to a remote
computer for further processing. The APICOM manual, included with the program,
contains a more detailed description of the DAS structure and configuration and is
briefly described in this document.
The T200 is configured with a basic DAS configuration already enabled. The data
channels included in this basic structure may be used as is or temporarily disabled for
later or occasional use.
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the analyzer
status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:
Table 7-1: Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS
LED STATE
OFF
BLINKING
ON
DAS Status
System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode. Calibration
data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods, concentration data are typically not
sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.
Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system exits calibrations. DAS channels can
be enabled or disabled for this period. Concentration data are typically disabled whereas diagnostic
should be collected.
Sampling normally.
147
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
DAS operation is suspended whenever its configuration is edited using
the analyzer’s front panel and therefore data may be lost. To prevent
such data loss, it is recommended to use the APICOM graphical user
interface for DAS changes (Section 7.2.1).
Please be aware that all stored data will be erased if the analyzer’s disk-onmodule or CPU board is replaced or if the configuration data stored there is
reset.
The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data
channels.
Note
7.1. DAS STRUCTURE
The DAS is designed around the feature of a “record”. A record is a single data point.
The types of data captured in a record are defined by two properties:
•
PARAMETER type that defines the kind of data to be stored (e.g. the average of
O 3 concentrations measured with three digits of precision). See Section 7.1.3.3.
•
A TRIGGER event that defines when the record is made (e.g. timer; every time a
calibration is performed, etc.). See Section 7.1.3.2.
The specific PARAMETERS and TRIGGER events that describe an individual record
are defined in a construct called a DATA CHANNEL (see Section 7.1.3). Each data
channel relates one or more parameters with a specific trigger event and various other
operational characteristics related to the records being made (e.g. the channels name,
number or records to be made, time period between records, whether or not the record is
exported via the analyzer’s RS-232 port, etc.).
7.1.1. DAS CHANNELS
The key to the flexibility of the DAS is its ability to store a large number of
combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data channels.
Users may create up to 20 data channels and each channel can contain one or more
parameters. For each channel, the following are selected:
148
•
one triggering event
•
up to 50 data parameters, which can be the shared between channels
•
several other properties that define the structure of the channel and allow the user
to make operational decisions regarding the channel
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 7-2:
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
DAS Data Channel Properties
PROPERTY
NAME
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
SETTING
The name of the data channel.
“NONE”
TRIGGERING
EVENT
The event that triggers the data channel to
measure and store the datum.
ATIMER
NUMBER AND
LIST OF
PARAMETERS
A user-configurable list of data types to be
recorded in any given channel.
1
(PMTDET)
REPORT PERIOD
The amount of time between each channel data
point.
000:01:00
(1 hour)
NUMBER OF
RECORDS
The number of reports that will be stored in the
data file. Once the limit is exceeded, the oldest
data is over-written.
100
RS-232 REPORT
CHANNEL
ENABLED
CAL HOLD OFF
1
2
Enables the analyzer to automatically report
channel values to the RS-232 ports.
Enables or disables the channel. Allows a channel
to be temporarily turned off without deleting it.
Disables sampling of data parameters while
2
instrument is in calibration mode .
SETTING RANGE
1
Up to 6 letters or digits .
Any available event
(see Appendix A-5).
Any available parameter
(see Appendix A-5).
000:00:01 to
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
Limited by available
storage space, which
depends on DAS
configuration.
OFF
OFF or ON
ON
OFF or ON
OFF
OFF or ON
More with APICOM, but only the first six are displayed on the front panel).
When enabled records are not recorded until the DAS_HOLD OFF period is passed after calibration mode. DAS_HOLD OFF SET in
the VARS menu (see Section 5.8).
149
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.1.1.1. DEFAULT DAS CHANNELS
A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzer’s software for logging
NO x , NO and NO 2 concentrations as well as certain predictive diagnostic data. For the
software revision being shipped with the T200 at the time of this writing, these default
channels are:
CONC: Samples NOx concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average every
hour with a time and date stamp. Readings during calibration and calibration hold off are
not included in the data.
•
By default, the last 800 hourly averages are stored.
CALDAT: Logs new slope and offset of NO X and NO measurements every time a zero
or span calibration is performed and the result changes the value of the slope (triggering
event: SLPCHG). The NO X stability (to evaluate if the calibration value was stable) as
well as the converter efficiency (for trend reference) are also stored.
•
This data channel will store data from the last 200 calibrations and can be used to
document analyzer calibration and is useful for detect trends in slope and offset
(instrument response) when performing predictive diagnostics as part of a regular
maintenance schedule (See Section 11.1).
•
The CALDAT channel collects data based on events (e.g. a calibration operation)
rather than a timed interval and therefore does not represent any specific length of
time. As with all data channels, a date and time stamp is recorded for every logged
data point.
CALCHECK: This channel logs concentrations and the stability each time a zero or
span check (not calibration) is finished (triggered by exiting any calibration menu).
•
The data of this channel enable the user to track the quality of zero and span
responses over time and assist in evaluating the quality of zero and span gases and
the analyzer’s noise specifications.
•
The STABIL parameter documents if the analyzer response was stable at the point
of the calibration check reading. The last 200 data points are retained.
DIAG: Daily averages of temperature zones, flow and pressure data as well as some
other diagnostic parameters (HVPS, AZERO).
•
This data is useful for predictive diagnostics and maintenance of the T200.
•
The last 1100 daily averages are stored to cover more than four years of analyzer
performance.
HIRES: Records one-minute, instantaneous data of all active parameters in the T200.
Short-term trends as well as signal noise levels can be detected and documented.
•
Readings during calibration and the calibration hold off period are included in the
averages.
•
The last 1500 data points are stored, which covers a little more than one day of
continuous data acquisition.
These default data channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized from the
front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be deleted to make room for
custom user-programmed Data Channels.
150
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Appendix A lists the firmware-specific DAS configuration in plain-text format. This text
file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded to the
instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent to the
analyzer.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will replace
the existing configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up any existing
data and the DAS configuration before uploading new settings.
151
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
List of Parameters
List of Channels
Name: CONC
Event: ATIMER
Parameters: 5
Report Period: 000:01:00
No. of Records: 800
RS-232 Report: OFF
Channel Enabled: ON
Cal Hold OFF: ON
Name: CALDAT
Event: SLPCHG
Parameters: 9
Report Period: N/A
No. of Records: 200
RS-232 Report: OFF
Channel Enabled: ON
Cal Hold OFF: OFF
Name: CALCHECK
Event: EXITMP
Parameters: 4
Report Period: N/A
No. of Records: 200
RS-232 Report: OFF
Channel Enabled: ON
Cal Hold OFF: OFF
Name: DIAG
Event: ATIMER
Parameters: 12
Report Period: 001:00:00
No. of Records: 1100
RS-232 Report: OFF
Channel Enabled: ON
Cal Hold OFF: OFF
Name: HIRES
Event: ATIMER
Parameters: 18
Report Period: 000:00:01
No. of Records: 1500
RS-232 Report: OFF
Channel Enabled: OFF
Cal Hold OFF: OFF
Figure 7-1:
152
PARAMETER
MODE
PRECISION
STORE NUM
SAMPLES
NOXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
O2CONC
STABIL
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
4
4
4
4
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
NXZSC1
NXSLP1
NXOFS1
NOZSC1
NOSLP1
NOOFS1
N2ZSC1
CNVEF1
STABIL
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
NXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
STABIL
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
4
4
4
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SMPFLW
O3FLOW
RCPRES
SMPPRS
RCTEMP
PMTTMP
CNVTMP
MFTEMP
BOXTMP
O2TEMP
AZERO
HVPS
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
NXCNC1
NOCNC1
N2CNC1
STABIL
SMPFLW
O3FLOW
RCPRES
SMPPRS
RCTEMP
PMTTMP
CNVTMP
MFTEMP
BOXTMP
O2TEMP
AZERO
HVPS
REFGND
REF4096
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
AVG
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Default DAS Channels Setup
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.1.2. DAS CONFIGURATION LIMITS
The number of DAS objects is limited by the instrument’s finite storage capacity. For
information regarding the maximum number of channels, parameters, and records and
how to calculate the file size for each data channel, refer to the DAS manual
downloadable from the TML website at http://www.teledyne-ml.com/manuals/ under
Special Manuals.
7.1.2. VIEWING DAS DATA AND SETTINGS
DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following menu
sequence.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
DAS VIEW – Touchscreen Functions
SETUP
Button
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PV10
PREV
Moves the VIEW backward 1 records or channel
NEXT
Moves the VIEW forward 1 record or channel
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
FUNCTION
Moves the VIEW backward 10 record
EXIT
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
NX10
Moves the VIEW forward 10 records
<PRM
Selects the previous parameter on the list
PRM>
Selects the next parameter on the list
EXIT
Buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X
CONC: DATA AVAILABLE
NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
101:21:00 NXCNC1=59.0346 PPB
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
SETUP X.X
101:22:00 NXCNC1=000.0000 PPB
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
101:21:00 NOCNC1=22.0934 PPB
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
EXIT
CALDAT: DATA AVAILABLE
NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
101:19:45 NXZSC1=401.0346
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
SETUP X.X
102:04:55 NXZSC1=400.9868
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
101:19:45 NXSLP1=0.9987 PPB
PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM>
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT to view remaining
DAS channels
153
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.1.3. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNELS
DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote control
program. The following list of button strokes shows how to edit using the front panel.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Main DAS Menu
SETUP X.X
DAS EDIT – Touchscreen Button Functions
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
SETUP X.X
8
1
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
ENTR EXIT
EDIT Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER 4, 800
Button
FUNCTION
PREV
Selects the previous data channel in the list
NEXT
Selects the next data channel in the list
INS
Inserts a new data channel into the list BEFORE the
selected channel
DEL
Deletes the currently selected data channel
EDIT
Enters EDIT mode
Exports the configuration of all data channels to the
RS-232 interface
Buttons only appear when applicable.
PRINT
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Enters EDIT mode for the selected channel
When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters.
For example, the display line:
0) NXCNC1: ATIMER, 5, 800
Translates to the following configuration:
Channel No.: 0
NAME: NXCNC1
TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: Five parameters are included in this channel
EVENT: This channel is set up to store 800 records.
154
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.1. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNEL NAMES
To edit the name of a DAS data channel, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3
then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
NAME: CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
SETUP X.X
C
O
EXIT
NAME: CONC
N
C
—
—
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Press each button repeatedly to
cycle through the available
character set:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ &
* ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
155
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.1.3.2. EDITING DAS TRIGGERING EVENTS
Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any given
data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific and a complete list of Triggers for
this model analyzer can be found in Appendix A-5. The most commonly used triggering
events are:
•
ATIMER: Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer. Most
trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals, which can be
instantaneous or averaged.
•
EXITZR, EXITSP, and SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change): Sampling at
the end of (irregularly occurring) calibrations or when the response slope changes.
These triggering events create instantaneous data points, e.g., for the new slope
and offset (concentration response) values at the end of a calibration. Zero and
slope values are valuable to monitor response drift and to document when the
instrument was calibrated.
•
WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning
messages appears such as WTEMPW (GFC wheel temperature warning). This is
helpful for troubleshooting by monitoring when a particular warning occurred.
To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel, follow the
instruction shown in Section 7.1.3 then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
SETUP X.X
C
O
EXIT
NAME: CONC
N
C
—
—
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Press each button repeatedly to
cycle through the available
character set:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ &
* ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Note
156
A full list of DAS Trigger Events can be found in Appendix A-5 of this manual.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.3. EDITING DAS PARAMETERS
Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the DAS. For
each Teledyne ML's analyzer model, the list of available data parameters is different,
fully defined and not customizable. Appendix A-5 lists firmware specific data
parameters for the T200. DAS parameters include data such as NO x , NO and NO 2
concentration measurements, temperatures of the various heaters placed around the
analyzer, pressures and flows of the pneumatic subsystem and other diagnostic
measurements as well as calibration data such as stability, slope and offset.
Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppb, cm³/min,
etc., although some parameters have no units (e.g. SLOPE). With the exception of
concentration readings, none of these units of measure can be changed. To change the
units of measure for concentration readings, see Section 5.4.3.4.
DAS does not keep track of the units (i.e. PPM or PPB) of each concentration
value. Therefore, DAS data files may contain concentration data recorded in
more than one type of unit if the units of measure were changed during data
acquisition
Note
Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are
recorded which are listed in Table 7-3:
Table 7-3:
DAS Data Parameter Functions
FUNCTION
PARAMETER
SAMPLE MODE
PRECISION
STORE NUM.
SAMPLES
EFFECT
Instrument specific parameter name.
INST: Records instantaneous reading.
AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.
SDEV: Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting interval.
MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
0 to 4: Sets the number of digits to the right decimal point for each record.
Example: Setting 4; “399.9865 PPB”
Setting 0; “400 PPB”
OFF: Stores only the average (default).
ON: Stores the average and the number of samples in used to compute the value of the
parameter. This property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the
number of samples is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified
only for one of the parameters in that channel.
Users can specify up to 50 parameters per data channel (the T200 provides about 40
parameters). However, the number of parameters and channels is ultimately limited by
available memory.
Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting other
data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during adding, deleting or
editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be lost, because the DAS can
store only data of one format (number of parameter columns etc.) for any given channel.
In addition, a DAS configuration can only be uploaded remotely as an entire set of
channels. Hence, remote update of the DAS will always delete all current channels and
stored data.
157
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3 then
press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
DAS EDIT – Touchscreen Functions
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT
PREV
Selects the previous data channel or parameter
NEXT
Selects the next data channel or parameter
<SET
Selects the previous property to be edited
SET>
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
<SET
DEL
EDIT
Enters EDIT mode
YES
Exports the configuration of all data channels to the
PRINT RS-232 interface
Buttons only appear when applicable
PARAMETER:5
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
YES deletes all data
currently stored for
this data channel and
continues into EDIT
mode.
EXIT
EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)?
NO
SETUP X.X
Selects the next property to be edited
Inserts a new data channel or parameter into the list
BEFORE the selected channel
Deletes the currently selected data channel or
parameter
INS
SETUP X.X
FUNCTION
Button
0) PARAM=NXCNC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
NO retains the
data and
returns to the
previous
menu.
EXIT discards the new
setting.
EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to select a
different parameter.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
SETUP X.X
<SET
PARAMETER:NXCNC1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PARAMETER:NXCNC1
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
cycle through the list of
available parameters.
SAMPLE MODE:AVG
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PARAMETER:NXCNC1
INST AVG SDEV MIN
Pressing <SET
returns to the
previous Function.
MAX
ENTR EXIT
Press the desired
MODE button.
SETUP X.X
<SET
PRECISION:4
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRECISION:5
5
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to
set from 1 to 4.
SETUP X.X
<SET
STOR NUM SAMPLE:OFF
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
STOR NUM SAMPLE:OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to
turn ON/OFF.
Note
158
When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument will store
the number of measurements that were used to compute the AVG, SDEV, MIN or
MAX value but not the actual measurements themselves.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.4. EDITING SAMPLE PERIOD AND REPORT PERIOD
The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken and
permanently recorded:
Note
•
SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a sample
reading of the parameter in volatile memory. SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when
the DAS parameter’s sample mode is set for AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX.
•
The SAMPLE PERIOD is set to one minute by default and generally cannot be
accessed from the standard DAS front panel menu, but is available via the
instruments communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzer’s standard
serial data protocol.
•
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory
are processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated) and the results
stored permanently in the instruments Disk-on-Module (DOM) as well as transmitted
via the analyzer’s communication ports. The Report Period may be set from the
front panel. If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports
an instantaneous reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen report
period.
In AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX sample modes (see Section 7.1.3.3), the settings for
the Sample Period and the Report Period determine the number of data points
used each time the parameters are calculated, stored and reported to the COM
ports.
The actual sample readings are not stored past the end of the chosen report
period.
When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument will store
the number of measurements that were used to compute the AVG, SDEV, MIN or
MAX value but not the actual measurements themselves.
159
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To define the REPORT PERIOD, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3 then
press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be
edited.
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SETUP X.X
0
REPORT PERIOD:000:01:00
SET> EDIT
0
EXIT
REPORT PERIOD DAYS:0
0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the days between
reports (0 – 366).
SETUP X.X
0
Press buttons to set amount of
time between reports, in hours
(HH) and/or minutes (MM)
(max: 23:59). 01:00 sets a
report to be made every hour.
1
REPORT PERIOD TIME:01:00
:0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
The SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to the
beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.
•
If SAMPLE PERIOD is set for one minute the first reading would occur at the
beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument’s internal clock.
•
If the REPORT PERIOD is set for of one hour, the first report activity would occur at
the beginning of the next full hour according to the instrument’s internal clock.
EXAMPLE:
Given the above settings, if DAS parameters are activated at 7:57:35 the first sample
would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00 consisting of data
points for 7:58, 7:59, and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00), the instrument will take a sample reading
every minute and include 60 sample readings.
160
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.5. REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS POWERED OFF
If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the samples
accumulated during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned back on, the DAS
restarts taking samples and temporarily stores them in volatile memory as part of the
REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart. At the end of this REPORT
PERIOD, only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will
be included in any AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX calculation.
The STORE NUM SAMPLES feature will also report the number of sample readings
taken since the instrument was restarted.
7.1.3.6. EDITING THE NUMBER OF RECORDS
The number of data records in the DAS is limited by its configuration (one megabyte of
space on the DOM). However, the actual number of records is also limited by the total
number of parameters and channels and other settings in the DAS configuration. Every
additional data channel, parameter, number of samples setting etc. will reduce the
maximum amount of data points. In general, however, the maximum data capacity is
divided amongst all channels (max: 20) and parameters (max: 50 per channel).
The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from
specifying too many records at any given point. If, for example, the DAS memory space
can accommodate 375 more data records, the ENTR button will disappear when trying
to specify more than that number of records. This check for memory space may also
make an upload of a DAS configuration with APICOM or a terminal program fail, if the
combined number of records would be exceeded. In this case, it is suggested to either try
to determine what the maximum number of records available is using the front panel
interface or use trial-and-error in designing the DAS script or calculate the number of
records using the DAS or APICOM manuals.
161
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To set the NUMBER OF RECORDS, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3
then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be
edited.
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV MEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
YES deletes all data
currently stored for
this data channel and
continues into EDIT
mode.
YES
Toggle these buttons
to set the Number of
Records to record
(0 – 100,000)
162
EXIT
EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)?
NO retains the
data and
returns to the
previous
menu.
NO
SETUP X.X
0
NUMBER OF RECORDS:800
0
NUMBER OF RECORDS:200
0
2
0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.7. RS-232 REPORT FUNCTION
The DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where they can be
captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user using the
APICOM software.
To enable automatic COM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3
then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be
edited.
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT PRNT
SETUP X.X
OFF
Toggle these buttons
to turn the RS-232
REPORT feature
ON/OFF.
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
EXIT
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
163
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.1.3.8. HOLDOFF FEATURE
The DAS HOLDOFF feature prevents data collection during calibration operations.
To enable or disable the HOLDOFF, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.1.3 then
press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be
edited.
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
OFF
Toggle these buttons
to turn the HOLDOFF
feature ON/OFF.
CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF
EXIT
CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
HOLDOFF also prevents DAS measurements from being made at certain times when
the quality of the analyzer’s sample measurements may be suspect (e.g. while the
instrument is warming up). In this case, the length of time that the HOLDOFF feature is
active is determined by the value of the internal variable (VARS), DAS_HOLDOFF.
To set the length of the DAS_HOLDOFF period, go to the SETUP>MORE>VARS
menu and at the DAS_HOLDOFF parameter (see Table 5-3), press the Edit button.
164
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.1.3.9. THE COMPACT REPORT FEATURE
When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports. Instead
of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five parameters are
reported in one line.
The COMPACT DATA REPORT generally cannot be accessed from the standard
DAS front panel menu, but is available via the instrument’s communication ports by
using APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol.
7.1.3.10. THE STARTING DATE FEATURE
This option allows the user to specify a starting date for any given channel when the user
wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the STARTING
DATE is in the past (the default condition), the DAS ignores this setting and begins
recording data as defined by the REPORT PERIOD setting.
The STARTING DATE generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front
panel menu, but is available via the instrument’s communication ports by using
APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol.
7.1.3.11. DISABLING/ENABLING DATA CHANNELS
Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear on the
Disk-on-Module (DOM).
To disable a data channel, go to the DAS>EDIT menu as shown in Section 7.1.3 then
continue as follows:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
SETUP X.X
Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be
edited.
0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
<SET
INS
DEL
EDIT PRNT EXIT
NAME: CONC
SET> EDIT PRNT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
ON
Toggle these buttons
to enable or disable
the CHANNEL.
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
EXIT
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
165
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.2. REMOTE DAS CONFIGURATION
The DAS can be configured and operated remotely via either the APICOM interface or a
terminal emulation program. Once a DAS configuration is edited (which can be done
offline and without interrupting DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the
instrument and can be stored on a computer for later review, alteration or documentation
and archival.
7.2.1. DAS CONFIGURATION VIA APICOM
Table 7-2 shows examples of APICOM’s main interface, which emulates the look and
functionality of the instrument’s actual front panel. Figure 7-3 shows an example of
APICOM being used to remotely configure the DAS feature.
The APICOM user manual (Teledyne ML’s P/N 039450000) is included in the
APICOM installation file, which can be downloaded at MLhttp://www.teledyneml.com/software/apicom/.
Figure 7-2:
166
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 7-3:
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Sample APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS
167
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7.2.2. DAS CONFIGURATION VIA TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAMS
Although Teledyne ML recommends the use of APICOM, the DAS can also be accessed
and configured through a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal (see
Figure 7-4 for example). It is best to start by downloading the default DAS
configuration, getting familiar with its command structure and syntax conventions, and
then altering a copy of the original file offline before uploading the new configuration.
Figure 7-4:
DAS Configuration Through a Terminal Emulation Program
See Section 8.2.1 for configuration commands and their strict syntax. Commands can be
pasted in from of an existing text file, which was first edited offline and then uploaded
through a specific transfer procedure.
IMPORTANT
168
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Whereas the editing, adding and deleting of DAS channels and parameters of
one channel through the front-panel control buttons can be done without
affecting the other channels, uploading a DAS configuration script to the
analyzer through its communication ports will erase all data, parameters and
channels by replacing them with the new DAS configuration. Backup of data
and the original DAS configuration is advised before attempting any DAS
changes.
8. REMOTE OPERATION
This section provides information needed when using external digital and serial I/O for
remote operation. It assumes that the electrical connections have been made as described
in Section 3.3.1.
The T200 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data through the
serial ports, via either Computer mode (using a personal computer) or Interactive
mode (using a terminal emulation program).
8.1. COMPUTER MODE
Computer Mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a dedicated
interface program such as APICOM.
8.1.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA APICOM
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access
and control any of Teledyne ML's’ main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from
a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user
can:
•
Establish a link from a remote location to the T200 through direct cable connection
via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
•
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be
accessed manually on the instrument.
•
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
•
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.
•
Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations (Section 7.2.1).
•
Check on system parameters for troubleshooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance, and
troubleshooting. Refer to the APICOM manual available for download from
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/software/apicom/.
169
Remote Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
8.2. INTERACTIVE MODE
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs or a “dumb” computer
terminal.
8.2.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA A TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAM
Start a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal. All configuration
commands must be created following a strict syntax or be pasted in from a text file,
which was edited offline and then uploaded through a specific transfer procedure. The
commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 8-1 and
in Appendix A.
8.2.1.1. HELP COMMANDS IN INTERACTIVE MODE
Table 8-1:
Terminal Mode Software Commands
COMMAND
Function
Control-T
Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the
interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no edit).
CR
(carriage return)
A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the terminal/computer.
The command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done. On
personal computers, this is achieved by pressing the ENTER button.
BS
(backspace)
Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.
ESC
(escape)
Erases the entire command line.
?[ID] CR
This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of
their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used. The ID
number of the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-drop setup.
Control-C
Pauses the listing of commands.
Control-P
Restarts the listing of commands.
8.2.1.2. COMMAND SYNTAX
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, key words, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where:
170
X
is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command. Allowed
designators are listed in Table 8-2 and Appendix A-6.
[ID]
is the machine identification number (Section 5.7.1). Example: the
Command “? 200” followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the
instrument assigned ID Number 200.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Remote Operation
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command being
issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may have
additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed.
Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of available command
designators
<CR>
is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage return
(usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a computer).
Table 8-2:
Teledyne ML's Serial I/O Command Types
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
C
Calibration
D
Diagnostic
L
Logon
T
Test measurement
V
Variable
W
Warning
8.2.1.3. DATA TYPES
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean
expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a filter
length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one or more
digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They consist of
the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits (0-9, A-F, a-f),
which is the ‘C’ programming language convention. No plus or minus sign is permitted.
For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal integers.
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as
temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They consist of an
optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an optional decimal point
and zero or more digits. At least one digit must appear before or after the decimal point.
Scientific notation is not permitted. For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid
floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that may
assume only two values. They are denoted by the key words ON and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data
types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers. They consist
of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable characters, including spaces,
letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”,
“123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text strings. It is not possible to include a quotation
mark character within a text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items. When using
these commands, you must type the entire name of the item; you cannot abbreviate any
names.
171
Remote Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
8.2.1.4. STATUS REPORTING
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the
RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for controlling the
instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You can effectively disable
the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode (Section 6.2.1, Table 6-1).
Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status messages.
Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of the possible messages, and this for information on
controlling the instrument through the RS-232 interface.
8.2.1.5. GENERAL MESSAGE FORMAT
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X
is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table 8-2.
DDD:HH:MM
is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued. It
consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366, the hour
of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and the minute (MM) as a
number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE
is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, variable values, etc.
<CRLF>
is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse
them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any
information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages
for troubleshooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
8.3. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM
The T200 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the analyzer’s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M cable
(available from Teledyne ML with P/N WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to ensure that:
172
•
The DTE-DCE is in the DCE position.
•
The T200 COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem,
•
The Modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop bit.
•
The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see Section
6.2.1).
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Remote Operation
Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be
entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this feature is:
AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100
characters long.
To change this setting press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
Concentration field
displays all gases.
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
DIAG
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
ID
INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0
<SET
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0
The <CH and CH>
buttons move the
cursor left and right
along the text string.
<CH
CH>
DEL
[A]
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
The INS and CH>
button inserts a new
character before the
cursor position.
Figure 8-1:
INS
DEL deletes
character at
the cursor
position.
Toggle this button to cycle through
the available character set:
• Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower
Case);
• Special Characters: space ’ ~ ! # $
% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?
• Numerals: 0-9
Remote Access by Modem
173
Remote Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
To initialize the modem press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
ID
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
EXIT
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
<SET
EXIT
EXIT
COM1 MODE:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
<SET
COM1: INITIALIZE MODEM
SET> INIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING MODE
SETUP X.X
MODEM INITIALIZED
ENTR
EXIT
Test runs
automatically.
PREV NEXT OFF
If there is a problem initializing the
modem the message,
“MODEM NOT INITIALIZED”
will appear.
174
EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Remote Operation
8.4. PASSWORD SECURITY FOR SERIAL REMOTE
COMMUNICATIONS
In order to provide security for remote access of the T200, a LOGON feature can be
enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done
by turning on the SECURITY MODE (refer to Section 5.5). Once the SECURITY
MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
•
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
•
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be
achieved with the LOGOFF command.
•
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.
•
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.
•
The following messages will be returned at logon:
•
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
•
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
•
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the T200 analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS-232_PASS=NNNNNN
N may be any numeral between 0 and 9.
175
Remote Operation
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
176
9. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This section contains information for calibrating the T200 as well as other supporting
information. For information on EPA protocol calibration, please refer to Section 10.
This section is organized as follows:
SECTION 9.1 – Before Calibration
This section contains general information you should know before about calibrating
the analyzer.
SECTION 9.2 – Manual Calibration Checks and Calibration of the T200 Analyzer in its
Base Configuration
This section describes:
•
The procedure for checking the calibrating of the T200 and calibrating the
instrument with no zero/span valves installed or if installed, not operating. It
requires that zero air and span gas be installed through the Sample port.
•
Instructions for selecting the reporting range to be calibrated when the T200
analyzer is set to operate in either the IND or AUTO reporting range modes.
SECTION 9.3 – Manual Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator
This section describes:
•
The procedure for manually checking the calibration of the instrument with
optional internal span gas generator installed.
•
The procedure for manually calibrating the instrument using the optional internal
span gas generator.
SECTION 9.4 – Manual Calibration and Cal Checks with the Valve Options Installed
This section describes:
•
The procedure for manually checking the calibration of the instrument with
optional zero/span valves option installed.
•
The procedure for manually calibrating the instrument with zero/span valves
and operating.
•
Instructions on activating the zero/span valves via the control in contact
closures of the analyzers external digital I/O.
SECTION 9.5 – Automatic Zero/Span Cal/Check (AutoCal)
This section describes:
•
The procedure for using the AutoCal feature of the analyzer to check or
calibrate the instrument.
•
The AutoCal feature requires that either the zero/span valve option or the
internal span gas generator option be installed and operating.
177
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
SECTION 9.6 – Calibration Quality Analysis
This section describes how to judge the effectiveness of a recently performed
calibration.
SECTION 9.7 – Gas Flow Calibration
This section describes how to adjust the gas flow calculations made by the CPU based
on pressure and flow sensor readings.
Note
Throughout this Section are various diagrams showing pneumatic connections
between the T200 and various other pieces of equipment such as calibrators and
zero air sources.
These diagrams are only intended to be schematic representations of these
connections and do not reflect actual physical locations of equipment and fitting
location or orientation.
Contact your regional EPA or other appropriate governing agency for more
detailed recommendations.
9.1. BEFORE CALIBRATION
The calibration procedures in this section assume that the range mode, analog range and
units of measure have already been selected for the analyzer. If this has not been done,
please do so before continuing (see Section 5.4.3 for instructions).
Note
If any problems occur while performing the following calibration procedures,
refer to Section 12.1 for troubleshooting tips.
9.1.1. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND EXPENDABLES
Calibration of the T200 requires:
•
Zero-air source.
•
Span gas source.
•
Gas lines - all gas line materials should be stainless steel or Teflon-type (PTFE or
FEP).
•
178
High-concentration NO gas transported over long distances may require
stainless steel to avoid oxidation of NO due to the possibility of O 2 diffusing into
the tubing.
•
A recording device such as a strip-chart recorder and/or data logger (optional).
•
For electronic documentation, the internal data acquisition system (DAS) can be
used.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.1.2. CALIBRATION GASES
9.1.2.1. ZERO AIR
Zero air or zero calibration gas is defined as a gas that is similar in chemical
composition to the measured medium but without the gas to be measured by the
analyzer.
For the T200, this means zero air should be devoid of NO, NO 2 , CO 2 , NH 3 or H 2 O
vapor.
Note
Moderate amounts of NH 3 and H 2 O can be removed from the sample gas stream
by installing the optional sample gas dryer/scrubber (see Section 3.3.2.6).
•
If your application is not a measurement in ambient air, the zero calibration gas
should be matched to the composition of the gas being measured.
•
Pure nitrogen (N 2 ) could be used as a zero gas for applications where NO X is
measured in nitrogen.
•
If your analyzer is equipped with an external zero air scrubber option, it is capable
of creating zero air from ambient air.
For analyzers without the external zero air scrubber, a zero air generator such as the
Teledyne ML's Model 701 can be used. Please visit the company website for more
information.
If your analyzer is equipped with an external zero air scrubber option, it is capable of
creating zero air from ambient air.
•
If your application is not a measurement in ambient air, the zero calibration gas
should be matched to the composition of the gas being measured.
•
Pure nitrogen could be used as a zero gas for applications where NO X is measured
in nitrogen.
9.1.2.2. SPAN GAS
Span calibration gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of
the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range. To
measure NO X with the T200, it is recommended that you use a span gas with an NO
concentration equal to 80% of the measurement range for your application
EXAMPLE:
•
If the application is to measure NOX in ambient air between 0 ppm and 500 ppb, an
appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb.
•
If the application is to measure NOX in ambient air between 0 ppm and 1000 ppb,
an appropriate span gas would be 800 ppb.
We strongly recommend that span calibration be carried out with NO span gas.
Alternatively it is possible to use NO 2 gas in a gas phase titration (GPT) calibration
system.
179
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Even though NO gas mixed into in nitrogen gas (N 2 ) could be used as a span gas, the
matrix of the balance gas is different and may cause interference problems or yield
incorrect calibrations.
•
Note
The same applies to gases that contain high concentrations of other compounds
(for example, CO 2 or H 2 O).
The span gas should match all concentrations of all gases of the measured
medium as closely as possible.
Cylinders of calibrated NO x and NO gas traceable to NIST-standards specifications (also
referred to as EPA protocol calibration gases or Standard Reference Materials) are
commercially available.
9.1.2.3. SPAN GAS FOR MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION
Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration where span
gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using an NO gas of higher
concentration combined with a gas dilution calibrator such as a Teledyne ML Model
T700. For more information see Section 3.3.2.1 and Section 10.
9.1.2.4. NO2 PERMEATION TUBES
Teledyne ML offers an optional internal span gas generator that utilizes an NO 2
permeation tube as a span gas source. The accuracy of these devices is only about ±5%.
Whereas this may be sufficient for quick, daily calibration checks, we recommend using
certified NO gases for accurate calibration.
CAUTION!
Insufficient gas flow allows gas to build up to levels that will contaminate
the instrument or present a safety hazard to personnel.
In units with a permeation tube option installed, either the tube must be
removed and stored in sealed container (use original container that tube
was shipped in) during periods of non-operation, or vacuum pump must
be connected and powered on to maintain constant gas flow though the
analyzer at all times.
(See Figure 3-6 for location and Section 11.3.6 for instructions on how to remove the
perm tube when the unit is not in operation).
180
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.1.3. DATA RECORDING DEVICES
A strip chart recorder, data acquisition system or digital data acquisition system should
be used to record data from the serial or analog outputs of the T200.
•
If analog readings are used, the response of the recording system should be
checked against a NIST traceable voltage source or meter.
•
Data recording devices should be capable of bi-polar operation so that negative
readings can be recorded.
For electronic data recording, the T200 provides an internal data acquisition system
(DAS), which is described in detail in Section 7.
APICOM, a remote control program, is also provided as a convenient and powerful tool
for data handling, download, storage, quick check and plotting (see Sections 7.2.1, and
the APICOM software manual downloadable from:
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/manuals
9.1.4. NO2 CONVERSION EFFICIENCY (CE)
In order for the NO 2 converter to function properly, oxygen must be present in the
sample stream. In addition, to ensure accurate operation of the T200, it is important to
check the NO 2 conversion efficiency (CE) periodically and to update this value as
necessary.
•
See Section 12.7.10 for instructions on checking or calculating the current NO 2 
NO converter efficiency using T200’s onboard firmware.
•
See Section 12.7.11 for instructions on checking or calculating the current NO 2 
NO converter efficiency using a simplified Gas Phase Titration Method.
9.2. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF
THE T200 ANALYZER IN ITS BASE CONFIGURATION
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION CHECKS VS. ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION
Pressing the ENTR button during the following procedure resets the stored
values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instrument’s Calibration.
This should ONLY BE DONE during an actual calibration of the T200.
NEVER press the ENTR button if you are only checking calibration.
181
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.2.1. SETUP FOR BASIC CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown below in one of the following
ways:
Source of
VENT here if input
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
MODEL 700E
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOX
Enclosur Wall
is pressurized
SAMPLE
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
EXHAUST
Chassis
Vent here if output of calibrator
is not already vented.
Figure 9-1:
PUMP
Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks of T200’s in Base Configuration w/ a Gas Dilution
Calibrator
VENT here if input
Removed during
calibration
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOX
is pressurized
Enclosur Wall
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
3-way Valve
SAMPLE
Manual
Control Valve
EXHAUST
VENT
Chassis
PUMP
Figure 9-2:
182
Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks of T200’s in Base Configuration w/ Bottled Gas
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.2.2. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
Concentration field
displays all of the
available gas
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPM
< TST TST >
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
NOX=XXX.X
CAL
SETUP
Allow ZERO GAS to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NOX, NO or NO2 zero point readings
DO NOT press the ENTR button
Allow SPAN GAS to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
The ZERO and/or SPAN
buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
It is not necessary to press
them.
Record NOX, NO, NO2 span point readings
DO NOT press the ENTR button
NOTE:
In certain instances where low Span
gas concentrations are present (≤ 50
ppb), both the ZERO & SPAN buttons
may appear simultaneously.
Note
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made is outside
the allowable range for a reliable calibration.
See Section 12 for troubleshooting tips.
183
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.2.3. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION
The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the T200.
If the analyzer’s reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will appear for
selecting which range is to be calibrated (LOW or HIGH). Each of these two ranges
MUST be calibrated separately.
9.2.3.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
Note
The expected concentrations for both NOx and NO are usually set to the same
value unless the conversion efficiency is not equal to 1.000 or not entered
properly in the conversion efficiency setting.
When setting expected concentration values, consider impurities in your span
gas source (e.g. NO often contains 1-3% NO 2 and vice versa).
The NO and NO x span gas concentrations should be 80% of range of concentration
values likely to be encountered in your application. The default factory reporting range
setting is 500 ppb and the default span gas concentration is 40.0 ppb.
To set the span gas concentration, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
Use these buttons to select
the appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
LOW HIGH
M-P CAL
ENTR EXIT
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
NOX
0
EXIT
CONCENTRATION MENU
NO CONV
M-P CAL
184
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
M-P CAL
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
400.0 PPB.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
4
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
CONCENTRATION
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.2.3.2. ZERO/SPAN POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the STABIL test function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NOX
measurement.
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXXX PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXXX PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXXX PPB
<TST TST>
M-P CAL
ZERO
SETUP
NOX= XXXX
CONC
STABIL=XXXX PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
NOX= XXXX
CONC
EXIT
Press ENTR to change
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values based on the zero
point measurement.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span.
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear refer to
the Troubleshooting section
of this manual.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXXX PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXXX PPB
STABIL=XXXX PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
CONC
STABIL=XXXX PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
Note
SETUP
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
NOX= XXXX
CONC
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
Press ENTR to change
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values based on the zero
point measurement.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made during is
out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration. See Section 12 for
troubleshooting tips.
185
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL SPAN GAS
GENERATOR
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
The internal span gas generator’s NO 2 permeation tube has a limited accuracy of
about ±5%.
9.3.1. PERFORMING “PRECISION” MANUAL CALIBRATION WHEN
INTERNAL SPAN GAS (IZS) GENERATOR OPTION IS PRESENT
It is necessary to perform a precision calibration using more accurate zero and span gas
standards prior to IZS span calibration or cal check.
To perform a precision calibration of the T200, connect external sources of zero air and
calibrated span gas (Section 9.1.2) and temporarily disconnect the sample gas source as
shown below; then follow the procedures described in Section 9.2.3.
VENT here if input
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NOx
Enclosure Wall
is pressurized
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
“CAL” calibration
MODEL 700E
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
Filter
ZERO AIR
Chassis
Vent here if output of calibrator
is not already vented.
PUMP
External Zero
Air Scrubber
FROM DRYER
Figure 9-3: Pneumatic Connections for T200 Precision Calibration when IZS Generator Present
IMPORTANT
186
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
DO NOT USE THE CALZ or CALS buttons even though they will be visible, as this
will cause the instrument to use the internal zero air and span gas.
Instead, press the CAL button. This will cause the analyzer to use the external
calibration gas sources.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.3.2. SETUP FOR CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL SPAN GAS
GENERATOR
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Figure 9-4.
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
is pressurized
(reconnected after
“precision” cal
performed)
Enclosure Wall
VENT here if input
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
PUMP
Filter
External Zero
Air Scrubber
Figure 9-4:
ZERO AIR
Chassis
FROM DRYER
Pneumatic Connections for Manual Calibration/Checks with the Internal Span Gas
Generator
9.3.3. CAL ON NO2 FEATURE
When using the IZS option to calibrate the T200, the analyzer’s CAL_ON_NO 2 feature
must be turned on. This feature enables a continuous zero gas flow across the IZS
permeation tube and through the NO 2 converter. It also programs the analyzer to use the
NO output from the NO 2 converter to calibrate the span value of both NO and NO X .
Note
This feature should only be enabled when a span calibration or calibration check
is performed.
While CAL_ON_NO 2 is enabled, the NO 2 concentration will always be reported as
zero. This is because the gas is continuously routed through the NO 2 converter and the
analyzer’s firmware simulates calibration with NO gas.
Table 9-1:
IZS Option Valve States with CAL_ON_NO 2 Turned ON
Valve
Condition
Valve Port Connections
Sample/Cal
Open to zero/span valve
12
Zero/Span
Open to SPAN GAS inlet
12
NO/NO x Valve
Open to NO 2 converter
12
Auto Zero Valve
Cycles normally
N/A
Since the instrument sees the same concentration of NO during both NO and NO X
cycles, it reports an NO 2 concentration of zero.
187
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
TO turn the CAL_ON_NO 2 feature ON/OFF, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
<TST TST>
NO=XXXX
CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
8
1
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
ENTR EXIT
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
09)CAL_ON_NO2=OFF
<PREV NEXT> JUMP
MODE FLD
ON
Use this button to
turn this feature
ON/OFF.
188
EDIT PRNT EXIT
CAL_ON_NO2=OFF
CONC
ENTR EXIT
Press EXIT
3 times.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.3.4. PERFORMING A MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK WITH THE
INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement.
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
ZERO GAS enters the analyzer via the
External Scrubber.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NOX, NO or NO2 zero point readings
DO NOT press the ENTR button
Turn ON the CAL_ON_NO2 feature
SAMPLE
<TST
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
SPAN GAS enters the reaction cell from the
internal NO2 permeation tube.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NOX, NO, NO2 span point readings
The ZERO and/or SPAN
buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
It is not necessary to press
them.
DO NOT press the ENTR button.
Turn OFF the CAL_ON_NO2 feature
Note
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made is out of
the allowable range for a reliable calibration. See Section 12 for troubleshooting
tips.
189
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.3.5. PERFORMING A MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL
SPAN GAS GENERATOR
If the analyzer’s reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will appear for
selecting which range is to be calibrated (LOW or HIGH). Each of these two ranges
MUST be calibrated separately.
9.3.5.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
Note
The expected concentrations for both NOx and NO are usually set to the same
value unless the conversion efficiency is not equal to 1.000 or not entered
properly in the conversion efficiency setting.
When setting expected concentration values, consider impurities in your span
gas source (e.g. NO often contains 1-3% NO 2 and vice versa).
When calibrating the instrument using the internal permeation tube as a span gas source,
it is necessary to know, as close as possible, the concentration value of the gas being
outputted by the tube. To determine this value:
1. Perform a precision calibration of the instrument as describes in Section 9.3.1.
2. Perform a calibration check as described in Section 9.3.4.
•
Record the value displayed for NO/NOx during the span check portion of the
procedure.
•
This will be the concentration value used in subsequent calibrations using the
internal span gas source.
•
It is a good idea to measure the permeation tube output once every 4 to 6
months.
3. Ensure that the reporting range span point is set for a value at least 10% higher
than the measured value of the permeation tube output
190
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
To set the span gas concentration, press:
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
<TST
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons to select
the appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
RANGE=500.0 PPB
M-P CAL
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
NOX
0
EXIT
CONCENTRATION MENU
EXIT
NO CONV
NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
M-P CAL
Enter the
concentration
measured during
the last span check
of the permeation
tube output.
NOX= XXXX
4
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous display.
ENTR accepts the new setting and
returns to the
CONCENTRATION MENU.
If using NO span gas in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
191
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.3.5.2. ZERO/SPAN POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE WITH INTERNAL SPAN GAS
GENERATOR
Analyzer continues to
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
NOX= XXXX
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
<TST
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
SAMPLE
< TST TST >
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement.
NOX=XXX.X
CAL
SETUP
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
<TST
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons to select
the appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
M-P CAL
<TST TST>
M-P CAL
ZERO
EXIT
CONC
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
NOX=XXX.X
NOX=X.XXX
CONC
EXIT
Press ENTR to change
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
Turn ON the CAL_ON_NO2 feature
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Press to select the
appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
NOX=X.XXX
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
CONC
EXIT
Press ENTR to change
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear, refer to
the Troubleshooting section
of this manual.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
NOX=X.XXX
CONC
EXIT
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
Turn OFF the CAL_ON_NO2 feature
Note
192
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made during
during this procedure is out of the range allowed for a reliable calibration. See
Section 12 for troubleshooting tips.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.4. MANUAL CALIBRATION AND CAL CHECKS WITH THE
VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED
There are a variety of valve options available on the T200 for handling calibration gases
(see Section 1.3 for descriptions of each).
Generally performing calibration checks and zero/span point calibrations on analyzers
with these options installed is similar to the methods discussed in the previous sections.
The primary differences are:
•
On instruments with Z/S valve options, zero air and span gas is supplied to the
analyzer through other gas inlets besides the sample gas inlet.
•
The zero and span calibration operations are initiated directly and independently
with dedicated buttons (CALZ & CALS).
9.4.1. SETUP FOR CALIBRATION USING VALVE OPTIONS
Each of the various calibration valve options requires a different pneumatic setup that is
dependent on the exact nature and number of valves present. Refer to the following
diagrams for information on each or these valve sets.
193
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.4.2. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH VALVE OPTIONS
INSTALLED
SAMPLE
<TST
Analyzer display
continues to cycle
through all of the
available gas
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement.
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NOX, NO or NO2 zero point readings
DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR KEY
SAMPLE
<TST
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
The ZERO and/or SPAN
buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
It is not necessary to press
them.
Record NOX, NO, NO2 span point readings
DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR button
194
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.4.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION USING VALVE OPTIONS
The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the T200
NO X analyzer.
If the analyzer’s reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will appear for
selecting which range is to be calibrated (LOW or HIGH). Each of these two ranges
MUST be calibrated separately.
9.4.3.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
Note
The expected concentrations for both NOx and NO are usually set to the same
value unless the conversion efficiency is not equal to 1.000 or not entered
properly in the conversion efficiency setting.
When setting expected concentration values, consider impurities in your span
gas source (e.g. NO often contains 1-3% NO 2 and vice versa).
The NO and NO x span gas concentrations should be 80% of range of concentration
values likely to be encountered in your application. The default factory reporting range
setting is 500 ppb and the default span gas concentration is 400.0 ppb.
To set the span gas concentration, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Use these keys to select the
appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
M-P CAL
RANGE=500.0 PPB
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
NOX
0
EXIT
CONCENTRATION MENU
NO CONV
M-P CAL
The NOX & NO span concentration
values automatically default to
400.0 PPB.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NOX and NO
calibration gases.
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
NOX SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc
4
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the
CONCENTRATION
MENU.
If using NO span gas
in addition to NOX
repeat last step.
195
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.4.3.2. ZERO/SPAN POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
SAMPLE
Analyzer continues to
cycle through NOx,
NO, and NO2
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
< TST TST >
CAL
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement
NOX=XXX.X
SETUP
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
<TST
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Press to select the
appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST>
M-P CAL
ZERO
CONC
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
NOX=XXX.X
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
CONC
EXIT
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
TST> CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
Only appears if the AUTO
range mode is selected.
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL:LOW
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
Press to select the
appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for
each range.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span.
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for both the NO
and NOx measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see
Section 11 for
troubleshooting tips.
Note
196
M-P CAL
NOX STB= XXX.X PPB
<TST TST> ENTR
CONC
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made during is
out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration. See Section 12 for
troubleshooting tips.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.4.3.3. USE OF ZERO/SPAN VALVE WITH REMOTE CONTACT CLOSURE
Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on the rear
panel CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these contacts are
found in Section 3.3.1.6.
When the contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds, the instrument switches into zero,
low span or high span mode and the internal zero/span valves will be automatically
switched to the appropriate configuration.
•
The remote calibration contact closures may be activated in any order.
•
It is recommended that contact closures remain closed for at least 10 minutes to
establish a reliable reading.
•
The instrument will stay in the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain
closed.
If contact closures are being used in conjunction with the analyzer’s AutoCal (see
Section 9.5) feature and the AutoCal attribute “CALIBRATE” is enabled, the T200 will
not re-calibrate the analyzer UNTIL when the contact is opened. At this point, the new
calibration values will be recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode.
If the AutoCal attribute “CALIBRATE” is disabled, the instrument will return to
SAMPLE mode, leaving the instrument’s internal calibration variables unchanged.
9.5. AUTOMATIC ZERO/SPAN CAL/CHECK (AUTOCAL)
The AutoCal system allows unattended periodic operation of the ZERO/SPAN valve
options by using the T200’s internal time of day clock. AutoCal operates by executing
SEQUENCES programmed by the user to initiate the various calibration modes of the
analyzer and open and close valves appropriately. It is possible to program and run up to
three separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and SEQ3). Each sequence can operate in one
of three modes, or be disabled.
Table 9-2:
AUTOCAL Modes
MODE NAME
DISABLED
ZERO
ZERO-SPAN
SPAN
ACTION
Disables the Sequence.
Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero calibration/check.
Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero point
calibration/check followed by a Span point
calibration/check.
Causes the Sequence to perform a Span concentration
calibration/check only.
197
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
For each mode, there are seven parameters that control operational details of the
SEQUENCE. They are:
Table 9-3: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters
ATTRIBUTE
TIMER
ENABLED
IMPORTANT
ACTION
Turns on the Sequence timer.
STARTING DATE
Sequence will operate after Starting Date.
STARTING TIME
Time of day sequence will run.
DELTA DAYS
Number of days to skip between each Sequence execution.
• If set to 7, for example, the AutoCal feature will be enabled once
every week on the same day.
DELTA TIME
Number of hours later each “Delta Days” Sequence is to be run.
• If set to 0, the sequence will start at the same time each day. Delta
Time is added to Delta Days for the total time between cycles.
• This parameter prevents the analyzer from being calibrated at the
same daytime of each calibration day and prevents a lack of data for
one particular daytime on the days of calibration
DURATION
Number of minutes the sequence operates.
• This parameter needs to be set such that there is enough time for the
concentration signal to stabilize.
• The STB parameter shows if the analyzer response is stable at the
end of the calibration.
• This parameter is logged with calibration values in the DAS.
CALIBRATE
Enable to do a calibration – Disable to do a cal check only.
• For analyzers with internal span gas generators installed and
functioning, when used in US EPA applications, this setting must be
set to OFF.
RANGE TO CAL
LOW calibrates the low range, HIGH calibrates the high range. Applies
only to auto and remote range modes; this property is not available in
single and independent range modes.
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
For US EPA controlled/related applications:
For analyzers used in US EPA controlled applications that have internal span gas
generators option installed, the CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to OFF
Calibration of instruments used in US EPA related applications should only be
performed using external sources of zero air and span gas with an accuracy
traceable to EPA or NIST standards and supplied through the analyzer’s sample
port.
198
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
The following example sets sequence #2 to do a zero-span calibration every other day
starting at 1:00 AM on September 4, 2011, lasting 15 minutes, without calibration. This
will start ½ hour later each iteration.
Table 9-4: Example AutoCal Sequence
MODE AND
ATTRIBUTE
VALUE
COMMENT
SEQUENCE
2
Define Sequence #2
MODE
ZERO-SPAN
Select Zero and
Span Mode
TIMER ENABLE
ON
Enable the timer
STARTING DATE
Sept. 4, 2011
Start after
Sept 4, 2011
STARTING TIME
1:00 AM
First Span starts at
1:00AM
DELTA DAYS
2
Do Sequence #2
every other day
DELTA TIME
00:30
Do Sequence #2 ½
hr later each day
DURATION
15.0
Operate Span valve
for 15 min
CALIBRATE
OFF
Calibrate at end of
Sequence
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
• The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later than the
real time clock for setting real time clock (See Section 5.6).
• Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day.
• Any new sequence that is initiated whether from a timer, the COM ports or the
contact closure inputs will override any sequence that is in progress.
• The CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to OFF on analyzers with IZS Options
installed and functioning.
• Calibrations should ONLY be performed using external sources of Zero Air and
Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA standards.
199
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.5.1. SETUP  ACAL: PROGRAMMING AND AUTO CAL SEQUENCE
To program the example sequence shown in Table 9-4, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
NOX=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CZLS
SETUP
SETUP X.X
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQ 1) DISABLED
NEXT MODE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SEQ 2) DISABLED
PREV NEXT MODE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
MODE: DISABLED
NEXT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
MODE: ZERO
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
MODE: ZERO–SPAN
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
ENTR EXIT
SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 1:00:00
PREV NEXT MODE SET
SETUP X.X
EXIT
TIMER ENABLE: ON
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–07
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
0
4
EXIT
STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
SEP
0
8
ENTR
Toggle buttons to set
Day, Month & Year:
Format : DD-MON-YY
200
CONTINUE NEXT PAGE
With STARTING TIME
EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE STARTING DATE
SETUP X.X
STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
STARTING TIME:00:00
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle buttons to set
time:
Format : HH:MM
This is a 24 hr clock . PM
hours are 13 – 24.
Example 2:15 PM = 14:15
SETUP X.X
1
EXIT
STARTING TIME:00:00
4
:1
SETUP X.X
5
ENTR
STARTING TIME:14:15
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DELTA DAYS: 1
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle buttons to set
number of days between
procedures (1-365).
SETUP X.X
0
0
EXIT
DELTA DAYS: 1
ENTR
2
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DELTA TIME00:00
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
0
0
EXIT
DELTA TIME: 00:00
:3
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DELTA DAYS:2
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle buttons to set
delay time for each
iteration of the sequence:
HH:MM
(0 – 24:00)
EXIT
0
ENTR
EXIT
DELTA TIME:00:30
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
CONTINUE NEXT PAGE
With DURATION TIME
201
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE
DELTA TIME
SETUP
DURATION:15.0 MINUTES
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle buttons to set
duration for each iteration
of the sequence:
Set in Decimal minutes
from 0.1 – 60.0.
SETUP
3
EXIT
DURATION 15.0MINUTES
0
SETUP
.0
ENTR
DURATION:30.0 MINUTES
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP
EXIT
CALIBRATE: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP
Toggle button
Between Off and
ON.
Display show:
EXIT
CALIBRATE: OFF
ON
SETUP X.X
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
CALIBRATE: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
SETUP X.X
Sequence
MODE
Note
202
Delta Time
Delta Days
SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu.
If at any time an unallowable entry is selected (Example: Delta Days > 367) the
ENTR button will disappear from the display.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
9.6. CALIBRATION QUALITY ANALYSIS
After completing one of the calibration procedures described above, it is important to
evaluate the analyzer’s calibration SLOPE and OFFSET parameters. These values
describe the linear response curve of the analyzer, separately for NO and NO X . The
values for these terms, both individually and relative to each other, indicate the quality
of the calibration.
To perform this quality evaluation, you will need to record the values of the following
test functions (see Section 4.1.1), all of which are automatically stored in the DAS
channel CALDAT for data analysis, documentation and archival.
NO OFFS
NO SLOPE
NOX OFFS
NOX SLOPE
Ensure that these parameters are within the limits listed in Table 9-5 and frequently
compare them to those values on the Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04490)
that came attached to your manual, which should not be significantly different. If they
are, refer to the troubleshooting Section 12.
Table 9-5:
Calibration Data Quality Evaluation
Function
Minimum Value
Optimum Value
Maximum Value
NOX SLOPE
-0.700
1.000
1.300
NO SLOPE
-0.700
1.000
1.300
NOX OFFS
-20.0 mV
0.0 mV
150.0 mV
NO OFFS
-20.0 mV
0.0 mV
150.0 mV
The default DAS configuration records all calibration values in channel CALDAT as
well as all calibration check (zero and span) values in its internal memory.
•
Up to 200 data points are stored for up 4 years of data (on weekly calibration
checks) and a lifetime history of monthly calibrations.
•
Review these data to see if the zero and span responses change over time.
•
These channels also store the STB figure (standard deviation of NO X concentration)
to evaluate if the analyzer response has properly leveled off during the calibration
procedure.
•
Finally, the CALDAT channel also stores the converter efficiency for review and
documentation.
203
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
9.7. GAS FLOW CALIBRATION
Rate of sample gas and O 3 flow through the T200 is a key part of the NO x , NO and NO 2
concentration calculations. The FLOW CALIBRATION submenu located under the
DIAG menu allows the calibration/adjustment of these calculations.
Note
A separate flow meter is required for this procedure.
To calibrate the flow of gas calculations made by the CPU, press.
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
O3= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
8
EXIT
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD:818
1
8
DIAG
ENTR EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
DIAG FCAL
Use these buttons to select which flow
calculation to adjust:
• SAMP: Calibrates the sample gas flow
calculation derived from the pressure
measurements before and after the sample gas
enters the reaction cell.
• OZONE Calibrates the O3 gas flow calculation
derived from the direct measurements of
gas flow into the O3 Generator.
DIAG FCAL
:.
204
ENTR
.0
EXIT
WAITING FOR FLOW
PREV NEXT
1
EXIT
FLOW SENSOR TO CAL
SAMP OZONE
DIAG FCAL
Toggle these keys to
match the actual flow as
measured by the external
flow meter.
ENTR
ENTR
EXIT
ACTUAL FLOW: 1.000 LPM
0
0
0
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION
For U.S. EPA compliance always calibrate this instrument prior to use, adhering to the
EPA designation conditions for operating this instrument (Section 2.2). Pay strict
attention to the built-in warning features, periodic inspection, regular zero/span checks,
and regular test parameter evaluation for predictive diagnostics and data analysis, and
routine maintenance. Any instrument(s) supplying the zero air and span calibration
gasses used must themselves be calibrated and that calibration must be traceable to an
EPA/NIST primary standard.
Comply with Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 (downloadable from the U.S.
Government Publishing Office at http://www/gpo.gov/fdsys/) and with Quality
Assurance
Guidance
documents
(available
on
the
EPA
website,
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/qalist.html). Give special attention to specific regulations
regarding the use and operation of ambient NOx analyzers (chemiluminescence).
205
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank
206
11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE
Follow the maintenance schedule set forth in Section 11.1. In general, the exterior can
be wiped down with a lightly damp cloth.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Avoid spraying anything directly onto any part of the analyzer.
Service and troubleshooting are covered in Section Troubleshooting & Service.
11.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 11-1 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the T200. Please note that in
certain environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some maintenance
procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR OF THE ANALYZER.
CAUTION – QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
These maintenance procedures must be performed by qualified technicians only.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A span and zero calibration check (see CAL CHECK REQ’D Column of Table 11-1,
T200 Maintenance Schedule) must be performed following some of the
maintenance procedures listed herein. To perform a CHECK of the instrument’s
Zero or Span Calibration, refer to Section 9.3.
DO NOT press the ENTR button at the end of each operation. Pressing the ENTR
button resets the stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instrument’s
Calibration.
Alternatively, use the Auto Cal feature described in Section 9.5 with the
CALIBRATE attribute set to OFF.
207
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 11-1: T200 Maintenance Schedule
ITEM
ACTION
FREQ
CAL
CHECK
REQ’D
TEST
functions
Review and
evaluate
Weekly
No
Particulate
filter
Change
particle filter
No
Zero/span
check
Evaluate
offset and
slope
Zero and
span
calibration
Weekly (if in
stack system:
As Needed)
Weekly
Every 3 months
Yes
Zero/span
calibration
No
External zero
air scrubber
option
Exchange
chemical
Every 3 months
No
External
dryer option
Replace
chemical
When indicator
color changes
No
Ozone
cleanser
Change
chemical
Annually
Yes
Reaction cell
window
(“optical
filter” in
Figure 11-6)
Clean
Annually or as
necessary
Yes
DFU filters
Change
particle filter
Annually
No
Pneumatic
sub-system
Check for
leaks in gas
flow paths
Annually or
after repairs
involving
pneumatics
Yes if a
leak is
repaired
Reaction cell
O-rings &
sintered
filters
Replace
Annually
Yes
PMT Sensor
Hardware
Calibration
Low-level
hardware
calibration
On PMT/
preamp
changes or if
slope is outside
of 1.0±0.3
Yes
Pump
Rebuild head
when RCEL
pressure
exceeds 10 inHg-A (at sea
level)
Yes
Inline
Exhaust
Scrubber
Replace
Annually
No
NO 2
Replace
converter
Every 3 years
or if conversion
efficiency drops
below 96%
Yes
Replace
Any time PMT
housing is
opened for
maintenance
n/a
converter
Desiccant
bags
208
DATE PERFORMED
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.2. PREDICTIVE DIAGNOSTICS
Predictive diagnostic functions, including failure warnings and alarms built into the
analyzer’s firmware, aid in determining whether and when repairs are necessary.
The Test Functions can also be used to predict failures by looking at how their values
change over time, compared to the values recorded on the printed record of the Final
Test and Validation Data Sheet, P/N 04490. The internal data acquisition system (DAS)
is a convenient way to record and track these changes. Use APICOM (Section 8.1.1) to
download and review this data from a remote location.
The following table, checked weekly, can be used as a basis for taking action as these
values change with time.
Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions
FUNCTION
EXPECTED
RCEL
(pressure)
Constant to within
± 0.5 in-Hg-A
SAMP
(pressure)
Constant within
atmospheric
changes
OZONE FL
Constant to within
± 15
AZERO
Constant within
±20 of check-out
value
ACTUAL
Fluctuating
Slowly increasing
Fluctuating
INTERPRETATION & ACTION
Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks.
Pump performance is degrading. Rebuild pump when pressure
is above 10 in-Hg-A.
Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks.
Slowly increasing
Flow path is clogging up. Replace orifice filters.
Slowly decreasing
Developing leak in pneumatic system to vacuum (developing
valve failure). Check for leaks.
Slowly decreasing
Flow path is clogging up. Replace orifice filters.
Developing AZERO valve failure. Replace valve.
Significantly increasing
PMT cooler failure. Check cooler, circuit, and power supplies.
Developing light leak.
O 3 air filter cartridge is exhausted. Change chemical.
NO 2
(Concentration)
Constant for
constant
concentrations
Slowly decreasing
signal for same
concentration
NO 2
with IZS Option
installed
(Concentration)
Constant
response from day
to day
Decreasing over time
NO
(Concentration)
Constant for
constant
concentration
Converter efficiency may be degrading. Replace converter
components.
Change in instrument response. Low level (hardware) calibrate
the sensor.
Degradation of IZS permeation tube. Change permeation tube.
Heavily fluctuating from
day to day
Ambient changes in moisture are affecting the performance.
Add a dryer to the zero air inlet.
Decreasing over time
Drift of instrument response; clean RCEL window. Check for
flow leaks or irregularities.
209
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
11.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Perform the following procedures as standard maintenance per Table 11-1.
11.3.1. REPLACING THE SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER
Inspect the particulate filter often for signs of plugging or contamination. Do not touch
any part of the housing, filter element, PTFE retaining ring, glass cover and the o-ring
with your bare hands: use gloves or PTFE coated tweezers or similar handling to avoid
contamination of the sample filter assembly.
To change the filter:
1. Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the instrument.
2. Open the T200’s hinged front panel and unscrew the retaining ring on the filter
assembly.
RETAINING RING
PTFE O-RING
HOLDER
Figure 11-1
Replacing the Particulate Filter
3. Carefully remove the retaining ring, PTFE o-ring, glass window and filter element.
4. Replace the filter, being careful that the element is fully seated and centered in the
bottom of the holder.
5. Reinstall the PTFE o-ring with the notches up, reinstall the glass window, then
screw on the retaining ring and hand tighten. Inspect the seal between the edge of
filter and the o-ring to assure a proper seal.
6. Restart the analyzer.
210
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.2. CHANGING THE O3 DRYER PARTICULATE FILTER
The air for the O 3 generator passes through a dryer equipped with a small particulate
filter at its inlet, which prevents dust from entering the ozone dryer and degrading the
dryer’s performance over time. Change the filter according to the service interval in
Table 11-1 as follows:
1. Before starting the procedure, check and record the average RCEL pressure and
the OZONE FLOW values.
2. Turn off the analyzer, unplug the power cord and remove the cover.
3. Unscrew the nut around the port of the filter using two 5/8” wrenches.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Ensure to use proper wrenches.
Hold the main dryer fitting with a 5/8” wrench to ensure that it does not turn
against the dryer.
Performing this procedure improperly or with incorrect tools creates a risk of
causing a significant leak.
4. Take off the old filter element and replace it with a suitable equivalent (Teledyne ML
P/N FL-3).
Figure 11-2:
Particle Filter on O 3 Supply Air Dryer
5. Hold the main dryer fitting steady with a 5/8” wrench and tighten the nut with your
hands.
•
If necessary use a second wrench but do not over-tighten the nut.
6. Replace the cover, plug in the power cord and restart the analyzer.
211
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7. Check the O 3 flow rate; it should be around 80 cm³/min ± 15.
8. Check the RCEL pressure.
•
It should be the same value as before.
9. Refer to Section 11.3.12 to leak check after installing the new DFU particle filter.
11.3.3. CHANGING THE OZONE CLEANSER CHEMICAL
The ozone (O 3 ) cleanser is located next to the O 3 generator (see Figure 3-5) and cleans
the O 3 stream from solid and liquid contaminants that are created inside the O 3
generator. The content of the ozone cleanser needs periodical exchange according to
Table 11-1. A rebuild kit is available from the factory (see Appendix B of this manual
lists the part numbers).
To change the ozone cleanser chemical, follow these steps:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer and pump. Remove the analyzer cover and locate
the O 3 filter in the front of the analyzer next to the O 3 generator.
2. Use a 7/16” wrench to remove both pieces of 1/8” male nut with tubing from the
NPT fittings.
Figure 11-3:
212
Ozone Cleanser Assembly
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
3. Remove the integrated screws with a Phillips screw driver and remove the scrubber
manifold from the chassis.
4. Using a 9/16” wrench, remove both fittings from the cartridge.
5. Discard the glass wool.
6. Pour the contents of the scrubber manifold onto a sheet of white paper. If
necessary, remove the plug to ensure that all the contents are poured out.
•
Notice any discoloration of the contents, which is usually white and slightly
transparent.
•
The amount of discolored chemical (usually with yellow tint) may give you an
indication of the lifetime of the chemical in your application.
The maintenance cycle of this item is dependent on ambient moisture, sub-micron
particle load and other factors and may differ from that shown in Table 11-1.
7. Discard the used silica gel desiccant without touching it. It may contain nitric acid,
which is a corrosive and highly irritating substance.
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Immediately wash your hands after contact with the silica gel desiccant.
8. Using a small powder funnel, fill the cartridge with about 10 g new silica gel
desiccant (Teledyne ML P/N CH43) so that it is level on both legs of the cartridge.
IMPORTANT
•
Slight vibration is required to settle the chemical into the cartridge and achieve
tightest packing, which increases performance and lifetime of the filter.
•
Ensure that the level of the chemical does not protrude farther than the first two
threads of the NPT fitting.
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Use only genuine, pre-conditioned Teledyne ML's refill kits for this procedure.
Teledyne ML's refill kits have been properly conditioned to prevent a significant
increase of the T200’s Auto Zero value which can cause large negative offsets,
which may take 2-3 weeks to disappear.
Do not leave this material uncovered for more than a few seconds, as it will
absorb contaminants from ambient air. Always store unused, well-covered refill
material in a cool dry place.
3
9. Seal the silica gel desiccant with 1 cm of glass wool on each well.
•
Ensure that the plug is large enough and compressed into the cartridge so that
the chemical is securely held in place.
10. Add new Teflon tape (P/N HN000036) to the NPT fittings.
11. Screw the NPT fittings back into the scrubber manifold.
12. Screw the cartridge back onto the chassis; orientation is not important.
13. Evaluate the ferrules on the tubing.
•
If the ferrules are too old, we recommend replacing them with new ferrules.
14. Reconnect the tubing using 7/16” and 9/16” wrenches.
213
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Do not over-tighten the fittings.
15. If the service interval for this item has been exceeded, it may also be necessary to
clean the reaction cell as described in Section 11.3.9.
16. Leak check the system using the pressurized approach described in Section
11.3.12.2.
•
If necessary, tighten the fittings some more but do not over-tighten.
17. Restart the analyzer and pump and continue operation.
18. Recalibrate the analyzer after one hour (Section 9).
•
If Auto Zero is high or is changing/not constant, you may have to wait a day until
the silica gel is conditioned before recalibrating the instrument.
11.3.4. MAINTAINING THE EXTERNAL SAMPLE PUMP (PUMP PACK)
11.3.4.1. REBUILDING THE PUMP
The sample pump head periodically wears out and must be replaced when the RCEL
pressure exceeds 10 in-Hg-A (at sea level, adjust this value accordingly for elevated
locations).
•
A pump rebuild kit is available from the factory. Refer to the label on the pump for
the part number. Instructions and diagrams are included in the kit.
•
A flow and leak check after rebuilding the sample pump is recommended.
•
A span check and re-calibration after this procedure is necessary as the response
of the analyzer changes with the RCEL pressure.
11.3.4.2. REPLACING THE SCRUBBER
CAUTION!
Do NOT attempt to change the contents of the inline exhaust scrubber
cartridge; change the entire cartridge.
1. Through the SETUP>MORE>DIAG menu turn OFF the OZONE GEN OVERRIDE.
Wait 10 minutes to allow pump to pull room air through scrubber before proceeding
to step 2.
2. Disconnect exhaust line from analyzer.
3. Turn off (unplug) analyzer sample pump.
4. Disconnect tubing from (NOx or charcoal) scrubber cartridge.
5. Remove scrubber from system.
6. Dispose of according to local laws.
7. Install new scrubber into system.
8. Reconnect tubing to scrubber and analyzer.
9. Turn on pump.
10. Through the SETUP menu (per Step 1 above) turn ON the OZONE GEN
OVERRIDE.
214
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.5. CHANGING THE PUMP DFU FILTER
The exhaust air from the analyzer passes through a small particle filter (Dry Filter Unit
(DFU - filter), P/N FL3) before entering the pump. It should be replaced when:
•
It becomes visibly dirty or;
•
The pressure differential between the test functions SAMP and RCEL increases
significantly.
11.3.5.1. PROCEDURE FOR REPLACING FILTERS ON EXTERNAL PUMPS
1. Power down the analyzer and pump.
2. For internally mounted filters, skip the next two steps.
3. Remove the analyzer exhaust tube from the dust filter.
4. Remove the particle filter from the pump by pushing the white plastic ring into the
fitting and pulling the filter out of the fitting.
•
If necessary, use needle-nose pliers to pry the filter out of the fittings.
5. Push a new filter into the pump fitting and ensure that the arrow on the filter points
towards the pump.
6. Push the exhaust tubing onto the filter. Skip the next two steps.
7. For internally mounted filters at the inside rear panel, remove the chassis and locate
the filter between the vacuum manifold and the exhaust port fitting.
8. Disconnect the clear tubing from the filter body and change the filter with the arrow
pointing against the gas flow. To remove the hose clamps, slide the two clamp
ends in opposite directions with a needle-nose pliers until the clamp comes apart.
Reconnect the tubing by using the same or new clamps and pushing tightening
them until a good seal is achieved.
9. Restart the pump and clear any error warnings from the front panel display.
10. After about 5 minutes, check the RCEL pressure reading and ensure that it is
similar to its value before changing the filter but less than 10 in-Hg-A.
11.3.5.2. PROCEDURE FOR REPLACING FILTERS ON INTERNAL PUMPS
1. Power down the analyzer and pump.
2. Remove the chassis top and locate the filter between the vacuum manifold and the
exhaust port fitting.
3. Disconnect the clear tubing from the filter body and change the filter with the arrow
pointing against the gas flow.
4. To remove the hose clamps, slide the two clamp ends in opposite directions with a
needle-nose pliers until the clamp comes apart.
5. Reconnect the tubing by using the same or new clamps and pushing tightening
them until a good seal is achieved.
6. Restart the pump and clear any error warnings from the front panel display.
7. After about 5 minutes, check the RCEL pressure reading and ensure that it is
similar to its value before changing the filter (but less than 10 in-Hg-A).
215
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
11.3.6. CHANGING THE INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR PERMEATION
TUBE
1. Turn off the analyzer, unplug the power cord and remove the cover.
2. Locate the permeation tube (see Figure 3-5) oven in the rear left of the analyzer.
3. Remove the top layer of insulation if necessary.
4. Unscrew the black aluminum cover of the oven (3 screws) using a medium Phillipshead screw driver.
•
Leave the fittings and tubing connected to the cover.
5. Remove the old permeation tube and replace it with the new tube.
•
Ensure that the tube is placed into the larger of two holes and that the open
permeation end of the tube (plastic) is facing up.
6. Re-attach the cover with three screws.
•
Ensure that the three screws are tightened evenly.
7. Replace the analyzer cover, plug the power cord back in and turn on the analyzer.
8. Carry out a span check to see if the new permeation device works properly (see
Section 9.3.4).
9. The permeation rate may need several days to stabilize.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Do not leave instrument turned off for more than 8 hours without removing the
permeation tube. Do not ship the instrument without removing the permeation
tube. The tube continues to emit NO2, even at room temperature and will
contaminate the entire instrument.
11.3.7. CHANGING THE EXTERNAL ZERO AIR SCRUBBER (OPT 86C)
The external zero air scrubber that is included with several of the T200’s optional
calibration valve packages contains two chemicals:
•
Pink Purafil (P/N CH 9)that converts NO in the ambient air to NO 2 , and;
•
Black, charcoal (P/N CH 1) that absorbs the NO 2 thereby creating zero air.
©
These chemicals need to be replaced periodically (see Table 11-1) or as needed.
CAUTION!
The following procedures apply only to the External Zero Air Scrubber and NOT
to the inline exhaust scrubber cartridge that is part of the pump pack assembly.
216
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
IMPORTANT
Instrument Maintenance
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
This procedure can be carried out while the instrument is running, however
ensure that the analyzer is not in ZERO calibration mode.
1. Locate the scrubber on the outside rear panel; Figure 11-4 shows the exploded
assembly.
2. Remove the old scrubber by disconnecting the 1/4” plastic tubing from the DFU
particle filter using 9/16” and 1/2" wrenches.
3. Remove the DFU particle filter from the cartridge using 9/16” wrenches.
©
4. Unscrew the top of the scrubber canister and discard the Purafil and charcoal
contents.
•
Ensure to abide to local laws about discarding these chemicals.
•
The rebuild kit (listed in Appendix B) comes with a Material and Safety Data
Sheet, which contains more information on these chemicals.
5. It is not necessary to remove the insert from the barrel, but if removed, perform the
following procedure:
•
Coat the threads of the insert with epoxy (Teledyne ML P/N CH32).
•
Hand tighten insert to barrel.
6. It is not necessary to remove the nylon tube fitting from the insert, but if removed,
apply Teflon tape (Teledyne ML P/N HW36) to the threads of the nylon tube fitting
before installing on the insert.
7. Refill the scrubber with charcoal at the bottom and the Purafil© chemical at the top.
•
Use three, white retainer pads to separate the chemicals as shown Figure 11-4
8. Replace the screw-top cap and tighten the cap; hand-tighten only.
9. If necessary, replace the filter with a new unit and discard the old. See Section
11.3.7.1.
•
The bottom retainer pad should catch most of the dust, the filter should not be
visibly dirty (on the inside).
10. Replace the scrubber assembly into its clips on the rear panel.
11. Reconnect the plastic tubing to the fitting of the DFU particle filter.
12. Adjust the scrubber cartridge such that it does not protrude above or below the
analyzer in case the instrument is mounted in a rack.
•
If necessary, squeeze the clips for a tighter grip on the cartridge.
217
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 11-4:
Zero Air Scrubber Assembly
11.3.7.1. CHANGING THE EXTERNAL SCRUBBER’S DFU FILTER
There is also a DFU filter on the inlet of the external zero air scrubber that is included in
several of the optional calibration valve packages.
To change this filter:
1. Disconnect the tube and fitting from one end and remove the filter from the scrubber
canister.
2. Insert a new filter and reattach the tubing.
3. Ensure that the small arrow embedded on the filter points in flow direction, i.e., to
analyzer.
218
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.8. CHANGING THE NO2 CONVERTER
The NO 2 converter is located in the center of the instrument, Figure 3-5 for the location,
and Figure 11-5 for the assembly.
The converter is designed for replacement of the cartridge only; the heater with built-in
thermocouple is to be reused.
CAUTION!
Wear gloves prior to changing the NO 2 Converter to ensure that the fiberglass
insulation does not come into contact with your skin.
1. Turn off the analyzer power.
2. Remove the instrument cover and allow the converter to cool.
3. Remove the converter assembly cover as well as the Moly insulation (top layer and
corner cut out layers) until the Moly converter assembly can be seen.
CAUTION
HOT SURFACE HAZARD
The converter operates at 315º C. Severe burns can result if the assembly is not
allowed to cool.
Do not handle the assembly until it is at room temperature. This may take several
hours
4. Remove the tube fittings from the Moly converter assembly.
5. Disconnect the power and the thermocouple from the Moly converter assembly.
6. Unscrew the steel cable clamp (for the power leads) from the converter housing
with a Phillips-head screw driver.
7. Remove the Moly converter assembly (converter cartridge and band heater) from
the converter housing.
•
Make a note of the orientation of the tubes relative to the heater cartridge.
8. Unscrew the band heater and loosen it.
9. Remove the old converter cartridge.
219
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 11-5:
NO 2 Converter Assembly
10. Wrap the band heater around the new replacement converter cartridge and tighten
the screws using a high-temperature anti-seize agent (Teledyne ML P/N CH42)
such as copper paste.
•
Ensure to use proper alignment of the heater with respect to the converter
tubes.
11. Replace the Moly converter assembly by routing the cables through the holes in the
converter housing and reconnecting them properly.
12. Reconnect the steel cable clamp around the power leads for safe operation.
13. Reattach the tube fittings to the converter and replace the Moly insulation (top layer
and corner cut out layers).
14. Reinstall the converter assembly cover.
15. Reinstall the instrument cover and power up the analyzer.
16. Allow the converter to burn-in for 24 hours, and then recalibrate the instrument.
220
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.9. CLEANING THE REACTION CELL
A dirty reaction cell will cause excessive noise, drifting zero or span values, low
response or a combination of all.
To clean the reaction cell, it is necessary to remove it from the sensor housing.
1. Turn off the instrument power and vacuum pump. Refer to Figure 11-6 for the
following procedure.
2. Disconnect the black 1/4" exhaust tube and the 1/8” sample and ozone air tubes
from the reaction cell. Disconnect the heater/thermistor cable.
3. Remove two screws (Teledyne ML P/N SN144) and two washers holding the
reaction cell to the PMT housing and lift the cell and manifold out.
Figure 11-6:
Reaction Cell Assembly
221
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
4. Remove two screws (Teledyne ML P/N SN150) and two washers.
5. The reaction cell will separate into two halves, the stainless steel manifold assembly
and the black plastic reaction cell with window gasket, stainless steel reaction cell
sleeve, optical filter and O-rings.
6. The reaction cell (both plastic part and stainless steel sleeve) and optical filter
should be cleaned with Distilled Water (DI - Water) and a clean tissue, and dried
thereafter.
7. Usually it is not necessary to clean the sample and ozone flow orifices since they
are protected by sintered filters.
•
If tests show that cleaning is necessary, refer to Section 11.3.10 on how to
clean the critical flow orifice.
8. Do not remove the sample and ozone nozzles. They are Teflon threaded and
require a special tool for reassembly. If necessary, the manifold with nozzles
attached can be cleaned in an ultrasonic bath.
9. Reassemble in proper order and re-attach the reaction cell to the sensor housing.
Reconnect pneumatics and heater connections, then re-attach the pneumatic
sensor assembly and the cleaning procedure is complete.
10. After cleaning the reaction cell, it is also recommended to exchange the ozone
supply air filter chemical as described in Section 11.3.3.
11. After cleaning, the analyzer span response may drop 10 - 15% in the first 10 days
as the reaction cell window conditions. This is normal and does not require another
cleaning.
222
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.10. REPLACING CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICES
There are several critical flow orifices installed in the T200 (see Figure 13-7 for a
pneumatic location of each orifice). Despite the fact that these flow restrictors are
protected by sintered stainless steel filters, they can, on occasion, clog up, particularly if
the instrument is operated without sample filter or in an environment with very fine,
sub-micron particle-size dust.
Figure 11-7:
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly
To clean or replace a critical flow orifice:
1. Turn off power to the instrument and vacuum pump.
2. Remove the analyzer cover and locate the reaction cell (Figure 11-5 and Figure
11-6).
3. Unscrew the 1/8” sample and ozone air tubes from the reaction cell.
4. For orifices on the reaction cell (Figure 11-6): Unscrew the orifice holder with a
9/16” wrench.
•
This part holds all components of the critical flow assembly as shown in Figure
11-7.
•
Appendix B contains a list of spare part numbers.
5. For orifices in the vacuum manifold: the assembly is similar to the one shown in
Figure 11-7, except:
•
Without the orifice holder, P/N 04090, and bottom O-ring, P/N OR34 and;
•
With an NPT fitting in place of the FT 10 fitting.
6. After taking off the connecting tube, unscrew the NPT fitting.
223
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
7. Take out the components of the assembly:
Note
•
spring
•
sintered filter
•
two O-rings
•
the orifice
For the vacuum manifold only, you may need to use a scribe or pressure from the
vacuum port to get the parts out of the manifold.
8. Discard the two O-rings and the sintered filter and install new ones.
9. Reassemble the parts as shown in Figure 11-7.
10. Reinstall the critical flow orifice assembly into the reaction cell manifold or the
vacuum manifold.
11. Reconnect all tubing, power up the analyzer and pump. After a warm-up period of
30 minutes, carry out a leak test as described in Section 13.3.12.
11.3.11. CHECKING FOR LIGHT LEAKS
When re-assembled or operated improperly, the T200 can develop small gaps around the
PMT, which let stray light from the analyzer surrounding into the PMT housing. To find
such light leaks, follow the procedures below.
CAUTION – QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY
This procedure is carried out with the analyzer running and its cover removed.
1. Scroll the front panel display to show then test function to PMT.
2. Supply zero gas to the analyzer.
3. With the instrument still running, carefully remove the analyzer cover.
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do NOT touch any of the inside wiring with the metal cover or with your body.
Do NOT drop screws or tools into a running analyzer.
4. Shine a powerful flashlight or portable incandescent light at the inlet and outlet
fitting and at all of the joints of the reaction cell as well as around the PMT housing.
•
The PMT value should not respond to the light, the PMT signal should remain
steady within its usual noise floor.
5. If there is a PMT response to the external light, symmetrically tighten the reaction
cell mounting screws or replace the 1/4” vacuum tubing with new, black PTFE
tubing (this tubing will fade with time and become transparent).
Note
Often, light leaks are also caused by O-rings being left out of the assembly.
6. If, during this procedure, the black PMT housing end plate for the Sensor Assembly
is removed, ensure to replace the 5 desiccant bags inside the housing.
7. Carefully replace the analyzer cover. If tubing was changed, carry out a pneumatic
leak check.
224
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.12. CHECKING FOR PNEUMATIC LEAKS
CAUTION - TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Do not exceed 15 psi when pressurizing the system during either Simple or
Detailed checks.
11.3.12.1. SIMPLE VACUUM LEAK AND PUMP CHECK
Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction. This section presents a
simple leak check, whereas the next section details a more thorough procedure. The
method described here is easy, fast and detects, but does not locate, most leaks. It also
verifies the sample pump condition.
1. Turn the analyzer ON, and allow at least 30 minutes for flows to stabilize.
2. Cap the sample inlet port (cap must be wrench-tight).
3. After several minutes, when the pressures have stabilized, note the SAMP (sample
pressure) and the RCEL (vacuum pressure) readings.
•
If both readings are equal to within 10% and less than 10 in-Hg-A, the
instrument is free of large leaks.
•
It is still possible that the instrument has minor leaks.
•
If both readings are < 10 in-Hg-A, the pump is in good condition.
•
A new pump will create a pressure reading of about 4 in-Hg-A (at sea level).
11.3.12.2. DETAILED PRESSURE LEAK CHECK
If a leak cannot be located by the above procedure, obtain a leak checker that contains a
small pump, shut-off valve, and pressure gauge to create both over-pressure and
vacuum. Alternatively, a tank of pressurized gas, with the two-stage regulator adjusted
to ≤ 15 psi, a shutoff valve and a pressure gauge may be used.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Once tube fittings have been wetted with soap solution under a pressurized
system, do not apply or reapply vacuum as this will cause soap solution to be
sucked into the instrument, contaminating inside surfaces.
1. Turn OFF power to the instrument and remove the instrument cover.
2. Install a leak checker or a tank of gas (compressed, oil-free air or nitrogen) as
described above on the sample inlet at the rear panel.
3. Disconnect the pump tubing on the outside rear panel and cap the pump port.
•
If IZS or zero/span valves are installed, disconnect the tubing from the zero and
span gas ports and plug them (Figure 3-3).
•
Cap the DFU particle filter on the dryer.
4. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker or tank gas, allowing enough time
to fully pressurize the instrument through the critical flow orifice.
•
Check each tube connection (fittings, hose clamps) with soap bubble solution,
looking for fine bubbles.
225
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not reapply vacuum
as it will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it.
•
Do not exceed 15 psi pressure.
5. If the instrument has the zero and span valve option, the normally closed ports on
each valve should also be separately checked.
•
Connect the leak checker to the normally closed ports and check with soap
bubble solution.
6. If the analyzer is equipped with an IZS Option, connect the leak checker to the Dry
Air inlet and check with soap bubble solution.
7. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate of the indicated
pressure should be less than 1 in-Hg-A (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after the pressure is
turned off.
8. Clean surfaces from soap solution, reconnect the sample and pump lines and
replace the instrument cover.
9. Restart the analyzer.
11.3.12.3. PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Use a separate, calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows between 0 and
1000 cm³/min to measure the gas flow rate though the analyzer. Do not use the
built in flow measurement viewable from the front panel of the instrument.
This value is only calculated, not measured.
Sample flow checks are useful for monitoring the actual flow of the instrument, as the
front panel display shows only a calculated value. A decreasing, actual sample flow may
point to slowly clogging pneumatic paths, most likely critical flow orifices or sintered
filters. To perform a sample flow check:
1. Disconnect the sample inlet tubing from the rear panel SAMPLE port.
2. Attach the outlet port of a flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel.
•
Ensure that the inlet to the flow meter is at atmospheric pressure.
3. The sample flow measured with the external flow meter should be 500 cm³/min ±
10%.
226
•
If a combined sample/ozone air dryer is installed (optional equipment), the flow
will be 640 cm³/min ± 10% (500 cm³/min for the sample and 80 cm³/min for the
ozone generator supply air and 60 cm³/min for the purge flow).
•
Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway.
12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying the source of performance
problems with the analyzer. Also included in this section are procedures that are used in
repairing the instrument.
Note:
To support your understanding of the technical details of maintenance, Section
13, Principles of Operation, provides information about how the instrument
works.
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Some operations need to be carried out with the analyzer open and
running.
Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or
mechanical damage to the analyzer.
Do not drop tools into the analyzer or leave those after your procedures.
Do not short or touch electric connections with metallic tools while
operating inside the analyzer.
Use common sense when operating inside a running analyzer.
Note
The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be
opened to gain access to various components mounted on the panel
itself or located near the front of the instrument (such as the particulate
filter).
Remove the locking screw located at the right-hand side of the front
panel.
227
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
The T200 has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected, evaluated and
repaired. During operation, it continuously performs diagnostic tests and provides the
ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing monitoring
operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five
steps:
1. Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as necessary.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values.
Note any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.
3. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly.
•
Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the
voltage test points on the relay PCA.
•
Note that the analyzer’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match
the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA.
4. Suspect a leak first!
•
Customer service data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually
traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the analyzer or the diluent gas and
source gases delivery systems.
•
Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external gas
lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged / malfunctioning pumps,
etc.
5. Follow the procedures defined in Section 3.4.3 to confirm that the analyzer’s vital
functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay PCA, touchscreen, PMT cooler,
etc.).
•
See Figure 3-5 or the general layout of components and sub-assemblies in the
analyzer.
•
See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.
12.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message
being displayed on the front panel. Table 12-1 lists warning messages, along with their
meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same
time, it is often an indication that some fundamental sub-system (power supply, relay
PCA, motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the specific failures
referenced by the warnings.
The analyzer will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by flashing the FAULT
LED and displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR button
(press to clear Warning message). The MSG button is displayed if there is more than
one warning in the queue, or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the
message.
228
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
The following display/touch screen examples provide an illustration of each:
The analyzer will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s).
To view or clear the various warning messages press:
Suppresses the
warning messages.
SAMPLE
TEST
SAMPLE
TEST
SAMPLE
TEST
SYSTEM
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the analyzer’s
display will return to its
standard Sample Mode
configuration.
O3 GEN WARNING
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
O3 GEN WARNING
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
TEST
MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
O3 GEN WARNING
CAL
MSG CLR SETUP
O3 GEN WARNING
TEST
STANDBY
NOTE:
If a warning message persists after
several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period.
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
its place.
CLR SETUP
RANGE=500.0 PPB
CAL
MSG
NOX=XXXX
SETUP
The display will continually
cycle between showing the
current NOX, NO and NO2
concentrations.
229
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 12-1: Front Panel Warning Messages
WARNING
AZERO WARN
XXX.X MV
FAULT CONDITION
Auto-zero reading above 200 mV.
Value shown in message indicates
auto-zero reading at time warning
was displayed.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AZERO valve not working
Valve control driver failed
Bad Relay PCA
Failed +12 VDC power supply
Gas leak across AZERO Valve ports
Dirty Reaction Cell
O 3 flow problem to RCELL
Box Temperature typically runs ~7°C warmer than ambient
temperature
Poor/blocked ventilation to the analyzer
Stopped Exhaust-Fan
Ambient Temperature outside of specified range
Measured concentration value is too high or low
Concentration Slope value to high or too low
Measured concentration value is too high
Concentration Offset value to high
BOX TEMP WARNING
Box Temp is < 7°C
or > 48°C.
CANNOT DYN SPAN
Dynamic Span operation failed.
CANNOT DYN ZERO
Dynamic Zero operation failed.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration and Calibration data
reset to original Factory state.
CONV TEMP WARNING
NO 2  NO Converter temperature <
305°C or > 325°C.
DATA INITIALIZED
Data Storage in DAS was erased.
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply output
outside of warning limits.
IZS TEMP WARNING
Permeation tube oven temperature is
< 45°C or > 55°C.
OZONE FLOW
WARNING
O 3 flow rate is < 50 cc/min or >
150 cc/min.
OZONE GEN OFF
Ozone generator is off. This is the
only warning message that
automatically clears itself. It clears
itself when the ozone generator is
turned on.
O 3 generator override is turned ON.
Electrical connection between motherboard and generator is
faulty.
Bad +15VDC power supply
PMT TEMP WARNING
Sample temperature is < 5°C or >
12°C.
PMT fan not operating
Failed PMT Temperature Sensor
TEC not functioning
Failed PMT Preamp PCA
230
Failed Disk on Module
User erased data
Heater configured for wrong voltage type
Failed converter Temperature Sensor
Relay controlling the Heater is not working
Failed Relay Board
Failed Disk-on-Module
User cleared data.
No +15 VDC power supply to Preamplifier PCA
Drive voltage not adjusted properly
Failed PMT Preamplifier PCA
Dirty reaction cell
Bad pneumatic flow
Heater configured for wrong voltage type
Failed permeation tube Temperature Sensor
Relay controlling the Heater is not working
Failed Relay Board
Failed Sample Pump
Blocked O 3 dryer
Blocked inlet/outlet to O 3 purifier
Dirty O 3 dryer DFU
Leak downstream of RCELL
Failed O 3 Flow Sensor
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
WARNING
RCELL PRESS WARN
FAULT CONDITION
Sample Pressure is <15 in-Hg or >
35 in-Hg
Normally 29.92 in-Hg at sea level
decreasing at 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft of
altitude (with no flow – pump
disconnected).
RCELL TEMP WARNING
RCELL temperature is < 45°C or >
55°C.
REAR BOARD NOT DET
Motherboard not detected on
power up.
RELAY BOARD WARN
The CPU cannot communicate with
the Relay Board.
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
Sample flow rate is < 350 cc/min or >
600 cc/min.
SYSTEM RESET
Note
The computer has rebooted.
Troubleshooting & Service
POSSIBLE CAUSES
If Sample Pressure is < 15 in-HG:
• Blocked Particulate Filter
• Blocked Sample Inlet/Gas Line
• Failed Pressure Senor/circuitry
If Sample Pressure is > 35 in-HG:
• Bad Pressure Sensor/circuitry
• Pressure too high at Sample Inlet.
Heater configured for wrong voltage type
Failed RCELL Temperature Sensor
Relay controlling the heater is not working
Failed Relay Board
I2C Bus
This WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COM Port(s) Front
Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not respond.
Failure of Motherboard
I2C Bus failure
Failed Relay Board
Loose connectors/wiring
Failed Sample Pump
Blocked Sample Inlet/Gas Line
Dirty Particulate Filter
Leak downstream of RCELL Critical Flow Orifice
Failed Sample Pressure Sensor
Failed Vacuum Pressure Sensor
This message occurs at power on.
If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:
Failed +5 VDC power
Fatal Error caused software to restart
Loose connector/wiring
A failure of the analyzer’s CPU, motherboard or power supplies can result in any
or ALL of the above messages.
231
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS
In addition to being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable
from the analyzers front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational
problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzer’s principles of
operation (see Section 13).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range” column
of the analyzer Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04490) shipped with the
instrument. Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of
the analyzer’s subsystems. Functions whose values are still within acceptable ranges but
have significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet
may also indicate a failure.
A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of these
test functions.
Note
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of these TEST functions indicates an OUT
OF RANGE reading.
Note
Sample Pressure measurements are represented in terms of ABSOLUTE pressure
because this is the least ambiguous method reporting gas pressure.
Absolute atmospheric pressure is about 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It decreases
about 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft gain in altitude. A variety of factors such as air
conditioning systems, passing storms, and air temperature, can also cause
changes in the absolute atmospheric pressure.
Table 12-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures
TEST FUNCTION
NOX STB
Unstable concentrations; leaks
SAMP FlW
Leaks; clogged critical flow orifice
OZONE FL
Leaks; clogged critical flow orifice
PMT
NORM PMT
AZERO
HVPS
RCELL TEMP
Calibration off; HVPS problem; no flow (leaks)
Auto Zero too high
Leaks; malfunctioning NO, NO x or Auto Zero valve; O 3 air filter cartridge exhausted
Calibration off; preamp board circuit problems
2
Malfunctioning heater; relay board communication (I C bus); relay burnt out
BOX TEMP
Environment out of temperature operating range; broken thermistor
PMT TEMP
TEC cooling circuit broken; relay board communication (I C bus); 12 V power supply
IZS TEMP (option)
MOLY TEMP
232
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
2
2
Malfunctioning heater; relay board communication (I C bus); relay burnt out
Malfunctioning heater; disconnected or broken thermocouple; relay board communication
2
(I C bus); relay burnt out; incorrect AC voltage configuration
RCEL (pressure)
Leak; malfunctioning valve; malfunctioning pump; clogged flow orifices
SAMP (pressure)
Leak; malfunctioning valve; malfunctioning pump; clogged flow orifices; sample inlet
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
TEST FUNCTION
Troubleshooting & Service
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
overpressure
NOX SLOPE
HVPS out of range; low-level (hardware) calibration needs adjustment; span gas
concentration incorrect; leaks
NOX OFFset
Incorrect span gas concentration; low-level calibration off
NO SLOPE
HVPS out of range; low-level calibration off; span gas concentration incorrect; leaks
NO OFFSet
Incorrect span gas concentration; low-level calibration off
TIME
Internal clock drifting; move across time zones; daylight savings time?
12.1.3. DIAG  SIGNAL I/O: USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O
FUNCTION
The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows access to the digital and analog I/O in the
analyzer. Some of the digital signals can be controlled through the touchscreen. These
signals, combined with a thorough understanding of the instrument’s principles of
operation (Section 13), are useful for troubleshooting in three ways:
•
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzer’s critical
inputs and outputs.
•
Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control
of the CPU can be manually exercised.
•
The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output
signals.
This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling
these signals on the operation of the analyzer. Following is an example of how to use the
Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of an
output voltage or control signal.
233
Troubleshooting & Service
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration display
continuously cycles
through all gasses
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
DIAG
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
NEXT
EXIT
ENTR
DIAG I/O
SETUP X.X
8
1
ENTER PASSWORD:818
8
EXIT
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF
PREV NEXT
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Use the PREV and
NEXT keys to cycle
through the VARS.
ENTR EXIT
DIAG I/O
1)EXT_SPAN_CAL=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
DIAG I/O
0
Use the JUMP key to go
directly to a specific
signal.
(see Appendix A for a list
of all I/O SIGNALS)
EDIT PRNT EXIT
JUMPTO: 0
0
JUMP
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these keys
to set No. of the
VAR to JUMP to.
EXAMPLE
DIAG I/O
2
JUMPTO: 29
9
DIAG I/O
JUMP
ENTR EXIT
29) AUTO_ZERO_VALVE=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
OFF PRNT EXIT
On status signals this
key toggles the signal
ON / OFF.
Figure 12-1:
Note
Pressing the PRNT key will send a
formatted printout to the serial port
and can be captured with a computer
or other output device.
Example of Signal I/O Function
Any I/O signals changed while in the signal I/O menu will remain in effect ONLY
until signal I/O menu is exited. The Analyzer regains control of these signals
upon exit.
See Appendix A for a complete list of the parameters available for review under
this menu.
234
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL
The signals available for output over the T200’s analog output channel can also be used
as diagnostic tools. See Section 5.9.2 for instruction on activating the analog output and
selecting a function.
Table 12-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools
TEST
CHANNEL
DESCRIPTION
ZERO
FULL
SCALE
CAUSES OF EXTREMELY
HIGH / LOW READINGS
PMT
DETECTOR
The output of the PMT
detector converted to a 0
to 5 VDC scale.
0 mV
5000 mV
Failed PMT
PMT Temperature too High/Low
Bad PMT Preamp PCA
Failed HVPS
Misadjusted HVPS drive Voltage
Light Leak in reaction cell
OZONE
FLOW
The flow rate of O 3
through the analyzer as
measured by the O 3 flow
sensor
0
3
cm /min
1000
3
cm /min
Check for Gas Flow problems in the O 3 gas lines.
SAMPLE
FLOW
The calculated flow rate
for sample gas through
the analyzer.
0
3
cm /min
1000
3
cm /min
Check for Gas Flow problems in the sample gas lines.
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
The pressure of the
sample gas measured
upstream of the Auto
Zero Valve
0 In-Hg-A
40 In-Hg-A
Check for Gas Flow problems in the sample gas lines.
RCELL
PRESSURE
The pressure of gas
inside the reaction cell of
the sensor module
0 In-Hg-A
40 In-Hg-A
Check for Gas Flow problems in all gas lines.
RCELL TEMP
The temperature of gas
inside the reaction cell of
the sensor module
0 °C
70 °C
Same as RCELL TEMP WARNING in Table 12-1.
IZS TEMP
The temperature of the
permeation tube oven of
the optional internal span
gas generator.
0 °C
70 °C
Same as IZS TEMP WARNING in Table 12-1.
CONV TEMP
The temperature NO 2 
NO converter
0 mV
5000 mV
PMT TEMP
The temperature inside
PMT
0 °C
50 °C
Same as PMT TEMP WARNING in Table 12-1.
BOX TEMP
The temperature inside
the T200’s chassis
0 °C
70 °C
Same as BOX TEMP WARNING in Table 12-1.
HVPS
VOLTAGE
Represents the output
voltage of the PMT's high
voltage power supply
0 mV
5000 mV
Same as CONV TEMP WARNING in Table 12-1.
Same as HVPSWARNING in Table 12-1.
235
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS
Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the analyzer’s
CPU, I2C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly.
12.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR
DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the right of
the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop. After powerup, approximately 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If characters are
written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the program files have
become corrupted, contact Teledyne ML's Customer Service Department (see Section
12.10) because it may be possible to recover operation of the analyzer. If after 30 – 60
seconds, neither DS5 is flashing nor have any characters been written to the front panel
display then the CPU is bad and must be replaced.
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 12-2:
CPU Status Indicator
12.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS
There are sixteen LEDs located on the Relay PCA. Some are not used on this model.
12.3.2.1. I2C BUS WATCHDOG STATUS LEDS
The most important is D1 (see Figure 12-3), which indicates the health of the I2C bus.
Table 12-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications
LED
D1
(Red)
Function
Fault Status
Indicated Failure(s)
I C bus Health
(Watchdog Circuit)
Continuously ON
or
Continuously OFF
Failed/Halted CPU
Faulty Motherboard, Touchscreen or Relay PCA
Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard,
Touchscreen or Relay PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
2
If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu
Signal I/O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the Relay PCA.
236
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.3.2.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS
D10 (Green) – NO/NOx Valve
D9 (Green) – AutoZero Valve
D8 (Green) – Optional Sample/Cal Valve
D7 (Green) – Optional Zero/Span Valve
D3 (Yellow) NO2  NO Converter Heater
D2 (Yellow) Reaction Cell Heater
D5 (Yellow) – Optional Internal Span Gas Gen Heater
D11 (Green) – Optional Dual Span Select Valve
D12 (Green) – Optional Pressurized Span Shutoff Valve
D13 (Green) – Optional Pressurized Zero Shutoff Valve
D1 (RED)
Watchdog Indicator
Figure 12-3:
Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting
Table 12-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications
COLOR
FUNCTION
FAULT
STATUS
D2
Yellow
Reaction Cell heater
Continuously
ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermistor broken
D3
Yellow
NO 2 converter heater
Continuously
ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermocouple broken
D7
Green
Zero/Span valve status
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D8
Green
Sample/Cal valve status
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D9
Green
Auto-zero valve status
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D10
Green
NO/NO x valve status
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D5
Yellow
Internal span gas generator
perm tube heater
Continuously
ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermistor broken
D11
Green
Dual span select valve
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D12
Green
Pressurized Span shutoff valve
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
D13
Green
Pressurized Zero shutoff valve
Continuously
ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken
LED
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
LED ROW 1
LED ROW 2
Note: D4, D6, and D14-16 are not indicated as they are not used.
237
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.4. GAS FLOW PROBLEMS
The T200 has two main flow paths, the sample flow and the flow of the ozone supply
air. With IZS or zero/span valve option installed, there is a third (zero air) and a fourth
(span gas) flow path, but either one of those is only controlled by critical flow orifices
and not displayed on the front panel or stored to the DAS.
•
Flow is too high
•
Flow is greater than zero, but is too low, and/or unstable
•
Flow is zero (no flow)
When troubleshooting flow problems, it is essential to confirm the actual flow rate
without relying on the analyzer’s flow display. The use of an independent, external flow
meter to perform a flow check as described in Section 11.3.12.3 is essential. Refer to the
pneumatic flow diagrams as needed for reference.
12.4.1. ZERO OR LOW FLOW PROBLEMS
12.4.1.1. SAMPLE FLOW IS ZERO OR LOW
The T200 does not actually measure the sample flow but rather calculates it from a
differential pressure between sample and vacuum manifold. On flow failure, the unit
will display a SAMPLE FLOW WARNING on the front panel display and the
respective test function reports XXXX instead of a value “0”. This message applies to
both a flow rate of zero as well as a flow that is outside the standard range (350-600
cm³/min).
If the analyzer displays XXXX for the sample flow, confirm that the external sample
pump is operating and configured for the proper AC voltage.
Note
•
Whereas the T200 can be internally configured for two different power regimes
(100-120 V and 220-240 V, either 50 or 60 Hz), the external pump is physically
different for each of three power regimes (100 V / 50 Hz, 115 V / 60 Hz and 230 V /
50 Hz).
•
If the pump is not running, use an AC Voltmeter to ensure that the pump is supplied
with the proper AC power. If AC power is supplied properly, but the pump is not
running, replace the pump.
Sample and vacuum pressures mentioned in this chapter refer to operation of the
analyzer at sea level. Pressure values need to be adjusted for elevated locations,
as the ambient pressure decreases by about 1 in-Hg per 300 m / 1000 ft.
If the pump is operating but the unit reports a XXXX gas flow, take the following three
steps:
1. Check for actual sample flow.
238
•
To check the actual sample flow, disconnect the sample tube from the sample
inlet on the rear panel of the instrument.
•
Ensure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE mode.
•
Place a finger over the inlet and see if it gets sucked in by the vacuum or, more
properly, use a flow meter to measure the actual flow.
•
If there is proper flow of around 450-550 cm³/min, contact customer service.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Troubleshooting & Service
If there is no flow or low flow, continue with the next step.
2. Check pressures.
•
Check that the sample pressure is at or around 28 in-Hg-A at sea level (adjust
as necessary when in elevated location, the pressure should be about 1” below
ambient atmospheric pressure) and that the RCEL pressure is below 10 in-Hg-A.
•
The T200 will calculate a sample flow up to about 14 in-Hg-A RCEL pressure
but a good pump should always provide less than 10 in.
•
If both pressures are the same and around atmospheric pressure, the pump
does not operate properly or is not connected properly. The instrument does
not get any vacuum.
•
If both pressures are about the same and low (probably under 10 in-Hg-A, or
~20” on sample and 15” on vacuum), there is a cross-leak between sample flow
path and vacuum, most likely through the dryer flow paths. See troubleshooting
the dryer later in this chapter.
•
If the sample and vacuum pressures are around their nominal values (28 and
<10 in-Hg-A, respectively) and the flow still displays XXXX, carry out a leak
check as described in Section 13.3.12.
•
If gas flows through the instrument during the above tests but goes to zero or is
low when it is connected to zero air or span gas, the flow problem is not internal
to the analyzer but likely caused by the gas source such as
calibrators/generators, empty gas tanks, clogged valves, regulators and gas
lines.
•
If an IZS or Zero/Span valve option is installed in the instrument, press CALZ
and CALS. If the sample flow increases, suspect a bad Sample/Cal valve.
3. If none of these suggestions help, carry out a detailed leak check of the analyzer as
described in Section 11.3.12.2.
12.4.1.2. OZONE FLOW IS ZERO OR LOW
If there is zero or a low (<50 cm³/min) ozone flow, the unit displays an OZONE FLOW
WARNING message on the front panel and a value between 0.0 and 50 cm³/min for the
actual ozone flow as measured by the internal mass flow meter. In this case, carry out
the following steps:
1. Check the actual flow rate through the ozone dryer by using an external flow meter
to the inlet port of the dryer.
•
This inlet port is inside the analyzer at the end of the plastic particle filter
(Section 11.3.2 for illustration).
•
If there is nominal flow (about 160 cm³/min from 80 cm³/min O 3 flow and 80
cm³/min purge flow), consult customer service as there is a problem with the
firmware or electronics.
2. If the actual flow is low or zero, check if the pump operates properly. The RCEL
pressure should be below 10 in-Hg-A at sea level.
•
If it is above 10”, rebuild the pump (Section 11.3.4.1). Check the spare parts list
in Appendix B on how to order pump rebuild kits.
3. Check if the particle filter is clogged.
•
Briefly remove the particle filter to see if this improves the flow.
239
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Be very cautious when handling the dryer fittings (see Section 11.3.2 on proper
handling instructions).
•
If the filter is clogged, replace it with a new unit.
•
If taking off this filter does not solve the problem, continue to the next step.
•
Do not leave the dryer without filter for more than a few seconds, as you may
draw in dust, which will reduce the performance of the dryer.
4. A leak between the flow meter and the reaction cell (where the flow-determining
critical orifice is located) may cause a low flow (the system draws in ambient air
through a leak after the flow meter).
•
Check for leaks as described in Section 11.3.12.
•
Repair the leaking fitting, line or valve and re-check.
5. The most likely cause for zero or low ozone flow is a clogged critical flow orifice or
sintered filter within the orifice assembly.
•
The orifice that sets the ozone flow is located on the reaction cell.
•
Check the actual ozone flow by disconnecting the tube from the reaction cell
and measuring the flow going into the cell.
•
•
If this flow is correct (~80 cm³/min), the orifice works properly.
If this flow is low, replace the sintered filter.
•
The orifice holder assembly allows a quick and easy replacement of the filter
(see Section 11.3.5 and on for replacement procedures).
•
Appendix B lists a spare part kit with a complete orifice assembly that allows a
quick replacement with minimum instrument down-time.
12.4.1.3. HIGH FLOW
Flows that are significantly higher than the allowed operating range (typically ±10-11%
of the nominal flow) should not occur in the T200 unless a pressurized sample, zero or
span gas is supplied to the inlet ports.
•
Ensure to vent excess pressure and flow just before the analyzer inlet ports.
When supplying sample, zero or span gas at ambient pressure, a high flow would
indicate that one or more of the critical flow orifices are physically broken (very
unlikely case), allowing more than nominal flow, or were replaced with an orifice of
wrong specifications.
•
If the flows are within 15% higher than normal, we recommend measuring and
recalibrating the flow electronically using the procedure in Section 10, followed by a
regular review of these flows over time to see if the new setting is retained properly.
•
Also, check the flow assembly o-rings and replace as needed.
12.4.1.4. SAMPLE FLOW IS ZERO OR LOW BUT ANALYZER REPORTS CORRECT FLOW
Note that the T200 analyzer can report a correct flow rate even if there is no or a low
actual sample flow through the reaction cell.
•
240
The sample flow on the T200 is only calculated from the sample pressure and
critical flow condition is verified from the difference between sample pressure and
vacuum pressure.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Troubleshooting & Service
If the critical flow orifice assembly is partially or completely clogged, both the
sample and vacuum pressures are still within their nominal ranges (the pump keeps
pumping, the sample port is open to the atmosphere), but there is no flow possible
through the reaction cell.
Although measuring the actual flow is the best method, in most cases, this fault can also
be diagnosed by evaluating the two pressure values.
•
Since there is no longer any flow, the sample pressure should be equal to ambient
pressure, which is about 1 in-Hg-A higher than the sample pressure under normal
operation.
•
The reaction cell pressure, on the other hand, is significantly lower than under
normal operation, because the pump no longer has to remove 500 cm³/min of
sample gas and evacuates the reaction cell much better.
•
Those two indicators, taken together with a zero or low actual flow, indicate a
clogged sample orifice.
The T200 features a new orifice holder, which makes switching sample and ozone flow
orifices very easy; refer to Section 11.3.10 on how to change the sample orifices and to
Appendix B for part numbers of these assemblies.
Again, monitoring the pressures and flows regularly will reveal such problems, because
the pressures would slowly or suddenly change from their nominal, mean values.
Teledyne ML recommends to review all test data once per week and to do an exhaustive
data analysis for test and concentration values once per month, paying particular
attention to sudden or gradual changes in all parameters that are supposed to remain
constant, such as the flow rates.
241
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.5. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS
This section describes possible causes of calibration problems.
12.5.1. NEGATIVE CONCENTRATIONS
Negative concentration values can be caused for several reasons:
•
•
•
242
A slight, negative signal is normal when the analyzer is operating under zero gas
and the signal is drifting around the zero calibration point.
•
This is caused by the analyzer’s zero noise and may cause reported
concentrations to be negative for a few seconds at a time down to -20 ppb, but
should randomly alternate with similarly high, positive values.
•
The T200 has a built-in Auto Zero function, which should take care of most of
these deviations from zero, but may yield a small, residual, negative value.
•
If larger, negative values persist continuously; check if the Auto Zero function
was accidentally turned off using the remote variables in Appendix A-2.
•
In this case, the sensitivity of the analyzer may be drifting negative.
A corruption of the Auto Zero filter may also cause negative concentrations.
•
If a short, high noise value was detected during the Auto Zero cycle, that higher
reading will alter the Auto Zero filter value.
•
As the value of the Auto Zero filter is subtracted from the current PMT
response, it will produce a negative concentration reading.
•
High Auto Zero readings can be caused by
•
a leaking or stuck Auto Zero valve (replace the valve),
•
an electronic fault in the preamplifier causing it to have a voltage on the
PMT output pin during the Auto Zero cycle (replace the preamplifier),
•
a reaction cell contamination causing high background (>40 mV) PMT
readings (clean the reaction cell),
•
a broken PMT temperature control circuit, allowing high zero offset (repair
the faulty PMT cooler). After fixing the cause of a high Auto Zero filter
reading, the T200 will take 15 minutes for the filter to clear itself, or
•
an exhausted chemical in the ozone cleanser (see Section 11.3.3).
Calibration error is the most likely explanation for negative concentration values.
•
If the zero air contained some NO or NO 2 gas (contaminated zero air or a wornout zero air scrubber) and the analyzer was calibrated to that concentration as
“zero”, the analyzer may report negative values when measuring air that
contains little or no NO x .
•
The same problem occurs, if the analyzer was zero-calibrated using zero gas
that is contaminated with ambient air or span gas (cross-port leaks or leaks in
supply tubing or user not waiting long enough to flush pneumatic systems).
•
If the response offset test functions for NO (NO OFFS) or NO X (NOX OFFS) are
greater than 150 mV, a reaction cell contamination is indicated.
•
Clean the reaction cell as described in Section 11.3.9.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.5.2. NO RESPONSE
If the instrument shows no response (display value is near zero) even though sample gas
is supplied properly and the instrument seems to perform correctly.
1. Carry out an electrical test with the ELECTRICAL TEST procedure in the
diagnostics menu, see Section 12.7.12.2.
•
If this test produces a concentration reading, the analyzer’s electronic signal
path is correct.
2. Carry out an optical test using the OPTIC TEST procedure in the diagnostics menu,
see Section 12.7.12.1.
•
If this test results in a concentration signal, then the PMT sensor and the
electronic signal path are operating properly.
•
If the T200 passes both ETEST and OTEST, the instrument is capable of
detecting light and processing the signal to produce a reading.
•
Therefore, the problem must be in the pneumatics or the ozone generator.
3. Check if the ozone generator is turned on.
•
Usually, the analyzer issues a warning whenever the ozone generator is turned
off.
•
Go to SETUP-MORE-DIAG-ENTR, then scroll to the OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
and see if it shows ON.
•
If it shows OFF, turn it ON and EXIT the DIAG menu.
•
If this is done and the ozone flow is correct, the analyzer should be properly
supplied with ozone unless the generator itself is broken.
4. Confirm the lack of response by supplying NO or NO2 span gas of about 80% of the
range value to the analyzer.
5. Check the sample flow and ozone flow rates for proper values.
6. Check for disconnected cables to the sensor module.
7. If NO 2 signal is zero while NO signal is correct, check the NO/NOx valve and the
NO 2 converter for proper operation.
12.5.3. UNSTABLE ZERO AND SPAN
Leaks in the T200 or in the external gas supply and vacuum systems are the most
common source of unstable and non-repeatable concentration readings.
1. Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.12.
2. Consider pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the T200 such
as a change in zero air source (ambient air leaking into zero air line or a worn-out
zero air scrubber) or a change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or
ambient air leaking into the span gas line.
3. Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (this chapter) to ensure
that the instrument is supplied with adequate sample and ozone air.
4. Confirm the sample pressure, sample temperature, and sample flow readings are
correct and steady.
5. Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be replaced.
243
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.5.4. INABILITY TO SPAN - NO SPAN BUTTON (CALS)
In general, the T200 will not display certain buttons whenever the actual value of a
parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the calibration menu
does not show a SPAN button when carrying out a span calibration, the actual
concentration must be outside of the range of the expected span gas concentration,
which can have several reasons.
1. Verify that the expected concentration is set properly to the actual span gas
concentration in the CONC sub-menu.
2. Confirm that the NO x span gas source is accurate.
•
This can be done by comparing the source with another calibrated analyzer, or
by having the NO x source verified by an independent traceable photometer.
3. Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.12.
•
Leaks can dilute the span gas and, hence, the concentration that the analyzer
measures may fall short of the expected concentration defined in the CONC
sub-menu.
4. If the low-level, hardware calibration has drifted (changed PMT response) or was
accidentally altered by the user, a low-level calibration may be necessary to get the
analyzer back into its proper range of expected values.
•
One possible indicator of this scenario is a slope or offset value that is outside
of its allowed range (0.7-1.3 for slope, -20 to 150 for offsets). See Section
12.8.4 on how to carry out a low-level hardware calibration.
12.5.5. INABILITY TO ZERO - NO ZERO BUTTON (CALZ)
In general, the T200 will not display certain buttons whenever the actual value of a
parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the calibration menu
does not show a ZERO button when carrying out a zero calibration, the actual gas
concentration must be significantly different from the actual zero point (as per last
calibration), which may be for any of several reasons.
1. Confirm that there is a good source of zero air. If the IZS option is installed,
compare the zero reading from the IZS zero air source to a zero air source using
NOX-free air. Check any zero air scrubber for performance. It may need to be
replaced (Section 11.3.4.2).
2. Check to ensure that there is no ambient air leaking into zero air line. Check for
leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.12.
12.5.6. NON-LINEAR RESPONSE
The T200 was factory calibrated to a high level of NO and should be linear to within 1%
of full scale. Common causes for non-linearity are:
•
•
244
Leaks in the pneumatic system:
•
Leaks can add a constant of ambient air, zero air or span gas to the current
sample gas stream, which may be changing in concentrations as the linearity
test is performed.
•
Check for leaks as described in Section 11.3.12.
The calibration device is in error:
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
•
Check flow rates and concentrations, particularly when using low
concentrations.
•
If a mass flow calibrator is used and the flow is less than 10% of the full scale
flow on either flow controller, you may need to purchase lower concentration
standards.
The standard gases may be mislabeled as to type or concentration.
•
•
Troubleshooting & Service
Labeled concentrations may be outside the certified tolerance.
The sample delivery system may be contaminated.
•
Check for dirt in the sample lines or reaction cell.
•
Calibration gas source may be contaminated (NO 2 in NO gas is common).
•
Dilution air contains sample or span gas.
•
Ozone concentration too low because of wet air in the generator.
•
•
•
Generator system needs to be cleaned and dried with dry supply air.
•
Check the dryer for leaks.
•
This mostly affects linearity at the low end.
Ozone stream may be contaminated with impurities.
•
An exhausted ozone cleanser chemical will let compounds such as HNO 3 and
ammonia derivatives break through to the reaction cell.
•
Check the contents of the ozone cleanser and replace as necessary (Section
11.3.3).
•
This also will affect linearity mostly at the low level.
Sample inlet may be contaminated with NOx exhaust from this or other analyzers.
•
•
•
Verify proper venting of the pump exhaust.
Span gas overflow is not properly vented and creates a back-pressure on the
sample inlet port.
•
Also, if the span gas is not vented at all and does not supply enough sample
gas, the analyzer may be evacuating the sample line.
•
Ensure to create and properly vent excess span gas.
Diffusion of oxygen into Teflon-type tubing over long distances.
•
PTFE or related materials can act as permeation devices. In fact, the
permeable membrane of NO 2 permeation tubes is made of PTFE.
•
When using very long supply lines (> 1 m) between high concentrations span
gases and the dilution system, oxygen from ambient air can diffuse into the line
and react with NO to form NO 2 .
•
This reaction is dependent on NO concentration and accelerates with increasing NO
concentration, hence, affects linearity only at high NO levels.
•
Using stainless steel for long span gas supply lines avoids this problem.
12.5.7. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN ANALOG OUTPUT AND DISPLAY
If the concentration reported through the analog outputs does not agree with the value
reported on the front panel, you may need to recalibrate the analog outputs.
•
This becomes more likely when using a low concentration or low analog output
range.
•
Analog outputs running at 0.1 V full scale should always be calibrated manually.
•
See Section 5.9.3.2 for a detailed description of this procedure.
245
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.5.8. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN NO AND NOX SLOPES
If the slopes for NO and NO X are significantly different after software calibration (more
than 1%), consider the following three problems:
•
•
•
NO 2 impurities in the NO calibration gas. NO gases often exhibit NO 2 on the order
of 1-2% of the NO value.
•
This will cause differences in the calibration slopes. If the NO2 impurity in NO is
known, it can easily be accounted for by setting the expected values for NO and
NO2 accordingly to different values, e.g., 448 ppb NO and 450 ppb NOX.
•
This problem is worse if NO gas is stored in a cylinder with balance air instead
of balance gas nitrogen or large amounts of nitrous oxide (N2O).
•
The oxygen in the air slowly reacts with NO to yield NO2, increasing over time.
The expected concentrations for NO and NO X in the calibration menu are set to
different values.
•
If a gas with 100% pure NO is used, this would cause a bias.
•
See Section 9.2.3.1 on how to set expected concentration values.
The converter efficiency parameter has been set to a value not equal to 1.000 even
though the conversion efficiency is 1.0.
•
The actual conversion efficiency needs to match the parameter set in the CAL
menu.
•
See Section 9.1.4 for more information on this feature.
An instrument calibration with the IZS option (and expected concentrations set to the
same amount) will always yield identical slopes for NO and NO X , as the instrument
measures only NO X and assumes NO to be the same (with NO 2 being zero).
12.6. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
Dynamic problems (i.e. problems that only manifest themselves when the analyzer is
monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and
resolve. The following section provides an itemized list of the most common dynamic
problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and corrective actions.
12.6.1. EXCESSIVE NOISE
Excessive noise levels under normal operation usually indicate leaks in the sample
supply or the analyzer itself. Ensure that the sample or span gas supply is leak-free and
carry out a detailed leak check as described earlier in this chapter.
Another possibility of excessive signal noise may be the preamplifier board, the high
voltage power supply and/or the PMT detector itself.
•
Contact the factory on troubleshooting these components.
12.6.2. SLOW RESPONSE
If the analyzer starts responding too slow to any changes in sample, zero or span gas,
check for the following:
246
•
Dirty or plugged sample filter or sample lines.
•
Sample inlet line is too long.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
•
Leaking NO/NO X valve. Carry out a leak check.
•
Dirty or plugged critical flow orifices. Check flows, pressures and, if necessary,
change orifices (Section 11.3.10).
•
Wrong materials in contact with sample - use glass, stainless steel or Teflon
materials only. Porous materials, in particular, will cause memory effects and slow
changes in response.
•
Dirty reaction cell. Clean the reaction cell.
•
Insufficient time allowed for purging of lines upstream of the analyzer. Wait until
stability is low.
•
Insufficient time allowed for NO or NO 2 calibration gas source to become stable.
Wait until stability is low.
•
NO 2 converter temperature is too low. Check for proper temperature.
12.6.3. AUTO ZERO WARNINGS
Auto Zero warnings occur if the signal measured during an Auto Zero cycle is higher
than 200 mV.
Note
The Auto-Zero warning displays the value of the Auto Zero reading when the
warning occurs.
•
•
If this value is higher than 150 mV, check that the Auto Zero valve is operating
properly.
•
To do so, use the SIGNAL I/O functions in the DIAG menu to toggle the valve
on and off.
•
Listen if the valve is switching, see if the respective LED on the relay board is
indicating functionality.
Scroll the TST functions until PMT is displayed and observe the PMT value change
between the two valve states.
•
•
If the valve is operating properly, you should be able to hear it switch (once a
minute under normal operation or when manually activated from the SIGNAL
I/O menu):
•
the PMT value should drop from span gas reading (e.g., 800-900 mV at
400 ppb NO) to less than 150 mV and;
•
the LED on the relay board should light up when the valve is activated.
If the PMT value drops significantly but not to less than 150 mV, the valve is
probably leaking across its ports.
•
•
If the PMT value does not change at all, the valve is probably not switching at
all.
•
Note
In this case, replace the valve.
Check the power supply to the valve (12 V to the valve should turn on and
off when measured with a voltmeter).
It takes only a small leak across the ports of the valve to show excessive Auto
Zero values when supplying high concentrations of span gas.
247
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Another reason for high (although not necessarily out-of-range) values for Auto Zero
could be the ozone air filter cartridge, if its contents have been exhausted and needs to
be replaced.
•
This filter cartridge chemicals that can cause chemiluminescence and, if saturated,
these chemicals can break through to the reaction cell, causing an erroneously high
Auto Zero value (background noise).
A dirty reaction cell can cause high Auto Zero values.
•
Clean the reaction cell according to Section 11.3.9.
Finally, a high HVPS voltage value may cause excess background noise and a high
AZERO value.
•
The HVPS value changes from analyzer to analyzer and could show nominal values
between 450 and 800 V.
•
Check the low-level hardware calibration of the preamplifier board and, if necessary,
recalibrate exactly as described in Section 12.8.4 in order to minimize the HVPS.
12.7. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying
possible sources of failures or performance problems within the analyzer. In most cases
this included a list of possible causes and, in some cases, quick solutions or at least a
pointer to the appropriate sections describing them. This section describes how to
determine if a certain component or subsystem is actually the cause of the problem being
investigated.
12.7.1. AC MAIN POWER
The T200 analyzer’s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power
regimes. As long as system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either 50
or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.
248
•
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU should
turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
•
If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the
instruments front panel.
•
If the instrument is equipped with an internal pump, it will begin to run. If it does not:
•
Verify that the pump power configuration plug is properly wired (see Section
13.7.1.1 and Figure 13-24)
•
If the configuration plug is set for 230 VAC and the instrument is plugged into
115 VAC or 100 VAC the sample pump will not start.
•
If the configuration plug is set for 115 or 100 VAC and the unit is plugged into a 230
VAC circuit, the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF Switch on the front panel will
trip to the OFF position immediately after power is switched on.
•
T200’s without internal pumps that are configured for 230 V will still turn on at 115
V, but the heaters may burn out or not heat up fast enough.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the condition
causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.
12.7.2. DC POWER SUPPLY
If you have determined that the analyzer’s AC mains power is working, but the unit is
still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the instrument’s
switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely no DC output, and
noisy output.
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the various
printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the associated test points on
the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding scheme as defined in the following table.
Table 12-6:
DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes
NAME
TEST POINT#
COLOR
DEFINITION
DGND
1
Black
Digital ground
+5V
2
Red
AGND
3
Green
+15V
4
Blue
-15V
5
Yellow
+12R
6
Purple
+12V
7
Orange
Analog ground
12 V return
(ground) line
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V
Figure 12-4:
Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in
the table below, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting turned on, can be
used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise (> 100 mV p-p).
249
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 12-7:
DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
VOLTAGE
CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS
POWER
SUPPLY
FROM
TO
Test Point
Test Point
NAME
#
NAME
MIN V
MAX V
#
PS1
+5
DGND
1
+5
2
+4.85
+5.25
PS1
+15
AGND
3
+15
4
+13.5
+16.0
PS1
-15
AGND
3
-15V
5
-13.5
-16.0
PS1
AGND
AGND
3
DGND
1
-0.05
+0.05
PS1
Chassis
DGND
1
Chassis
N/A
-0.05
+0.05
PS2
+12
+12V Ret
6
+12V
7
+11.8
+12.5
PS2
DGND
+12V Ret
6
DGND
1
-0.05
+0.05
12.7.3. I2C BUS
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay
PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA. Assuming that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of
the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve
Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.
12.7.4. LCD/DISPLAY MODULE
TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE
Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash screen and other
indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization process.
12.7.5. RELAY PCA
The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status
LEDs on the Relay PCA (see Section 12.3.2), and using the SIGNAL I/O submenu
under the DIAG menu (see Section 12.1.3) to toggle each LED ON or OFF.
If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question
(Heater power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function, then
the associated control device on the Relay PCA is bad.
Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced. The following
table lists the control device associated with a particular function:
Table 12-8:
Relay PCA Control Devices
FUNCTION
250
CONTROL DEVICE
SOCKETED
All valves
U5
Yes
Reaction Cell Heater
K1
Yes
NO 2  NO Converter heater
K2
Yes
Permeation Tube Heater for
Optional Internal Span Gas Generator
K4
Yes
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.6. MOTHERBOARD
12.7.6.1. TEST CHANNEL / ANALOG OUTPUTS VOLTAGE
The ANALOG OUTPUT submenu, located under the SETUP  MORE  DIAG
menu is used to verify that the T200 analyzer’s three analog outputs are working
properly. The test generates a signal on all three outputs simultaneously as shown in the
following table:
Table 12-9:
Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs
FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE
(see Section 5.9.3.1)
100MV
1V
5V
10V*
STEP
%
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
20
20 mV
0.2
1
2
3
40
40 mV
0.4
2
4
4
60
60 mV
0.6
3
6
5
80
80 mV
0.8
4
8
6
100
100 mV
1.0
5
10
* For 10V output, increase the Analog Output Calibration Limits (AOUT CAL LIM in the
DIAG>Analog I/O Config menu) to 4% (offset limit) and 20% (slope limit).
For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed except
for the 0% step, which should be within 0mV ±2 to 3 mV. Ensure you take into account
any offset that may have been programmed into channel (See Section 5.9.3.9).
If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has been
a failure of the either or both of the Digital-to-Analog Converters (DACs) and their
associated circuitry on the motherboard. To perform the test connect a voltmeter to the
output in question and perform an analog output step test as follows:
251
Troubleshooting & Service
SAMPLE
<TST
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
8
1
DIAG
EXIT
· Pressing the “x%” button pauses the
·
test. Brackets will appear around the
value: EXAMPLE: [10%]
Pressing the “[x%]” button resumes the
test.
8
[10%]
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
ANALOG OUTPUT
0%
DIAG AOUT
ENTR
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
DIAG AOUT
Performs analog output step
test 0% to 100%
ENTER PASSWORD
EXIT
ANALOG OUTPUT
EXIT
12.7.6.2. A/D FUNCTIONS
The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the motherboard
is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the two A/D reference
voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter.
1. Use the Signal I/O function (see Section 12.1.3 and Appendix A) to view the value
of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND.
•
If both are within 3 mV of nominal (4096 and 0), and are stable, ±0.2 mV then
the basic A/D is functioning properly. If not then the motherboard is bad.
2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function list (see Section 12.1.3) such as
OZONE_FLOW .
252
•
Compare this voltages at its origin (see the interconnect drawing and
interconnect list in Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the signal I/O
function.
•
If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and
displayed voltage (±10 mV) then the motherboard is bad.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.6.3. STATUS OUTPUTS
V
+DC
1
2
3
4
SYSTEM_OK
5
Gnd
6
7
8
D
+
1000 Ω
Figure 12-5:
Typical Set Up of Status Output Test
To test the status output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “D" pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output
that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested.
4. Under the DIAG Signal I/O menu (see Section 12.1.3), scroll through the inputs
and outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
•
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
Table 12-10:
Status Outputs Check
PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT)
STATUS
1
ST_SYSTEM_OK
2
ST_CONC_VALID
3
ST_HIGH_RANGE
4
ST_ZERO_CAL
5
ST_SPAN_CAL
6
ST_DIAG_MODE
7
Not Used on T200
8
ST_O2_CAL
253
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.7.6.4. CONTROL INPUTS
The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and
watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O
submenu:
EXAMPLE: to test the “A” control input:
1. Under the DIAG Signal I/O menu (see Section 12.1.3), scroll through the inputs
and outputs until you get to the output named EXT_ZERO_CAL.
2. Connect a jumper from the “+” pin on the appropriate connector to the “U” on the
same connector.
3. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “A” pin.
4. The status of EXT_ZERO_CAL should change to read “ON”.
5. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “B” pin.
6. The status of EXT_ZERO_CAL should change to read “ON”.
Table 12-11: T200 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O
Functions
INPUT
254
CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL
A
EXT_ZERO_CAL
B
EXT_SPAN_CAL1
C, D, E& F
NOT USED
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.7. PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY
The flow and pressure sensors of the T200 are located on a PCA just behind the PMT
sensor (see Figure 3-5) can be checked with a voltmeter.
Figure 12-6:
Pressure / Flow Sensor Assembly
The following procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard and
power supplies are operating properly:
12.7.7.1. BASIC PCA OPERATION CHECK:
•
Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 10 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If
not then the board is bad. Replace the PCA.
12.7.7.2. SAMPLE PRESSURE SENSOR CHECK:
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.
•
The expected value for this signal should be:
Expected mVDC =
(
Pressure
30.0Hg-In-A
)
x 4660mvDC + 250mvDC
± 10%rdg
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 20 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level between
TP4 and TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC.
255
Troubleshooting & Service
•
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the board is
bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing
the absorption cell pressure properly. Replace the PCA.
12.7.7.3. VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR CHECK
•
Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter.
•
Measure the voltage across TP5 and TP1.
•
Evaluate the reading in the same manner as for the sample pressure sensor.
12.7.7.4. O3 FLOW SENSOR CHECK
•
Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1.
•
With proper flow (80 cc /min through the O 3 generator), this should be
approximately 2V ± 0.25 (this voltage will vary with altitude).
•
With flow stopped (photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF) the
voltage should be approximately 1V.
•
If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor S3 is bad, the board is bad (replace
the PCA) or there is a leak upstream of the sensor.
3
12.7.8. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk On Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs, contact
the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the
wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the
motherboard is not flashing.
•
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the
motherboard, specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side
of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to
start up but the measurements will be invalid.
•
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or
warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and
data files have been corrupted.
12.7.9. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS
12.7.9.1. GENERAL RS-232 TROUBLESHOOTING
Teledyne ML's analyzers use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the
instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232 has been
used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced, connections between
various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult. Generally, every
manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around 4 general areas:
256
•
Incorrect cabling and connectors. See Section 3.3.1.8, Figure 3-13 for connector
and pin-out information.
•
The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured. See Section 6.2.2.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
•
If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be
observed. See Section 8.3
•
Incorrect setting of the DTE – DCE Switch. See Section 6.1 to set correctly.
•
Verify that cable (P/N 03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12
of the motherboard is properly seated.
12.7.9.2. TROUBLESHOOTING ANALYZER/MODEM OR TERMINAL OPERATION
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a
Teledyne ML analyzer.
1. Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
2. Check to ensure that the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in
Section 6.1.
3. Check to ensure that the set up command is correct (see Section 8.3).
4. Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T200 sets pin 7
(RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
5. Ensure that the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and
analyzer match. See Section 6.2.2.
6. Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or
computer. See Section 6.2.3.
7. Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer (holding
down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the instrument is
receiving data.
8. Ensure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is
functioning properly.
Note
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS232 Programming Notes” Teledyne ML P/N 01350.
12.7.10. NO2  NO CONVERTER
Provided that oxygen was present in the Sample stream during operation for the NO 2
converter to function properly, the NO 2 converter assembly can fail in two ways:
•
An electrical failure of the band heater and/or the thermocouple control circuit and;
•
A performance failure of the converter itself.
12.7.10.1. NO2  NO CONVERTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
NO 2 converter heater failures can be divided into two possible problems:
•
Temperature is reported properly but heater does not heat to full temperature.
•
In this case, the heater is either disconnected or broken or the power relay is
broken.
•
Disconnect the heater cable coming from the relay board and measure
the resistance between any two of the three heater leads with a multimeter.
•
The resistance between A and B should be about 1000 Ω.
257
Troubleshooting & Service
•
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
•
•
If any of these resistances is near zero or without continuity, the heater is
broken.
This indicates a disconnected or failing thermocouple or a failure of the
thermocouple circuit.
•
Check that the thermocouple is connected properly and the wire does not
show signs of a broken or kinked pathway.
•
If it appears to be properly connected, disconnect the yellow
thermocouple plug (marked K) from the relay board and measure the
voltage (not resistance) between the two leads with a multi-meter
capable of measuring in the low mV range.
•
The voltage should be about 12 mV (ignore the sign) at 315° C and about
0 mV at room temperature.
Measure the continuity with an Ohm-meter.
•
It should read close to zero Ω. If the thermo-couple does not have continuity, it
is broken.
•
If it reads zero voltage at elevated temperatures, it is broken.
To test the thermocouple at room temperature, heat up the converter can (e.g., with
a heat gun) and see if the voltage across the thermocouple leads changes.
•
ATTENTION
That between A and C should be the same as between B and C, about
500 Ω each.
Temperature reports zero or overload (near 500° C).
•
•
•
If the thermocouple is working properly, the electronic circuit is broken.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
If the thermocouple is broken, do NOT replace the thermocouple without first
consulting the factory; using the wrong Type could cause permanent damage to
the instrument. The Type K thermocouple has a red and a yellow wire. If in doubt,
consult the factory.
12.7.10.2. NO2 CONVERSION EFFICIENCY
The efficiency at which the NO 2  NO converter changes NO 2 into NO directly affects
the accuracy of the T200’s NO x , NO and NO 2 measurements. The T200 firmware
includes a Converter Efficiency (CE) gain factor that is multiplied by the NO 2 and NO X
measurements to calculate the final concentrations for each. This gain factor is stored in
the analyzer’s memory.
The default setting for the NO 2 converter efficiency is 1.0000. Over time, the
molybdenum in the NO 2  NO converter oxidizes and it becomes less efficient at
converting NO 2 into NO.
To ensure accurate operation of the T200, it is important to check the NO 2 conversion
efficiency periodically and to update this value as necessary.
258
•
For the analyzer to function correctly, the converter efficiency must be greater than
0.9600 (96% conversion efficiency) as per US-EPA requirements.
•
If the converter’s efficiency is below this limit, the NO 2 converter should be
replaced.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
•
Troubleshooting & Service
The current converter efficiency level is also recorded along with the calibration data
in the DAS for documentation and performance analysis (Section 7).
12.7.10.3. CALCULATING / CHECKING CONVERTER EFFICIENCY
The T200 automatically calculates the current NO 2 conversion efficiency by comparing
a known starting concentration of NO 2 gas to the measured NO output of the converter.
This can be accomplished through Gas Phase Titration (GPT), which is the
recommended method (see Section 12.7.11), or by using bottled NO 2 .
There are three steps to performing the bottled NO 2 method:
Step 1:
Supply the analyzer with a known concentration of NO 2 gas, to the analyzer.
VENT here if input
Removed during
calibration
at HIGH Span
Concentration
Calibrated NO2
is pressurized
Enclosure Wall
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
MODEL 700E
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
SAMPLE
MODEL 701
Zero Gas
Generator
EXHAUST
Chassis
Vent here if output of calibrator
is not already vented.
PUMP
Figure 12-7:
Setup for determining NO 2  NO Efficiency – T200 Base Configuration
Step 2:
Input the starting NO 2 concentration value into the T200 by pressing:
259
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
<TST TST>
CAL
SAMPLE
Use these buttons to
select the appropriate
range.
Repeat entire procedure
for each range.
NO=XXXX
SETUP
RANGE TO CAL
LOW HIGH
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NO=XXXX
<TST TST> CAL
SAMPLE
SETUP
RANGE=500.0 PPB
<TST TST> ZERO
M-P CAL
NOX
This step only appears if the
analyzer’s reporting range is
set for AUTO range mode.
Select LOW and press ENTR.
Repeat entire procedure for
HIGH range.
NO=XXXX
CONC
SETUP
CONCENTRATON MENU
NO CONV
EXIT
Converter Efficiency Menu
M-P CAL
NO2
CONVERTER EFICIENCY MENU
CAL
M-P CAL
Toggle these buttons
to change this value to
the concentration of
the NO2 gas being
used.
260
0
SET
EXIT
NO2 CE CONC: 500.0 Conc
4
0
0.
0
0
ENTR EXIT
The expected NO2 span
concentration value defaults
to 400.0 Conc.
Make sure that you specify
the actual concentration value
of the NO2 gas.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
STEP 3:
To cause the analyzer to calculate and record the NO 2  NO converter efficiency,
press:
Starting from
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
(see preceding steps)
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
M-P CAL
NO2
SET
CAL
CE FACTOR:1000.0 Gain
M-P CAL
1.
Toggle these
buttons to initialize
the converter
efficiency at 1.0000.
0
0
0
M-P CAL
NO2
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
0
CONVERTER EFFICIENCY MENU
CAL
EXIT
SET
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
< TST TST >
ENTR
SETUP
Toggle TST> button until ...
Set the Display to show
the NOX STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
measurement.
NO2 STB=XX.X PPB
SAMPLE
SETUP
<TST TST>
Allow NO2 gas of the proper concetration to enter
the sample port at the rear of the analyzer.
The analyzer
calculates the
converter’s
efficiency.
This may take several
minutes.
NO2 STB=XX.X PPB
SAMPLE
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
Check the calculated converter
efficiency gain factor.
If the gain factor is NOT greater
than 0.9600, the
NO2 à NO converter
needs to be replaced.
Wait until NOX STB
falls below 0.5 ppb.
NO2
CAL
CONVERTER EFICIENCY MENU
SET
EXIT
CE FACTOR=0.9852 Gain
M-P CAL
0.
SETUP
8
8
5
2
ENTR EXIT
261
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.7.10.4. EVALUATING NO2  NO CONVERTER PERFORMANCE
If the converter appears to have performance problems (conversion efficiency is less
than 96%), check the following:
•
Recalculate the converter efficiency (see previous section)
•
Accuracy of NO 2 source (GPT or gas tank standard).
•
•
NO 2 gas standards are typically certified to only ±2% and often change in
concentrations over time. You should get the standard re-certified every year.
•
If you use the GPT calibration, check the accuracy of the ozone source.
Age of the converter.
•
The NO 2 converter has a limited operating life and may need to be replaced
every ~3 years or when necessary (e.g., earlier if used with continuously high
NO 2 concentrations).
•
We estimate a lifetime of about 10000 ppm-hours (a cumulative product of the
NO 2 concentration times the exposure time to that concentration).
•
This lifetime heavily depends on many factors such as:
•
•
•
Absolute concentration (temporary or permanent poisoning of the
converter is possible).
•
Sample flow rate and pressure inside the converter.
•
Converter temperature.
•
Duty cycle.
This lifetime is only an estimated reference and not a guaranteed lifetime.
In some cases with excessive sample moisture, the oxidized molybdenum metal
chips inside the converter cartridge may bake together over time and restrict air flow
through the converter, in which case it needs to be replaced.
•
To avoid this problem, we recommend the use of a sample gas conditioner
(Section 3.3.2.6).
•
Section 11.3.8 describes how to replace the NO 2 converter cartridge.
•
With no NO 2 in the sample gas and a properly calibrated analyzer, the NO reading
is negative, while the NO 2 reading remains around zero.
•
The converter is destroying NO and needs to be replaced.
•
With no NO 2 in the sample gas and a properly calibrated analyzer, the NO X reading
is significantly higher than the actual (gas standard) NO concentration.
•
The converter is producing NO 2 and needs to be replaced.
12.7.11. DETERMINING CE BY SIMPLIFIED GPT CALIBRATION
This section describes how to determine the NO2  NO converters efficiency using a
GPT method where the actual concentration of ozone is not a factor in the accuracy of
the calculation.
262
•
This procedure is based on the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Chapter I,
subchapter C, Part 50, Appendix F.
•
In the following example a reference point of 450 ppb NO gas will be used. This is
only an example. Any other reference points within measurement range of the
instrument may be used.
•
For this procedure use a calibrated O 3 generator, such as a Teledyne ML T700.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Note
Troubleshooting & Service
There must be a minimum of 10% more NO than O 3 produced.
Example, if the Ozone concentration used is 400 ppb then the NO concentration
must be used must be 440 ppb or more.
PART 1:
PREPARATION
1. Leak check machine to ensure that there are no leaks in the analyzer.
2. Calibrate the instrument at the same NO span gas value as being used in this
method.
•
For this example 450 ppb NO span gas
3. If you have input a converter efficiency (CE) factor into the instrument firmware (see
Section 12.7.10.3) other than 100%, change this back to 100% for the duration of
this test. (CAL>CONC>CONV>SET).
PART 2:
DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF NO OUTGASSED BY THE NO2  NO
CONVERTER.
4. Bypass the NO2  NO converter by placing a short piece of tubing in the gas
stream in place of the converter.
5. Perform a straight dilution with 445 ppb NO gas & air as a diluent gas.
6. Input the NO gas into the analyzer.
7. Allow the machine to stabilize & write down the NOx value on line 2 of GPT data
sheet (Section 12.7.11.1).
8. Remove the converter bypass so that the NO gas is flowing through the NO2  NO
converter
9. Allow the machine to stabilize.
10. Write down your NOx value on your data sheet on lines 3 AND line 5 of the GPT
data sheet.
11. Subtract line 2 from line 3 & write that number down on line 4. Also write the NO
value on line 8 of the data sheet.
•
The specification shown on the data sheet is the value that is used by Teledyne
ML when performing the procedure on new NO 2  NO converters.
•
Older NO 2  NO converters might outgas a bit more NO, therefore a slightly
wider specification might be in order.
•
If this value is a constant or changes only slightly over time, this is not a
problem the machine will calibrate this out.
PART 3:
PERFORM THE SIMPLIFIED GPT CALCULATION.
12. Generate the same 450 ppb NO gas & input 400 ppb of O3 (or generate 450 ppb
NO & 400 ppb NO2, if that’s what your calibrator says).
13. Allow the instrument to stabilize for 10 minutes.
14. Write down the NOx value on line 6 & the NO value on line 9.
15. Subtract line 6 from line 6 & put that onto line 7.
16. Subtract line 8 from line 7 & put that onto line 10.
17. Write the number from line 7 into the blank next to letter A on line 11 & put the
number from line 10 into the blank next to letter B on line 11.
18. Divide A by B & multiply it by 100.
19. Write this value it into the blank next to letter C on lines 11 and 12.
20. Subtract that value from 100 & write it in the blank next to the letter D on line 12.
21. This is the converter efficiency.
263
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
•
This value should be >96%.
12.7.11.1. SIMPLIFIED GPT DATA SHEET
Line # TEST
RESULT
1
LEAK-CHECK (WHEN HOT)
YES / NO
2
NO x RESPONSE (MOLY BYPASSED)
__________
3
NO x RESPONSE (MOLY IN-LINE)
__________
4
OUT-GASSING (NO – NOX)
__________ (>-5 ppb, <5 ppb)
5
(NO x
ORIG )
6
(NO x
REM )
7
NO x LOSS
8
(NO
ORIG )
(NO mode, O3 off)
__________ ppb
9
(NO
REM )
(NO mode, O3 on)
__________ ppb
10 NO 2
11 Efficiency LOSS [ ( A /
(NO x mode, O 3 off)
__________ ppb
(NO x mode, O 3 on)
__________ ppb
__________ (A)
(<4% of NO x ORIG :
For 450ppm, 4% is 18 ppm)
__________ (B) (>300ppb)
B ) x 100 ] = [ ( ____A / ____B ) x 100 ] =
12 Total Conv Eff [100% – C] = 100% - ____C = _____D% (> 96%)
264
____C%
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.12. PHOTOMULTIPLIER TUBE (PMT) SENSOR MODULE
The PMT detects the light emitted by the reaction of NO with ozone. It has a gain of
about 500000 to 1000000. It is not possible to test the detector outside of the instrument
in the field. The basic method to diagnose a PMT fault is to eliminate the other
components using ETEST, OTEST and specific tests for other sub-assemblies.
12.7.12.1. OPTIC TEST
The optic test function tests the response of the PMT sensor by turning on an LED
located in the cooling block of the PMT (see Figure 12-9). The analyzer uses the light
emitted from the LED to test its photo-electronic subsystem, including the PMT and the
current to voltage converter on the pre-amplifier board.
•
To ensure that the analyzer measures only the light coming from the LED, the
analyzer should be supplied with zero air.
•
The optic test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000±1000 mV.
To activate the optics test, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP
Concentration display
continuously cycles
through all gasses.
Continue pressing <TST or TST> until ...
SAMPLE
<TST
PMT=2750 MV
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
1
8
8
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
OPTIC TEST
PREV NEXT
While the OTEST is
active PMT should =
2000 mv ± 1000mv
SAMPLE
<TST
Note
ENTR
PMT=2750 MV
TST> CAL
EXIT
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
This is a coarse test for functionality and not an accurate calibration tool. The
resulting PMT signal can vary significantly over time and also changes with lowlevel calibration.
265
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.7.12.2. ELECTRICAL TEST
The electrical test function creates a current, which is substituted for the PMT signal and
feeds it into the preamplifier board.
•
This signal is generated by circuitry on the pre-amplifier board itself and tests the
filtering and amplification functions of that assembly along with the A/D converter on
the motherboard.
•
It does not test the PMT itself.
•
The electrical test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000 ±1000 mV.
To activate the electrical test, press:
SAMPLE
<TST
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration display
continuously cycles
through all gasses.
Continue pressing <TST or TST> until ...
<TST
NOX= XXXX
PMT=2750 MV
SAMPLE
SETUP
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
EXIT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
1
8
8
ENTR
EXIT
ENTR
EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
DIAG
EXIT
ENTER PASSWORD
PREV NEXT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG OPTIC
ELECTRICAL TEST
PREV NEXT
While the ETEST is
active PMT should =
2000 mv ± 1000mv
DIAG ELEC
<TST
266
ENTR
PMT=2750 MV
TST> CAL
EXIT
NOX= XXXX
EXIT
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.13. PMT PREAMPLIFIER BOARD
To check the correct operation of the preamplifier board, perform an optics test
(OTEST) and an electrical test (ETEST) described in Sections 12.7.12.1 and 12.7.12.2
above.
•
If the instrument passes the OTEST but fails the ETEST, the preamplifier board
may be faulty or need a hardware calibration.
12.7.13.1. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
The HVPS is located in the interior of the sensor module and is plugged into the PMT
tube. It requires 2 voltage inputs.
•
The first is +15 V, which powers the supply.
•
The second is the programming voltage which is generated on the preamplifier
board.
•
Adjustment of the HVPS is covered in the factory calibration procedure in Section
12.8.4.
This power supply has 10 independent power supply steps, one to each pin of the PMT.
The following test procedure below allows you to test each step.
1. Turn off the instrument.
2. Remove the cover and disconnect the 2 connectors at the front of the NOX sensor
module.
3. Remove the end cap from the sensor (4 screws).
4. Remove the HVPS/PMT assembly from the cold block inside the sensor (2 plastic
screws).
5. Disconnect the PMT from the HVPS.
6. Re-connect the 7 pin connector to the sensor end cap, and power-up the
instrument.
7. Scroll the front panel display to the HVPS test parameter.
8. Divide the displayed HVPS voltage by 10 and test the pairs of connector points as
shown in the figure below.
9. Check the overall voltage (should be equal to the HVPS value displayed on the front
panel and the voltages between each pair of pins of the supply
EXAMPLE
If the HVPS signal is 700 V the pin-to-pin voltages should be 70 V.
267
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
1. Turn off the instrument power, and reconnect the PMT, and then reassemble the sensor.
•
If any faults are found in the test, you must obtain a new HVPS as there are no
user serviceable parts inside the supply.
12.7.14. PMT TEMPERATURE CONTROL PCA
The TEC control PCA is located on the sensor housing assembly, under the slanted
shroud, next to the cooling fins and directly above the cooling fan.
If the red LED located on the top edge of this assembly is not glowing the control circuit
is not receiving power. Check the analyzers power supply, the relay board’s power
distribution circuitry and the wiring connecting them to the PMT temperature control
PCA.
TEC Control Test Points
Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly they are numbered left to
right start with the T1 point immediately to the right of the power status LED. These
test points provide information regarding the functioning of the control circuit.
•
To determine the current running through the control circuit, measure the voltage
between T1 and T2. Multiply that voltage by 10.
•
To determine the drive voltage being supplied by the control circuit to the TEC,
measure the voltage between T2 and T3.
•
If this voltage is zero, the TEC circuitry is most likely open.
•
If the voltage between T2 and T3 = 0 VDC and the voltage measured between
T1 and T2 = 0 VDC there is most likely an open circuit or failed op amp on
control PCA itself.
•
If the voltage between T2 and T3 = 0 VDC and the voltage measured between
T1 to T2 is some voltage other than 0 VDC, the TEC is most likely shorted.
Or,
•
268
T4 is tied directly to ground. To determine the absolute voltage on any one of the
other test points make a measurement between that test point and T4.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.7.15. O3 GENERATOR
The ozone generator can fail in two ways, electronically (printed circuit board) and
functionally (internal generator components). Assuming that air is supplied properly to
the generator, the generator should automatically turn on 30 minutes after the instrument
is powered up or if the instrument is still warm. See Section 13.2.3 for ozone generator
functionality. Accurate performance of the generator can only be determined with an
ozone analyzer connected to the outlet of the generator. However, if the generator
appears to be working properly but the sensitivity or calibration of the instrument is
reduced, suspect a leak in the ozone generator supply air.
A leak in the dryer or between the dryer and the generator can cause moist, ambient air
to leak into the air stream, which significantly reduces the ozone output. The generator
will produce only about half of the nominal O 3 concentration when run with moist,
ambient air instead of dried air. In addition, moist supply air will produce large amounts
of nitric acid in the generator, which can cause analyzer components downstream of the
generator to deteriorate and/or causes significant deposit of nitrate deposits on the
reaction cell window, reducing sensitivity and causing performance drift. Carry out a
leak check as described earlier in this Section.
12.7.15.1. O3 GENERATOR OVERRIDE
This feature allows the user to manually turn the ozone generator off and on. This should
be done before disconnecting the generator, to prevent ozone from leaking out, or after a
system restart if the user does not want to wait for 30 minutes during warm-up time. To
access this feature press the following buttons: (Also note that the ozone generator does
not turn on if the ozone flow conditions are out of specification (e.g., if there is no flow
through the system or the pump is broken).
269
Troubleshooting & Service
SAMPLE
<TST
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
RANGE=500.0 PPB
NOX= XXXX
SETUP
TST> CAL
Concentration display
shows all gasses.
Continue pressing <TST or TST> until ...
SAMPLE
<TST
PMT=2750 MV
NOX= XXXX
TST> CAL
SETUP X.X
SETUP
8
SETUP X.X
1
ENTER PASSWORD
8
EXIT
DIAG
ENTR
EXIT
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG OZONE
Toggling this button
turns ON/OFF the O3
generator.
Note
EXIT
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
SETUP X.X
ENTR
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE
ENTR
EXIT
OZONE GEN OVERIDE
OFF
EXIT
This is one of the two settings in the DIAG menu that is retained after you exit the
menu.
12.7.16. INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR AND VALVE OPTIONS
The zero/span valves and internal span gas generator options need to be enabled in the
software (contact the factory on how to do this).
•
Check for the physical presence of the valves or the IZS option.
•
Check front panel for correct software configuration. When the instrument is in
SAMPLE mode, the front panel display should show CALS and CALZ buttons in the
second line of the display. The presence of the buttons indicates that the option
has been enabled in software. In addition, the IZS option is enabled if the TEST
functions show a parameter named IZS TEMP.
The semi-permeable PTFE membrane of the permeation tube is severely affected by
humidity. Variations in humidity between day and night are usually enough to yield very
variable output results. If the instrument is installed in an air-conditioned shelter, the air
is usually dry enough to produce good results. If the instrument is installed in an
environment with variable or high humidity, variations in the permeation tube output
270
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
will be significant. In this case, a dryer for the supply air is recommended (dew point
should be –20° C or less).
The permeation tube of the internal span gas generator option is heated with a
proportional heater circuit and the temperature is maintained at 50°C ±1°C. Check the
front panel display or the IZS_TEMP signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function
under the DIAG Menu (Section 5.9.1). At 50° C, the temperature signal from the IZS
thermistor should be around 2500 mV.
12.7.17. TEMPERATURE SENSOR
12.7.17.1. BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The box temperature sensor (thermistor) is mounted on the motherboard below the
bottom edge of the CPU board when looking at it from the front. It cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance.
•
Box temperature will vary with, but will usually read about 5° C higher than, ambient
(room) temperature because of the internal heating zones from the NO 2 converter,
reaction cell and other devices.
•
To check the box temperature functionality, we recommend checking the
BOX_TEMP signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu
(Section 12.1.3).
•
At about 30° C, the signal should be around 1500 mV.
•
To check the accuracy of the sensor, use a calibrated external thermometer /
temperature sensor to verify the accuracy of the box temperature by:
•
Placing it inside the chassis, next to the thermistor labeled XT1 (above
connector J108) on the motherboard.
•
Compare its reading to the value of the test function PMT TEMP.
12.7.17.2. PMT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTROL
The temperature of the PMT should be low and constant. It is more important that this
temperature is maintained at a constant level than it is to be a specific temperature.
The PMT cooler uses a Peltier, thermo-electric cooler element supplied with 12 V DC
power from the switching power supply PS2. The temperature is controlled by a
proportional temperature controller located on the preamplifier board.
•
•
•
Voltages applied to the cooler element vary from 0.1 to 12 VDC.
The temperature set point (hard-wired into the preamplifier board) will vary by ±2
The actual temperature will be maintained to within 0.1° C around that set point.
To check the operation of the PMT temperature control system:
1. Turn off the analyzer and let its internal components cool / heat to ambient
temperature.
2. Turn on the analyzer.
3. Set the front panel to show the PMT TEMP test function (see Section 4.1.1).
• The temperature should fall steadily to 6-10° C.
• If the temperature fails to reach this point after 60 minutes, there is a problem in
the cooler circuit.
• If the control circuit on the preamplifier board is faulty, a temperature of –1° C
will be reported.
271
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.8. SERVICE PROCEDURES
This section contains some procedures that may need to be performed when a major
component of the analyzer requires repair or replacement.
Note
Maintenance procedures (e.g., replacement of regularly changed expendables)
are discussed in Section 11 (Instrument Maintenance) and are not listed here).
Also, there may be more detailed service notes for some of the below
procedures. Contact Teledyne ML's Customer Service Department.
WARNING – ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Unless the procedure being performed requires the instrument be operating, turn it
off and disconnect power before opening the analyzer and removing, adjusting or
repairing any of its components or subsystems.
CAUTION – QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN
The operations outlined in this chapter are to be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
12.8.1. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Note
Servicing of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge protection, i.e.
ESD grounding straps, mats and containers. Failure to use ESD protection when
working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it may also
cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM
carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing the version of installed
software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that memory is reset can cause the
analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements. After the memory is reset, the
A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1 below must
be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span
calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range,
auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM.
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. While looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the Diskon-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
272
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
5. Remove the nylon standoff clip that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift
the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket.
Press the chip all the way in.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.
12.8.2. O3 GENERATOR REPLACEMENT
The ozone generator is a black, brick-shaped device with printed circuit board attached
to its rear and two tubes extending out the right side in the front of the analyzer (see
Figure 3-5). The board has a red LED that, when lit, indicates ozone is being generated.
To replace the ozone generator:
1. Turn off the analyzer power and remove the power cord and the analyzer cover.
2. Disconnect the 1/8” black tube from the ozone cleanser and the ¼” clear tube from
the plastic extension tube at the brass fitting nearest to the ozone generator.
3. Unplug the electrical connection on the rear side of the brick.
4. Unscrew the two mounting screws that attach the ozone generator to the chassis
and take out the entire assembly.
5. If you received a complete replacement generator with circuit board and mounting
bracket attached, simply reverse the above steps to replace the current generator.
Note
Ensure to carry out a leak check (11.3.12) and a recalibration after the analyzer
has warmed up for about 60 minutes.
12.8.3. SAMPLE AND OZONE DRYER REPLACEMENT
The T200 standard configuration is equipped with a dryer for the ozone supply air. An
optional dryer is available for the sample stream and a combined dryer for both gas
streams can also be purchased. To change one or both of these dryers:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer and pump, and remove the power cord and the
analyzer cover.
2. Locate the dryers in the center of the instrument, between sensor and NO 2
converter (see Figure 3-5).
•
They are mounted to a bracket, which can be taken out when unscrewing the
two mounting screws (if necessary).
3. Disconnect all tubing that extends out of the dryer assembly.
•
Take extra care not to twist any of the white plastic fittings on the dryer.
•
These connect the inner drying tube to the outer purge tube and are delicate.
See Sections 13.3.1 and 11.3.2.
4. Note the orientation of the dryer on the bracket.
5. Cut the tie wraps that hold the dryer to the mounting bracket and take out the old
dryer.
273
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
•
If necessary, unscrew the two mounting screws on the bracket and take out the
entire assembly.
6. Attach the replacement dryer to the mounting bracket in the same orientation as the
old dryer.
7. Fix the dryer to the bracket using new tie wraps.
8. Cut off excess length of the wraps.
9. Put the assembly back into the chassis and tighten the mounting screws.
10. Re-attach the tubes to vacuum manifold, flow meter and/or NO/NOx valve using at
least two wrenches.
•
Take extra care not to twist the dryer’s white plastic fittings, as this will result in
large leaks that are difficult to trouble-shoot and fix.
11. Carry out a detailed leak check (see Section 11.3.12.2),
12. Close the analyzer.
13. Power up pump and analyzer and re-calibrate the instrument after it stabilizes.
12.8.4. PMT SENSOR HARDWARE CALIBRATION
The sensor module hardware calibration is used in the factory to adjust the slope and
offset of the PMT output and to optimize the signal output and HVPS.
•
If the instrument’s slope and offset values are outside of the acceptable range and
all other more obvious causes for this problem have been eliminated, the hardware
calibration can be used to adjust the sensor as has been done in the factory.
•
This procedure is also recommended after replacing the PMT or the preamplifier
board.
To calibrate the PMT preamplifier PCA:
1. Perform a full zero point calibration using zero air (see Section 9).
2. Display the NOX STB test function on the front panel (Section 4.1.1).
3. Locate the preamplifier board (see Figure 3-5).
4. Locate the following components on the preamplifier board (Figure 12-8):
•
HVPS coarse adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
•
HVPS fine adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
•
Gain adjustment potentiometer (Full scale is 10 turns).
5. Turn the gain adjustment potentiometer 12 turns clockwise or to its maximum
setting.
6. Feed NO gas into the analyzer.
•
This should be 90% of the upper limit setting for the T200’s reporting range:
EXAMPLE: if the reporting range is set at 500 ppb, use 450 ppb NO.
274
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
7. Wait until the STB value is below 0.5 ppb
Figure 12-8:
Pre-Amplifier Board Layout
8. Scroll to the NORM PMT test function on the analyzer’s front panel.
9. With the NO gas concentrations mentioned in Step 5 above, the norm pmt value
should be 900 mV.
10. Set the HVPS coarse adjustment to its minimum setting (0).
11. Set the HVPS fine adjustment switch to its maximum setting (F).
•
Set the HVPS coarse adjustment switch to the lowest setting that will give you
just above the target value for NORM PMT signal.
12. Adjust the HVPS fine adjustment such that the NORM PMT value is close to the
target value.
•
It may be necessary to go back and forth between coarse and fine adjustments
if the proper value is at the threshold of the min/max coarse setting.
ATTENTION
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Do not overload the PMT by accidentally setting both adjustment switches to
their maximum setting. Start at the lowest setting and increment slowly. Wait 10
seconds between adjustments.
Note
During these adjustments, the NORM PMT value will fluctuate as the analyzer
continues to switch between NO and NOx streams as well as between measure
and Auto Zero modes.
13. Perform a span point calibration (see Section 9) to normalize the sensor response
to its new PMT sensitivity.
14. Review the slope and offset values:
•
The slope values should be 1.000±0.300.
•
The offset values should be approximately 0.0 (-20 to +150 mV is allowed).
275
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.8.5. REPLACING THE PMT, HVPS OR TEC
The photo multiplier tube (PMT) should last for the lifetime of the analyzer, however,
the high voltage power supply (HVPS) or the thermo-electric cooler (TEC) components
may fail. Replacing any of these components requires opening the sensor module. This
is a delicate assembly and it is recommend that you ensure the PMT, HVPS or TEC
modules are, indeed, faulty before unnecessarily opening of the module.
CAUTION
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
While the PMT or HVPS can be removed through the front panel without unmounting the entire sensor module, we recommend turning off the instrument,
opening its top cover and removing the entire assembly so that further repairs can
be carried out at an anti-ESD workstation.
1. Turn OFF the analyzer and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect all pneumatic and electrical connections from the sensor assembly.
4. Remove the sensor assembly.
5. If the TEC is to be replaced, remove the reaction cell assembly at this point by
unscrewing two holding screws.
•
276
This is necessary only if the repair being performed involves removing the PMT
cold block.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
PMT Housing End Plate
This is the entry to the PMT Exchange
PMT Output
Connector
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Power Supply
& Aux. Signal
Connector
High voltage Power Supply
(HVPS)
PMT
O-Test LED
Sensor Housing
PMT Cold Block
Connector to PMT
Pre Amp PCA
12V Power
Connector
Insulation Gasket
Insertion point for
reaction cell assembly
PMT Temperature
Sensor (thermistor)
Light from Reaction
Chamber shines
through hole in side
of Cold Block
Thermo-Electric Cooler
(TEC)
PMT Heat Exchange Fins
TEC Driver PCA
Cooling Fan
Housing
Figure 12-9:
T200 Sensor Assembly
6. Remove the two connectors on the PMT housing end plate facing towards the front
panel.
7. Remove the end plate itself (4 screws with plastic washers).
Note
If the black PMT housing end plate for the Sensor Assembly is removed, ensure
to replace the 5 desiccant bags inside the housing.
8. Remove the desiccant bags from the PMT housing.
9. Unscrew the PMT assembly, which is held to the cold block by two plastic screws.
10. Discard the plastic screws and replace with new screws at the end of this procedure
(the threads get stripped easily and it is recommended to use new screws).
11. Along with the plate, slide out the optic test (O-Test) LED and the thermistor that
measures the PMT temperature.
•
Thermistor will be coated with a white, thermal conducting paste.
•
Do not contaminate the inside of the housing with this grease, as it may
contaminate the PMT glass tube on re-assembly.
12. Carefully take out the assembly consisting of the HVPS, the insulation gasket and
the PMT.
13. Change the PMT or the HVPS or both, clean the PMT glass tube with a clean, antistatic wipe and do not touch it after cleaning.
277
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
14. If the cold block or TEC is to be changed:
•
Disconnect the TEC driver board from the preamplifier board, remove the cooler
fan duct (4 screws on its side) including the driver board.
•
Disconnect the driver board from the TEC and set the sub-assembly aside.
15. Remove the end plate with the cooling fins (4 screws) and slide out the PMT cold
block assembly, which contains the TEC.
16. Unscrew the TEC from the cooling fins and the cold block and replace it with a new
unit.
17. Reassemble this TEC subassembly in reverse order.
•
Ensure to use thermal grease between TEC and cooling fins as well as between
TEC and cold block and that the side opening in the cold block will face the
reaction cell when assembled.
•
Evenly tighten the long mounting screws for good thermal conductivity.
CAUTION
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
The thermo-electric cooler needs to be mounted flat to the heat sink.
If there is any significant gap, the TEC might burn out. Ensure to apply heat sink
paste before mounting it and tighten the screws evenly and cross-wise.
18. Reinsert the TEC subassembly in reverse order.
•
Ensure that the O-ring is seated properly and the assembly is tightened evenly.
19. Insert the O-Test LED and thermistor into the cold block, insert new desiccant bags
and carefully replace the end plate by making sure that the O-ring is properly in
place.
•
Improperly placed O-rings will cause leaks, which – in turn – cause moisture to
condense on the inside of the cooler and likely cause a short in the HVPS.
20. Reinsert the PMT/HVPS subassembly in reverse order.
•
Don’t forget the insulation gasket between HVPS and PMT.
•
Use new plastic screws to mount the PMT assembly on the PMT cold block.
21. Install new silica gel packets (desiccant bags).
22. Reconnect the cables and the reaction cell (evenly tighten these screws).
23. Replace the sensor assembly into the chassis and fasten with four screws and
washers.
24. Reconnect all electrical and pneumatic connections.
25. Leak check the system (see Section 13.3.12).
26. Turn ON the analyzer.
27. Verify the basic operation of the analyzer using the ETEST(12.7.12.2) and OTEST
features (12.7.12.1) or zero and span gases, then carry out a hardware calibration
of the analyzer followed by a zero/span point calibration (See Section 9.4.3.2).
278
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
12.8.6. REMOVING / REPLACING THE RELAY PCA FROM THE
INSTRUMENT
This is the most commonly used version of the Relay PCA. It includes a bank of solid
state AC relays. This version is installed in analyzers where components such as AC
powered heaters must be turned ON & OFF.
A retainer plate is installed over the relay to keep them securely seated in their sockets.
Figure 12-10: Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place
The Relay retainer plate installed on the relay PCA covers the lower right mounting
screw of the relay PCA. Therefore, when removing the relay PCA, the retainer plate
must be removed first.
Figure 12-11: Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations
279
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.9. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
The following list was compiled from the Teledyne ML Customer Service Department’s
10 most commonly asked questions relating to the T200 NOx Analyzer.
QUESTION
ANSWER
Why does the ENTR button
sometimes disappear on the front
panel display?
Sometimes the ENTR button will disappear if you select a setting that is
invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set
the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00 or a range to less than 1 or more than 20000
ppb. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button
will re-appear.
Why is the ZERO or SPAN button
not displayed during calibration?
The T200 disables these buttons during calibration when the measured gas
concentration differs significantly from the span or zero gas concentration
value entered by the user. This prevents accidental recalibration of the
analyzer to an out-of-range response curve.
EXAMPLE: The span set point is 400 ppb but gas concentration being
measured is only 50 ppb.
How do I enter or change the
value of my Span Gas?
Press the CONC button found under the CAL or CALS buttons of the main
SAMPLE display menus to enter the expected NO x span concentration.
See Section 9.2.3.1 or for more information.
Can I automate the calibration of
my analyzer?
Any analyzer with zero/span valve or IZS option can be automatically
calibrated using the instrument’s AutoCal feature.
Can I use the IZS option to
calibrate the analyzer?
Yes. However, the accuracy of the IZS option’s permeation tube is only
±5%. To achieve highest accuracy, it is recommended to use cylinders of
calibrated span gases in combination with a zero air source.
How do I measure the sample
flow?
Sample flow is measured by attaching a calibrated flow meter to the sample
inlet port when the instrument is operating. The sample flow should be 500
cm³/min ±10%.
Section 13.3.12.3 includes detailed instructions on performing a check of
the sample gas flow.
Can I use the DAS system in
place of a strip chart recorder or
data logger?
Yes. Section 7 describes the setup and operation of the DAS system in
detail.
How often do I need to change
the particulate filter?
Once per week or as needed. Section 11 contains a maintenance schedule
listing the most important, regular maintenance tasks. Highly polluted
sample air may require more frequent changes.
280
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Troubleshooting & Service
QUESTION
ANSWER
How long does the sample pump
last?
The sample pump should last one to two years and the pump head should
be replaced when necessary. Use the RCEL pressure indicator on the front
panel to see if the pump needs replacement.
If this value goes above 10 in-Hg-A, on average, the pump head needs to
be rebuilt.
Why does my RS-232 serial
connection not work?
How do I make the instrument’s
display and my data logger
agree?
There are several possible reasons:
•
The wrong cable: please use the provided or a generic “straightthrough” cable (do not use a “null-modem” type cable) and ensure the
pin assignments are correct (Sections 3.3.1.8 and 6.3).
•
The DCE/DTE switch on the back of the analyzer is not set properly;
ensure that both green and red lights are on (Section 6.1).
•
The baud rate of the analyzer’s COM port does not match that of the
serial port of your computer/data logger (Section 6.2.2).
This most commonly occurs when an independent metering device is used
besides the data logger/recorder to determine gas concentration levels
while calibrating the analyzer. These disagreements result from the
analyzer, the metering device and the data logger having slightly different
ground levels.
Use the data logger itself as the metering device during calibration
procedures.
Do the critical flow orifices of my
analyzer require regular
replacement?
No. The o-rings and the sintered filter associated with them require
replacement once a year, but the critical flow orifices do not.
See Section 11 for instructions.
How do I set up and use the
Contact Closures (Control Inputs)
on the Rear Panel of the
analyzer?
See Section 3.3.1.6.
281
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
12.10. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
If this manual and its troubleshooting & service section do not solve your problems,
technical assistance may be obtained from:
Teledyne ML Technical Support
35 Inverness Drive East
Englewood, CO 80112
Toll-free Phone:
800-846-6062
Phone:
303-792-3300
Fax:
303-799-4853
Email:
[email protected]
Website:
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/
Before you contact Teledyne ML Tech Support, fill out the problem report form in
Appendix C, which is also available online for electronic submission at
http://www.teledyne-ml.com/manuals.asp.
282
13. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The T200 Nitrogen Oxides Analyzer is a microprocessor controlled instrument that
determines the concentration of nitric oxide (NO), total nitrogen oxides (NO X , the sum
of NO and NO 2 ) and nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ) in a sample gas drawn through the
instrument.
•
It requires that sample and calibration gases be supplied at ambient atmospheric
pressure in order to establish a constant gas flow through the reaction cell where
the sample gas is exposed to ozone (O 3 ), initiating a chemical reaction that gives
off light (hv).
•
The instrument measures the amount of chemiluminescence to determine the
amount of NO in the sample gas.
•
A catalytic-reactive converter converts NO 2 in the sample gas to NO which, along
with the NO present in the sample is reported as NO X . NO 2 is calculated as the
difference between NO X and NO.
Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and usually does not require
physical adjustments to the instrument. During calibration, the microprocessor measures
the sensor output signal when gases with known amounts of NO or NO 2 are supplied
and stores these results in memory. The microprocessor uses these calibration values
along with the signal from the sample gas and data of the current temperature and
pressure of the gas to calculate a final NO X concentration.
The concentration values and the original information from which it was calculated are
stored in the unit’s internal data acquisition system (DAS Section 7) and are reported to
the user through a vacuum fluorescence display or several output ports.
13.1. MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
13.1.1. CHEMILUMINESCENCE CREATION IN THE T200 REACTION CELL
The T200’s measures the amount of NO present in a gas by detecting the
chemiluminescence which occurs when nitrogen oxide (NO) is exposed to ozone (O 3 ) .
This reaction is a two-step process:
•
In the first step, one molecule of NO and one molecule of O 3 collide and chemically
react to produce one molecule of oxygen (O 2 ) and one molecule of nitrogen dioxide
(NO 2 ). Some of the NO 2 molecules created by this reaction retain excess energy
from the collision and exist in an excited state, where one of the electrons of the
NO 2 molecule resides in a higher energy state than normal (denoted by an asterisk
in the following equation).
283
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Equation 13-1
NO + O3 → NO2* + O2
•
The second step occurs because the laws of thermodynamics require that systems
seek the lowest stable energy state available, therefore the excited NO 2 molecule
quickly returns to its ground state, releasing the excess energy. This release takes
the form of a quantum of light (hn). The distribution of wavelengths for these quanta
range between 600 and 3000 nm, with a peak at about 1200 nm.
Equation 13-2
NO2* → NO2 + hn 1200 nm
All things being constant (temperature, pressure, amount of ozone present, etc.), the
relationship between the amount of NO present in the reaction cell and the amount of
light emitted from the reaction is very linear. If more NO is present, more IR light is
produced. By measuring the amount of IR light produced with a sensor sensitive in the
near-infrared spectrum (see Figure 13-2) the amount of NO present can be determined.
In addition, sometimes the excited NO 2 collides with other gaseous molecules in the
reaction cell chamber or even the molecules of the reaction cell walls and transfers its
excess energy to this collision partner (represented by M in the equation 12-3 below)
without emitting any light at all. In fact, by far the largest portion of the excited NO 2
returns to the ground state this way, leaving only a few percent yield of usable
chemiluminescence.
Equation 13-3
NO2* + M → NO2 + M
The probability of a collision between the NO 2 * molecule and a collision partner M
increases proportionally with the reaction cell pressure. This non-radiating collision with
the NO 2 * molecules is usually referred to as third body quenching, an unwanted process
further described in Section 13.1.5.2.
Even under the best conditions only about 20% of the NO 2 that is formed by the reaction
described in equation 12-1 is in the excited state. In order to maximize
chemiluminescence, the reaction cell is maintained at reduced pressure (thereby
reducing the amount of available collision partners) and is supplied with a large,
constant excess of ozone (about 3000-5000 ppm) from the internal ozone generator.
284
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.1.2. CHEMILUMINESCENCE DETECTION IN THE T200 REACTION CELL
13.1.2.1. THE PHOTO MULTIPLIER TUBE (PMT)
The T200 uses a special kind of vacuum tube, called a photo-multiplier tube (PMT), to
detect the amount of light created by the NO and O 3 reaction in the reaction cell.
Photons enter the PMT and strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit
electrons. These electrons are accelerated by an applied high voltage and multiplied
through a sequence of similar acceleration steps (dynodes) until a useable current signal
is generated (see Section 13.5 for a more detailed description). The more light present
(in this case photons given off by the chemiluminescent reaction described above), the
more current is produced. Therefore the more NO present in the reaction cell the more
current is produced by the PMT.
The current produced by the PMT is converted to a voltage and amplified by the
preamplifier board and then communicated to the T200’s CPU via the A D converter
circuitry on the analyzer.
13.1.2.2. OPTICAL FILTER
A high pass optical filter, only transparent to wavelengths of light above 645nm, placed
between the reaction cell and the PMT (see Figure 13-1) in conjunction with the
response characteristics of the PMT creates a very narrow window of wavelengths of
light to which the T200 will respond.
O3
NO
Reaction
Cell
NO+O3
Optical
Filter
PMT
PMT HOUSING
Figure 13-1:
Reaction Cell with PMT Tube and Optical Filter
The narrowness of this band of sensitivity allows the T200 to ignore extraneous light
and radiation that might interfere with the T200’s measurement. For instance, some
oxides of sulfur can also be chemiluminescent emitters when in contact with O 3 but give
off light at much shorter wavelengths (usually around 260nm to 480nm).
285
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
140
Visible Infrared 
Spectrum
Intensity (arbitrary units)
120
100
NO + O3 Emission Spectrum
80
PMT
Response
60
40
20
Optical Hi-Pass Filter Performance
0
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
Wavelength (micrometers)
Area of Sensitivity
Figure 13-2:
T200 Sensitivity Spectrum
13.1.3. NOX AND NO2 DETERMINATION
The only gas that is actually measured by the T200 is NO. NO 2 , and therefore NO x
(which is defined here as the sum of NO and NO 2 in the sample gas), contained in the
gas is not detected because NO 2 does not react with O 3 to create chemiluminescence.
In order to measure the concentration of NO 2 , and therefore the concentration of NO x ,
the T200 periodically switches the sample gas stream so that the pump pulls it through a
special converter cartridge filled with molybdenum (Mo, “moly”) chips that are heated
to a temperature of 315°C.
2
3
NO only
1
NO/NOX
VALVE
AUTOZERO
VALVE
2
1
NO2 + Mo NO + MoyOz
at 315˚C
MOLYBDENUM
CONVERTER
To Exhaust
Manifold & Pump
NO only
3
O3 from
O3 Generator
NO+O3
To Exhaust
Manifold
& Pump
NO2 + NO
from Sample Gas Inlet
Figure 13-3:
286
PMT
NO 2  NO Conversion
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
The heated molybdenum reacts with NO 2 in the sample gas and produces a NO gas and
a variety of molybdenum.
Equation 13-4
xNO2 + yMo → xNO + M y Oz (at 315° C )
Once the NO 2 in the sample gas has been converted to NO, it is routed to the reaction
cell where it undergoes the chemiluminescence reaction described in Equation 13-1 and
Equation 13-2.
By converting the NO 2 in the sample gas into NO, the analyzer can measure the total
NO X ) content of the sample gas (i.e. the NO present + the converted NO 2 present). By
switching the sample gas stream in and out of the “moly” converter every 6 - 10
seconds, the T200 analyzer is able to quasi-continuously measure both the NO and the
total NO X content.
Finally, the NO 2 concentration is not directly measured but calculated by subtracting the
known NO content of the sample gas from the known NO X content.
13.1.4. AUTO ZERO
Inherent in the operation of any PMT is a certain amount of noise. This is due to a
variety of factors such as black body infrared radiation given off by the metal
components of the reaction cell, unit to unit variations in the PMT units and even the
constant universal background radiation that surrounds us at all times. In order to reduce
this amount of noise and offset, the PMT is kept at a constant 7° C (45° F) by a ThermoElectric Cooler (TEC).
While this intrinsic noise and offset is significantly reduced by cooling the PMT, it is
not eradicated. To determine how much noise remains, once every minute for about 8
seconds the T200 diverts the sample gas flow directly to the vacuum manifold without
passing the reaction cell.
During this time, only O 3 is present in the reaction cell, effectively turning off the
chemiluminescence reaction. Once the chamber is completely dark, the T200 records the
output of the PMT and keeps a running average of these AZERO values. This average
offset value is subtracted from the raw PMT readings while the instrument is measuring
NO and NO X to arrive at an Auto Zero corrected reading.
287
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
NO/NOX
VALVE
SAMPLE
GAS INLET
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
NO
COM
VACUUM
PRESS URE
SENSO R
SAMPL E
PRESS URE
SENSO R
NC
NO2
Converter
O3 FLOW
SENSO R
EX HA UST
GAS OUTLET
NO
AUTOZERO
VALVE
NC
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
COM
O3
Destruct
PUMP
PMT
Filter
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
OZONE DRYER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 13-4:
Pneumatic Flow During the Auto Zero Cycle
13.1.5. MEASUREMENT INTERFERENCES
It should be noted that the chemiluminescence method is subject to interferences from a
number of sources. The T200 has been successfully tested for its ability to reject
interference from most of these sources. Table 13-1 lists the most common types of
interferents that could affect the performance of your T200.
13.1.5.1. DIRECT INTERFERENCE
Some gases can directly alter the amount of light detected by the PMT due to
chemiluminescence in the reaction cell. This can either be a gas that undergoes
chemiluminescence by reacting with O 3 in the reaction cell or a gas that reacts with
other compounds and produces excess NO upstream of the reaction cell.
13.1.5.2. THIRD BODY QUENCHING
As described by Equation 13-3, other molecules in the reaction cell can collide with the
excited NO 2 *, causing the excited NO 2 * to return to its ground state without releasing a
photon of light. This is known as third party quenching.
288
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Quenching is an unwanted phenomenon and the extent to which it occurs depends on the
properties of the collision partner.
•
•
Larger, more polarized molecules such as H 2 O and CO 2 are the most significant
quenching interferents of NO chemiluminescence.
•
The influence of water vapor on the T200 measurement can be eliminated with
an optional, internal sample gas dryer (see Section 3.3.2.6).
•
The interference of varying CO 2 amounts at low concentrations (less that 0.5%)
is negligible.
•
In cases with excessively high CO 2 concentrations (larger than 0.5%), the effect
can be calibrated out by using calibration gases with a CO 2 content equal to the
measured air.
•
Only very high and highly variable CO 2 concentrations will then cause a
measurable interference. For those applications, it is recommended to use
other analyzer models. Please consult Teledyne ML's Sales Department or our
website (see Section 12.10).
Smaller less polar and electronically “harder” molecules such as N 2 and O 2 can
cause interference of this type as well, however, the concentrations of N 2 and O 2
are virtually constant in ambient air measurements, hence provide a constant
amount of quenching that is accounted for in the calibration of the instrument .
13.1.5.3. LIGHT LEAKS
The T200 sensitivity curve includes a small portion of the visible light spectrum (see
Figure 13-2), therefore it is important to ensure that the reaction cell is completely
sealed with respect to light. To ensure this:
•
All pneumatic tubing leading into the reaction cell is opaque in order to prevent light
from entering the cell.
•
Light penetration is prevented by stainless steel filters and orifices.
289
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Table 13-1: List of Interferents
Gas
CO 2
SO X
Interference Type
Dilution: Viscosity of CO 2 molecules causes them to
collect in aperture of Critical Flow Orifice altering flow
rate of NO.
rd
3 Body Quenching: CO 2 molecules collide with
NO 2 * molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically
and preventing emission of photons.
Wavelengths of light produced by
chemiluminescence of SO X are screened out by
the Optical Filter.
Chemically reacts with NH 3 , O 2 and H 2 O in O 3
generator to create (NH 3 ) 2 SO 4 (ammonium sulfate)
and NH 3 NO 2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on optical filter window. Also forms
highly corrosive HNO 3 (Nitric Acid)
Most of the ammonium sulfate and ammonium
nitrate produced is removed from the sample gas
by an air purifier located between the O 3
Generator and the reaction cell.
rd
rd
NH 3
If high concentrations of CO 2 are suspected,
special calibration methods must be performed to
account for the affects of the CO 2 .
Contact Teledyne API’s Customer Service
Department (see Section 12.10) for details.
Some SO X variants can also initiate a
chemiluminescence reaction upon exposure to O 3
producing excess light.
3 Body quenching: SO X molecules collide with
NO 2 * molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically
and preventing emission of photons.
H2O
Rejection Method
If high concentrations of SO X are suspected,
special calibration methods must be performed to
account for the affects of the SO 2 .
Contact Teledyne ML’s Customer Service
Department (see Section 12.10) for details.
3 Body quenching: H 2 O molecules collide with
NO 2 * molecules absorbing excess energy kinetically
and preventing emission of light.
Analyzer’s operating in high humidity areas must
have some drying applied to the sample gas (see
Section 3.3.2.6 for more details).
Water also reacts with NH 3 and SO X in the O 3
generator to create (NH 3 ) 2 SO 4 (ammonium sulfate)
and NH 3 NO 2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on the optical filter window. This also
forms highly corrosive HNO 3 (nitric acid)
Water is effectively removed from the O 3 gas
stream by the Sample Dryer (Section 13.2.3.2 for
more details). We offer several Sample dryers for
the sample stream (see Section 3.3.2.6 for more
details).
Direct Interference: NH 3 is converted to H 2 O and NO
by the NO 2 converter. Excess NO reacts with O 3 in
the reaction cell creating a chemiluminescence
artifact.
If a high concentration of NH 3 is suspected, steps
must be taken to remove the NH 3 from the
sample gas prior to its entry into the NO 2
converter (see Section 3.3.2.6 for more details).
NH 3 also reacts with H 2 O, O 2 and SO X in the O 3
generator to create (NH 3 ) 2 SO 4 (ammonium sulfate)
and NH 3 NO 2 (ammonium nitrate) which form opaque
white deposits on optical filter window. Also forms
highly corrosive HNO 3 (nitric acid).
The Sample dryer built into the T200 is sufficient
for removing typical ambient concentration levels
of NH 3 .
13.1.5.4. REACTION CELL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The stability of the chemiluminescence reaction between NO and O 3 can be affected by
changes in the temperature and pressure of the O 3 and sample gases in the reaction cell.
In order to reduce temperature effects, the reaction cell is maintained at a constant
50° C, just above the high end of the instrument’s operation temperature range.
Two AC heaters, one embedded into the bottom of the reaction cell, the other embedded
directly above the chamber’s exhaust fitting, provide the heat source. These heaters
operate off of the instrument’s main AC power and are controlled by the CPU through a
power relay on the relay board (see Section 13.3.4.4).
A thermistor, also embedded in the bottom of the reaction cell, reports the cell’s
temperature to the CPU through the thermistor interface circuitry of the motherboard
(see Section 13.3.3.3).
290
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.2. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Could either affect accuracy of instrument readings or cause loss of data.
Note
The sample gas is the most critical flow path in the analyzer. At any point before
and in the reaction cell, the integrity of the sample gas cannot be compromised.
Therefore, it is important that the sample airflow system is both leak-tight and not
pressurized over ambient pressure.
Regular leak checks should be performed on the analyzer as presented in the
maintenance schedule, Table 13-1. Procedures for correctly performing leak checks can
be found in Section 13.3.12.
13.2.1. SAMPLE GAS FLOW
Note
In this section of the manual vacuum readings are given in inches of mercury
absolute (In-Hg-A). This pressure value is referenced against zero (a perfect
vacuum).
The gas flow for the T200 is created by a pump that is pneumatically downstream from
the rest of the instrument’s components. This is either:
•
An external pump pneumatically connected to the analyzer’s exhaust port located
on the rear panel. This is the most common configuration for the T200 or,
•
An optional internal pump pneumatically connected between the vacuum manifold
and the exhaust outlet (special order).
In either case, the pump creates a vacuum of approximately 5 in-Hg-A at one standard
liter/minute, which is provided to various pneumatic components by a vacuum manifold
located just in front of the rear panel (see Figure 3-5).
Gas flow is created by keeping the analyzer’s sample gas inlet near ambient pressure,
usually by means of a small vent installed in the sample line at the inlet, in effect pulling
the gas through the instrument’s pneumatic systems.
By placing the pump downstream from the analyzer’s reaction cell, several problems are
avoided.
•
First, the pumping process heats and compresses the sample air complicating the
measurement process.
•
Additionally, certain physical parts of the pump itself are made of materials that
might chemically react with the sample gas.
•
Finally, in certain applications where the concentration of the target gas might be
high enough to be hazardous, maintaining a negative gas pressure relative to
ambient means that should a minor leak occur, no sample gas would be pumped
into the atmosphere surrounding the analyzer.
291
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.2.1.1. VACUUM MANIFOLD
The vacuum created by the analyzer’s pump is supplied to all of the gas streams for the
T200 analyzer through the vacuum manifold (also called the exhaust manifold).
Figure 13-5.
Vacuum Manifold, Standard Configuration
Configurations will vary depending on the optional equipment that is installed. For
example:
•
A T200 with the optional internal span gas generator installed will add another FT8
connector and orifice assembly to the manifold where the FT28 fitting is shown in
the above drawing.
•
An optional sample gas dryer will add a Tee-fitting so that two ¼” tubes can be
connected to the same port.
13.2.1.2. SAMPLE GAS FLOW VALVES AND ROUTING
As discussed in Section 13.1, the measurement of NO x , NO and NO 2 requires that the
sample gas flow cycles through different routes that include and exclude various
scrubbers and converters. There are several valves that perform this function:
292
•
The NO/NO X valve directs the sample gas either directly to the reaction cell or
through the unit’s NO 2 converter, alternating every ~8 sec.
•
The Auto Zero valve directs the sample gas stream to completely bypass the
reaction cell for dark noise measurement once every minute, which is then
subtracted as a measurement offset from the raw concentration signal.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Table 13-2: T200 Valve Cycle Phases
Phase
NO/ NO X
Valve
Status
Auto Zero
Valve
Status
NO
Measure
Open to
Auto Zero
valve
Open to
reaction cell
NO X
Measure
Open to
NO 2
converter
Open to
reaction cell
Time
Index
Activity
0-2s
Wait period (NO dwell time). Ensures reaction cell has
been flushed of previous gas.
2-4s
Analyzer measures chemiluminescence in reaction cell.
4–6s
Wait period (NO X dwell time). Ensures reaction cell has
been flushed of previous gas.
6–8s
Analyzer measures NO + O 3 chemiluminescence in
reaction cell.
Figure
Figure
13-3
Figure
13-3
Cycle repeats every ~8 seconds
Auto
Zero
Open to
Auto Zero
valve
Open to
vacuum
manifold
0–4s
Wait period (AZERO dwell time). Ensures reaction cell
has been flushed of sample gas and chemiluminescence reaction is stopped.
4-6s
Analyzer measures background noise without sample
gas
Figure
13-4
Cycle repeats every minute
13.2.2. FLOW RATE CONTROL - CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICES
Sample gas flow in the T200 analyzer is created via the use of several flow control
assemblies (see Figure 13-6 for an example) located in various places in the gas streams
of the instrument. These assemblies consist of:
•
a critical flow orifice
•
two o-rings, Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings seal the
gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice
•
a sintered filter
•
a spring (applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-rings, the
critical flow orifice and the assembly housing)
Figure 13-6:
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice
293
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.2.2.1. CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICE
The most important component of each flow control assembly is the critical flow orifice.
Critical flow orifices are a simple means to regulate stable gas flow rates. They operate
without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics. By restricting
the flow of gas through the orifice, a pressure differential is created. This pressure
differential, created by the analyzer’s external pump, draws the gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,
the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of
upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas
through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1, the
gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream
pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are
therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical
flow orifice.
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends
on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole the more gas
molecules (moving at the speed of sound) pass through the orifice.
In addition to controlling the gas flow rates into the reaction cell, the two critical flow
orifices at the inlets of the reaction cell also maintain an under-pressure inside it,
effectively reducing the number of molecules in the chamber and the corresponding
incidence of third body quenching (see Section 13.1.5.2) and therefore increasing the
chemiluminescence yield.
•
The T200 reaches its peak sensitivity at about 2 in-Hg-A, below which the sensitivity
drops due to there being too few molecules present and a corresponding decrease
in chemiluminescence.
13.2.2.2. LOCATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICES INSIDE THE T200
The T200 uses several of the following critical flow orifices (Figure 13-7) to create and
maintain the proper flow rate of gas through its various components. (Please note that
Figure 13-7 represents the standard configuration and is provided for reference).
294
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
NO/NOX
VALVE
SAMPLE
GAS INLET
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
NO
COM
VACUUM
PRESS URE
SENSO R
SAMPL E
PRESS URE
SENSO R
NC
NO2
Converter
O3 FLOW
SENSO R
EX HA UST
GAS OUTLET
NO
AUTOZERO
VALVE
O3
O3
Cleanser
GENERATOR
NC
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
Orifice Dia.
0.010"
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
NOX Exhaust
Scrubber
COM
O3
Destruct
PUMP
Critical
Flow
Orifice’s
PMT
Filter
Orifice Dia.
0.004"
OZONE DRYER
INSTRUMENT CHASSIS
Figure 13-7:
Location of Flow Control Assemblies & Critical Flow Orifices
Table 13-3: T200 Gas Flow Rates
Location
Purpose
Orifice
Diameter
Flow rate
(nominal)
Sample gas inlet of reaction cell
Controls rate of flow of sample gas into the
reaction cell.
0.010” (0.25 mm)
500 cm³/min
O 3 supply inlet of reaction cell
Controls rate of flow of ozone gas into
the reaction cell.
0.004” (0.10 mm)
80 cm³/min
Dry air return of Sample dryer
Controls flow rate of dry air return / purge
air of the dryer.
0.004” (0.10 mm)
80 cm³/min
Controls rate of sample gas flow when
bypassing the reaction cell during the Auto
Zero cycle.
0.010” (0.25 mm)
500 cm³/min
Controls rate of flow of zero purge gas
through the optional Internal span gas
generator when it is installed.
0.003” (0.10 mm)
60 cm³/min
Vacuum manifold, Auto Zero port.
Vacuum manifold, Internal span gas
generator exhaust port
The necessary 2:1 ratios across the critical flow orifices is largely exceeded by the
pumps supplied with the analyzer which are designed to accommodate a wide range of
possible variability in atmospheric pressure and age related degradation of the pump
itself. Once the pump does degrade the ratio between sample and vacuum pressures
may fall to less than 2:1. At this point, the instrument will display an invalid sample
flow rate measurement (XXXX).
295
Principles of Operation
Note
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
The diameter of a critical flow orifice may change with temperature because of
expansion of the orifice material and, hence, the most crucial critical flow orifices
in the T200 (those controlling the sample gas and O3 flow into the cell itself) are
located in the reaction cell where they can be maintained at a constant
temperature.
13.2.3. OZONE GAS GENERATION AND AIR FLOW
The excess ozone needed for reaction with NO in the reaction cell is generated inside the
analyzer because of the instability and toxicity of ozone. Besides the ozone generator
itself, this requires a dry air supply and filtering of the gas before it is introduced into the
reaction cell.
Due to its toxicity and aggressive chemical behavior, O 3 must also be removed from the
gas stream before it can be vented through the exhaust outlet.
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Ozone (O 3 ) is a toxic gas.
Obtain a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this gas. Read and
rigorously follow the safety guidelines described there.
Always ensure that the plumbing of the O 3 generation and supply system
is maintained and leak-free.
13.2.3.1. THE O3 GENERATOR
The T200 uses a dual-dielectric, Corona Discharge (CD) tube for creating its O 3 , which
is capable of producing high concentrations of ozone efficiently and with low excess
heat (see Figure 13-8). The primary component of the generator is a glass tube with
hollow walls of which the outermost and innermost surfaces are coated with electrically
conductive material.
Air flows through the glass tube, between the two conductive coatings, in effect creating
a capacitor with the air and glass acting as the dielectric. The layers of glass also
separate the conductive surfaces from the air stream to prevent reaction with the O 3 . As
the capacitor charges and discharges, electrons are created and accelerated across the air
gap and collide with the O 2 molecules in the air stream splitting them into elemental
oxygen.
Some of these oxygen atoms recombine with O 2 to O 3 . The quantity of ozone produced
is dependent on factors such as the voltage and frequency of the alternating current
applied to the CD cells. When enough high-energy electrons are produced to ionize the
O 2 molecules, a light emitting, gaseous plasma is formed, which is commonly referred
to as a corona, hence the name corona discharge generator.
296
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Figure 13-8:
Principles of Operation
Ozone Generator Principle
13.2.3.2. OZONE GENERATOR DRY AIR SUPPLY
Ambient air usually contains enough water vapor to greatly diminish the yield of ozone
produced by the ozone generator. Water also reacts with chemicals inside the O 3
Generator to produce caustic substances such as ammonium sulfate or highly corrosive
nitric acid that will damage the optical filter located between the reaction cell and the
PMT.
To prevent this, the air supply for the O 3 generator is dried using a special single tube
permeation dryer. The dryer consists of a single tube of Nafion® that is mounted within
an outer, flexible plastic tube. Nafion® is a co-polymer that absorbs water very well but
not most other chemicals. As gas flows through the inner Nafion® tube, water vapor is
absorbed into the membrane walls. The absorbed water is transported through the
membrane wall and evaporated into the dry purge gas flowing through the outer tube,
countercurrent to the gas in the inner tube.
Figure 13-9:
Semi-Permeable Membrane Drying Process
The process by which the water vapor molecules are collected and transported through
Nafion® material is called per-evaporation and is driven by the humidity gradient
between the inner and outer tubes as well as the flow rates and pressure difference
between inner and outer tubing. Unlike micro-porous membrane permeation, which
297
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
transfers water through a relatively slow diffusion process, per-evaporation is a simple
kinetic reaction. Therefore, the drying process occurs quickly, typically within
milliseconds.
Because this chemical reaction is based on hydrogen bonds between the water molecule
and the Nafion® material most other chemical components of the gas to be dried are
usually unaffected. Specifically, the gases of interest for the T200, NO and NO 2 , do not
get absorbed and pass the dryer unaltered.
On the other hand, other small polar gases that are capable of hydrogen bonds such as
ammonia (NH 3 ) can be absorbed this way, too. This is an advantage since gases such as
NH 3 can cause interference for the measurement of NO x , NO and NO 2 (see Table 13-1).
Figure 13-10: T200 Sample Dryer
To provide a dry purge gas for the outer side of the Nafion tube, the T200 returns some
of the dried air from the inner tube to the outer tube. This means that any time the
analyzer is turned on after having been OFF for 30 minutes or more, the humidity
gradient between the inner and outer tubes is not very large and the dryer’s efficiency is
low. Since it takes a certain amount of time for the humidity gradient to become large
enough for the Sample Dryer to operate efficiently, in such cold start cases the O 3
Generator is not turned on until 30 minutes has passed in order to ensure that it is not
operating until its air supply is properly dry. During this 30 minute duration the O3 GEN
OVERRIDE menu displays “TMR” on the front panel screen.
Note
When rebooting the instrument within less than 30 minutes of power-down, the
generator is turned on immediately.
The Sample Dryer used in the T200 is capable of adequately drying ambient air to a dew
point of ≤ -5˚C (~4000 ppm residual H 2 O) at a flow rate of 1 standard liter per minute
(slpm) or down to ≤ -15˚C (~1600 ppm residual H 2 O) at 0.5 slpm. The Sample Dryer is
also capable of removing ammonia from the sample gas up to concentrations of
approximately 1 ppm.
298
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.2.3.3. OZONE SUPPLY AIR FILTER
The T200 uses ambient air as the supply gas for the O 3 generator and may produce a
variety of byproducts. Small amounts of water, ammonia and various sulfur oxides can
combine to create ammonium sulfate, ammonium nitrate, nitric acid and other
compounds. Whereas sulfates and nitrates can create powdery residues inside the
reaction cell causing sensitivity drift, nitric acid is a very aggressive compound, which
can deteriorate the analyzer’s components. In order to remove these chemical
byproducts from the O 3 gas stream, the output of the O 3 generator flows through a
special filter between the generator and the reaction cell.
The small amount of NO X produced in the generator (from the reaction of O 2 or O 3 and
N 2 in the air) will not affect the T200’s ability to measure NO x , NO and NO 2 as it is
accounted for and removed from the concentration calculations by the analyzer’s Auto
Zero feature (see Section 13.1.4).
13.2.3.4. OZONE DESTRUCTOR
Even though ozone is unstable and typically reacts to form O 2 , the break-down is not
quite fast enough to ensure that it is completely removed from the exhaust gas stream of
the T200 by the time the gas exits the analyzer. Due to the high toxicity and reactivity of
O 3 , a highly efficient catalytic converter scrubs or converts all of the O 3 from the gas
exiting the reaction cell. The conversion process is very safe. It only converts ozone to
oxygen and does not produce any toxic or hazardous gases.
The O 3 destructor is located just inside the NO 2 converter. As this is a true catalytic
converter, there are no maintenance requirements as would be required for charcoalbased ozone destructors.
A certain amount of fine, black dust may exit the catalyst, particularly if the analyzer is
subjected to sudden pressure drops (for example, when disconnecting the running pump
without letting the analyzer properly and slowly equilibrate to ambient pressure). To
prevent the dust from entering the reaction cell or the pump, the ozone destructor is
equipped with a quartz wool filter material.
299
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.2.4. PNEUMATIC SENSORS
Note
The T200 displays all pressures in inches of mercury absolute (in-Hg-A), i.e.
absolute pressure referenced against zero (a perfect vacuum).
The T200 uses three pneumatic sensors to verify the flow and pressure levels of its gas
streams. They are located on a printed circuit assembly, called the pneumatic
pressure/flow sensor board, located just behind the sensor assembly. The measurements
made by these sensors are used for a variety of important calculations and diagnostics.
13.2.4.1. SAMPLE PRESSURE SENSOR
An absolute pressure transducer connected to the input of the NO/NO X valve is used to
measure the pressure of the sample gas before it enters the analyzer’s reaction cell.
•
In conjunction with the measurement made by the vacuum pressure sensor, this
“upstream” measurement is used to compute the sample gas sample flow rate and
to validate the critical flow condition (2:1 pressure ratio) through the sample gas
critical flow orifice (Section 13.2.2).
•
If the Temperature/Pressure Compensation (TPC) feature is turned on (Section
13.9.2), the output of this sensor is also used to supply pressure data for that
calculation.
•
The actual pressure value is viewable through the analyzer’s front panel display as
the test function SAMP.
•
The flow rate of the sample gas is displayed as SAMP FLW and the SIGNAL I/O
function SAMPLE_FLOW.
13.2.4.2. VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR
An absolute pressure transducer connected to the exhaust manifold is used to measure
the pressure downstream from and inside the instrument’s reaction cell.
300
•
The output of the sensor is used by the CPU to calculate the pressure differential
between the gas upstream of the reaction cell and the gas downstream from it and
is also used as the main diagnostic for proper pump operation.
•
If the ratio between the upstream pressure and the downstream pressure falls
below 2:1, a warning message (SAMPLE FLOW WARN) is displayed on the
analyzer’s front panel (see Section 4.1.2) and the sample flow rate will display
XXXX instead of an actual value.
•
If this pressure exceeds 10 in-Hg-A, an RCEL PRESS WARN is issued, even
though the analyzer will continue to calculate a sample flow up to ~14 in Hg.
•
If the Temperature/Pressure Compensation (TPC) feature is turned on (see Section
13.9.2), the output of this sensor is also used to supply pressure data for that
calculation.
•
This measurement is viewable through the analyzer’s front panel as the test
function RCEL and the SIGNAL I/O function RCELL_PRESSURE.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.2.4.3. SAMPLE GAS FLOW CALCULATION
Sample gas flow in the T200 analyzer is not a directly measured value, but is rather
calculated based on the measured pressure differential across the sample gas critical
flow orifice. Specifically, the upstream reading of the sample pressure sensor is
compared to the downstream pressure reading of the vacuum pressure sensor and this
differential is used, by the analyzer’s CPU, to derive the gas flow rate through the
reaction cell.
•
The results of this calculation are viewable from the instruments front panel via the
test function
SAMP FLW.
•
Since this is a calculated value and not a measured reading there is no
corresponding SIGNALI/O function.
13.2.4.4. O3 SUPPLY AIR FLOW SENSOR
In contrast to the sample gas flow, the ozone flow is measured with a mass flow sensor,
which is mounted on the flow/pressure sensor PCA just behind the PMT sensor
assembly. Pneumatically, it lies between the Sample dryer and the O 3 . This mass flow
sensor has a full scale range of 0-1000 cm³/min and can be calibrated through software
to its span point (Section 9.7).
Since the flow value displayed on the front panel is an actual measurement (and not a
calculated value), short term variability in the measurement may be higher than that of
the sample flow, which is based on a calculation from (more stable) differential
pressures. On the other hand, any sustained drift, i.e. long-term change, in the ozone
flow rate may usually indicate a flow problem.
This information is used to validate the O 3 gas flow rate.
•
If the flow rate exceeds ±15% of the nominal flow rate (80 cm³/min), a warning
message OZONE FLOW WARNING is displayed on the analyzer’s front panel (see
Section 4.1.2) and the O 3 generator is turned off.
•
•
A second warning, OZONE GEN OFF is also displayed.
This flow measurement is viewable through instrument’s front panel display as the
test function OZONE FL and the SIGNAL I/O function OZONE_FLOW.
As with all other test parameters, we recommend to monitor the ozone flow over time
for predictive diagnostics and maintenance evaluation.
301
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.3. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
13.3.1. OVERVIEW
Figure 13-11 shows a block diagram of the major electronic components of the analyzer.
COM2
Female
ANALOG
IN
USB COM
port
RS232
Male
Ethernet
Optional O2 Sensor Concetration
Aout 4
NO2 Concentration
Aout 3
NO Concentration
Aout 2
NOx Concentration
Aout 1
Control
Outputs
1–6
Optional
Current
Loop
Outputs
Touchscreen
Display
Flow/Pressure Sensor PCA
Sample Pressure
Sensor
Analog Outputs
(D/A)
LVDS
External Digital I/O
transmitter board
O3 Flow Sensor
Power Up
Circuit
PMT Temperature
Supply Level
PMT
Temperature
PMT PREAMP PCA
Internal Span
Gas Generator
Perm Tube Oven
Temperature
(Optional)
Disk on
Module
PC 104 Bus
Flash
Chip
CPU
Status
LED
Internal
Digital I/O
Thermistor Interface
Reaction Cell
Temperature
PC 104
CPU Card
A/D
Converter
Box
Temperature
High Voltage Power
PMT Output (PMT DET)
Sensor Inputs
Reaction Cell
Pressure Sensor
MOTHERBOARD
I2C Bus
NO/NOX Valve
RELAY PCA
O2 Sensor
Temperature
(Optional)
I2C Status
LED
Optical Test Control
AutoZero Valve
Sample/Cal
Valve (Optional)
Electric Test Control
Preamp Range HI
O3 Gen Status
Thermo-Electric Cooler
Drive PCA
PMT ThermoElectric Cooler
PMT
O3 Generator
High
Voltage
Power
Supply
SENSOR MODULE
Zero/Span
Valve (Optional)
Reaction Cell
Heater
NO2 to NO
Converter Heater
Pressurized
Span Shutoff
Valve (Optional)
Internal Span Gas
Generator Perm Tube
Oven Heater
Optional
Internal Pump
NO2 to NO Converter
Thermocouple Sensor
Figure 13-11: T200 Electronic Block Diagram
302
USB
Status
Outputs
1-8
or USB
TEST CHANNEL OUTPUT
COM2 (RS-232 or RS-485)
(I2C Bus)
Analog Outputs
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
The core of the analyzer is a microcomputer/central processing unit (CPU) that controls
various internal processes, interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using
specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API. It communicates with the user as well
as receives data from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices via a
separate printed circuit assembly onto which the CPU is mounted: the motherboard.
The motherboard is directly mounted to the inside rear panel and collects data, performs
signal conditioning duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU
and the analyzer’s other major components.
Data are generated by the sensor module which outputs an analog signal corresponding
to the amount of chemiluminescence present in the reaction cell. This signal is converted
into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-digital converter, located on the motherboard.
A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the analyzer’s major
components, again through the signal processing capabilities of the motherboard. These
status reports are used as data for the various concentration calculations and as trigger
events for certain warning messages and control commands issued by the CPU. This
information is stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed by the
user via the front panel display.
The CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches (also over the I2C bus)
located on a separate printed circuit assembly, called the relay PCA, to control the
function of key electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves. It also issues some
commands directly to the Sensor module (e.g. initiate Electric Test or Optical Test).
By controlling the state of various valves the CPU directs the flow of sample gas
through the various gas paths of the analyzer (NO measurement path; NO x measurement
path; Auto Zero Path). Based on which path is active, the CPU interprets the sensor
output to derive raw data representing concentrations for NO x , NO and zero (dark
condition), accesses the operational data stored in memory then calculates final
concentrations for NO x , NO and NO 2 .
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in several ways:
•
Through the analyzer’s front panel LCD touch-screen interface
•
Through the serial I/O channels
•
Various analog voltage and current outputs
•
Several sets of Digital I/O channels
•
Ethernet
303
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.3.2. CPU
The unit’s CPU card, installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel, is a low
power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex86SX-based microcomputer
running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification.
Figure 13-12:
CPU Board
The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: a Disk-on-Module (DOM) and
an embedded flash chip.
13.3.2.1. DISK-ON-MODULE
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash drive with storage capacity to 128 MB. It is used to
store the computer’s operating system, the Teledyne ML firmware, and most of the
operational data generated by the analyzer’s internal data acquisition system (DAS).
13.3.2.2. FLASH CHIP
This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration data as
well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data on a less heavily
accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data corruption.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the analyzer will continue to operate
with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost, requiring that
the unit be recalibrated.
304
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.3.3. MOTHERBOARD
This PCA provides a multitude of functions including, A/D conversion, digital
input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal processing and is a
pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
13.3.3.1. A TO D CONVERSION
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzers various sensors, are
converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog
to digital converter (A/D). Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a
particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a Voltage-to-Frequency (V-F) converter, a Programmable Logic
Device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.
The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD
counts the output of the V-F during a specified time, and sends the result of that count,
in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the T200
it is used in unipolar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and
under-range. This allows signals from –0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter:
Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two
voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these values to
compute the converter’s offset and slope and uses these factors for subsequent
conversions. See Section 5.9.3.10 for instructions on performing this calibration.
13.3.3.2. SENSOR INPUTS
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D through the master multiplexer
from two connectors on the motherboard. 100K terminating resistors on each of the
inputs prevent cross talk from appearing on the sensor signals.
PMT DETECTOR OUTPUT: The PMT detector output from the PMT preamplifier is
used in the computation of the NO, NO X and NO 2 concentrations displayed on the front
panel display and reported through the instrument’s analog outputs and COM ports.
This information is available in several forms:
•
As a raw voltage signal via the test function PMTDET and the SIGNAL I/O function
PMT_SIGNAL, or;
•
Normalized for temperature, pressure and auto-zero offset via the front panel test
function NORM PMT.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system in the following parameters:
•
PMTDET – The same as the test function PMT DET.
•
RAWNOX – The raw PMT output when the instrument is measuring NO X .
•
RAW NO – The raw PMT output when the instrument is measuring NO.
305
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY LEVEL: The PMT high voltage is based on
the drive voltage from the preamplifier board. It is digitized and sent to the CPU where
it is used to calculate the voltage setting of the HVPS.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function HVPS and the
SIGNAL I/O function HVPS_VOLTAGE.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter HVPS.
PMT TEMPERATURE: The PMT temperature is measured with a thermistor inside
the PMT cold block. Its signal is amplified by the PMT temperature feedback circuit on
the preamplifier board and is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate
the current temperature of the PMT.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function PMT TEMP and
the SIGNAL I/O function PMT_TEMP.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter PMTTMP.
SAMPLE GAS PRESSURE SENSOR: This sensor, located on the flow/pressure
sensor PCA, measures the gas pressure in the sample chamber upstream of the sample
gas stream flow control assembly. Its functions are described in Section 13.2.4.1.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function SAMP and the
SIGNAL I/O function SAMPLE_PRESSURE.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter SMPPRS.
VACUUM PRESSURE SENSOR: This sensor, also located on the flow/pressure
sensor PCA, is pneumatically located downstream from the reaction cell and measures
the pressure of the gas mixture inside the reaction cell. Its functions are described in
Section 13.2.4.2.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function RCEL and the
SIGNAL I/O function RCEL_PRESSURE.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter RCPRES.
O 3 FLOW SENSOR: This sensor, located on the flow/pressure sensor PCA, measures
the flow rate of the O 3 gas stream as it is supplied to the reaction cell. Its functions are
described in Section 13.2.4.4.
306
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function OZONE FLOW
and the SIGNAL I/O function OZONE_FLOW.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter O3FLOW.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.3.3.3. THERMISTOR INTERFACE
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative
coefficient thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer. They are:
REACTION CELL TEMPERATURE SENSOR: The reaction cell temperature
sensor is a thermistor embedded in the reaction cell manifold. This temperature is used
by the CPU to control the reaction cell heating circuit and as a parameter in the
temperature/pressure compensation algorithm.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function RCEL TEMP
and the SIGNAL I/O function RCELL_TEMP.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter RCTEMP.
BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR: A thermistor is attached to the motherboard. It
measures the analyzers inside temperature. This information is stored by the CPU and
can be viewed by the user for troubleshooting purposes through the front panel display.
It is also used as part of the NO, NO x and NO 2 calculations when the instrument’s
Temperature/Pressure Compensation feature is enabled.
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function BOX TEMP and
the SIGNAL I/O function BOX_TEMP.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter BOXTMP.
INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR OVEN TEMPERATURE: This thermistor
reports the temperature of the optional internal span gas generator’s NO 2 permeation
source to the CPU as part of a control loop that keeps the tube at a high constant
temperature (necessary to ensure that the permeation rate of NO 2 is constant). It is
stored and reported as test function IZS TEMP.
Note
•
The value of this signal is viewable via the front panel test function IZS TEMP and
the SIGNAL I/O function IZS_TEMP.
•
It is recorded by the DAS system as the parameter IZTEMP.
There are two thermistors that monitor the temperature of the PMT assembly:
One is embedded in the cold block of the PMT’s TEC. Its signal is conditioned
by the PMT preamplifier PCA and reported to the CPU via the motherboard
(see Section 13.3.3.2).
The second is located on the PMT Preamplifier PCA and is used only as a
reference for the preamplifier circuitry. Its output is neither reported nor
stored.
307
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.3.3.4. ANALOG OUTPUTS
The analyzer comes equipped with four analog outputs. On the instrument’s rear panel
analog connector (see Figure 3-4), they are labeled A1, A2, A3 and A4.
CONCENTRATION OUTPUTS: Outputs labeled A1, A2 and A3 carry the
concentration signals of NO X , NO and NO 2 , respectively. A variety of scaling
measurement and electronic factors apply to these signals.
•
See Sections 3.3.1.3 and 5.4 for information on setting the reporting range type and
measurement range scaling factors for these output channels.
•
See Sections 5.9.3.2 for instructions calibrating and scaling the electronic output of
these channels.
TEST OUTPUT: The fourth analog output, labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the
user (see Section 5.9.4) to carry the current signal level of most of the parameters
accessible through the TEST menu of the unit’s software.
•
In its standard configuration, the T200 comes with all four of these channels set up
to output a DC voltage. However, 4-20mA current loop drivers can be purchased
for the first three of these outputs, A1, A2 and A3.
OUTPUT LOOP-BACK: All of the functioning analog outputs are connected back to
the A/D converter through a Loop-back circuit. This permits the voltage outputs to be
calibrated by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures (see Section
5.9.3.4).
13.3.3.5. EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
This external digital I/O performs two functions.
STATUS OUTPUTS: Logic-Level voltages (0-5 VDC) are output through an optically
isolated 8-pin connector located on the rear panel of the analyzer (see Figure 3-4).
These outputs convey good/bad and on/off information about certain analyzer
conditions. They can be used to interface with certain types of programmable devices.
•
For information on setting up the status outputs (see Section 3.3.1.4).
CONTROL INPUTS: By applying 5V DC power to these digital inputs from an
external source such as a PLC or Data logger zero point and span point calibrations can
be remotely initiated.
•
For information on setting up the status inputs (see Section 3.3.1.6).
13.3.3.6. INTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
There are several internal digital control signals that are generated by the motherboard
under CPU control and used to control subsystems of the analyzer.
ELECTRICAL TEST CONTROL: When the CPU sets this control signal to high
(ON) the electric test feature (ETEST) is initiated (see Section 8.3).
•
308
The ETEST can be initiated by following the procedure in Section 12.7.12.2, or by
setting the SIGNAL I/O Function ELEC_TEST to ON.
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
OPTICAL TEST (OTEST) CONTROL: When the CPU sets this control signal to
high (ON) the optical test feature is initiated (see Section 8.3).
•
The OTEST can be initiated by following the procedure in 12.7.12.1, or by setting
the SIGNAL I/O Function OPTIC_TEST to ON.
PMT PREAMPLIFIER RANGE CONTROL: The CPU uses this control switch the
instrument between its LOW and HIGH physical ranges (see Section 5.4.1).
•
The instrument can be forced into its HIGH physical range setting the SIGNAL I/O
function PREAMP_RANGE_HI to ON.
O 3 GEN STATUS: The CPU uses this control signal to turn the O 3 generator ON/OFF
by setting it to HIGH/LOW respectively. The CPU turns OFF the O 3 generator if there
is if there is no or low air flow to it as measured by the O 3 flow sensor or if the
instrument has been turned off for more than 30 minutes.
•
Note
The O 3 generator can be manually turned ON/OFF by using the OZONE
GENERATOR OVERIDE feature (See Section 12.7.15.1) or by setting the SIGNAL
I/O function O3GEN_STATUS to ON or OFF.
Any I/O signals changed while in the signal I/O menu will remain in effect ONLY
until signal I/O menu is exited.
The analyzer regains control of these signals upon exit and returns them to their
normal value/setting.
13.3.3.7. I2C DATA BUS
I2C is a two-way, clocked, bi-directional digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in
commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the Motherboard
converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C format. The data is then
fed to the relay board, optional analog input board and valve driver board circuitry.
13.3.3.8. POWER-UP CIRCUIT
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during start-up and sets the analog outputs,
external digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and the
instrument software can establish control.
309
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.3.4. RELAY PCA
The CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches located on a separate
printed circuit assembly, called the relay PCA (Figure 13-13), to control the function of
key electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves. The relay PCA receives
instructions in the form of digital signals over the I2C bus, interprets these digital
instructions and activates its various switches and relays appropriately.
The relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the analyzer and is mounted
vertically on the backside of the same bracket as the instrument’s DC power supplies.
Status LED’s
(D2 through D16)
Thermocouple
Signal Output
Watchdog
Status LED (D1)
(JP5)
Thermocouple
Configuration
Jumpers
J3
J15
TP6
TP7
I2C Connector
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
NO2  NO Converter
Temp Sensor
J21
J19
J14
Heater AC Power
Configuration
Jumpers
J17
Pump AC
Configuration
Jumper
U6
J16
U5
R16
JP7
J12
J4
JP6
Pump Power
Output
J11
J10
AC Relay K4
(OPT Internal Span Gen Heater)
J5
AC Power
IN
Power
Connection
for DC
Heaters
Valve Control
Drivers
JP2
J18
J9
J13
TC1 Input
DC Power Supply
Test Points
Valve Control
Connector
J2
J8
AC Relay K2
Connector for
AC Relays
K1 & K2
(NO2  NO Converter Heater)
AC Relay K1
J7
(Reaction Cell Heater)
Connector for AC Relays K4 & K5
DC Power
Distribution
Connectors
Figure 13-13: Relay PCA Layout (P/N 045230100)
CAUTION
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Only those relays actually required by the configuration of the T200 are populated.
A protective retainer plate is installed over the ac power relay to keep them securely
seated in their sockets and prevent accidental contact with those sockets that are not
populated see Figure 13-14).
Never remove this retainer while the instrument is plugged in and turned on. The
contacts of the AC relay sockets beneath the shield carry high AC voltages even
when no relays are present.
310
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Figure 13-14: Relay PCA P/N 045230100 with AC Relay Retainer in Place
13.3.4.1. STATUS LED’S
Sixteen LED’s are located on the analyzer’s relay PCA (some are designated “spare”
and are not used) to show the current status on the various control functions performed
by the relay PCA (see Figure 13-15). The LED’s are described in Table 13-4).
311
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
D10 (Green) – NO/NOx Valve
D9 (Green) – AutoZero Valve
D8 (Green) – Optional Sample/Cal Valve
D7 (Green) – Optional Zero/Span Valve
D3 (Yellow) NO2  NO Converter Heater
D2 (Yellow) Reaction Cell Heater
D5 (Yellow) – Optional Internal Span Gas Gen Heater
D11 (Green) – Optional Dual Span Select Valve
D12 (Green) – Optional Pressurized Span Shutoff Valve
D13 (Green) – Optional Pressurized Zero Shutoff Valve
D1 (RED)
Watchdog Indicator
Figure 13-15: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA
Table 13-4: Relay PCA Status LED’s
LED
Color
Function
D1
Red
Watchdog Circuit
D2
D3
D4
Yellow
Yellow
Reaction Cell Heater
NO 2  NO Converter Heater
Yellow
Internal Span Gas Generator
Perm Tube Oven Heater
D5
1
D6
D7
Green
Zero/Span Valve
D8
Green
Sample/Cal Valve
D9
Green
Auto Zero Valve
D10
Green
NO/NO x Valve
D11
2
Green
D12
3
Green
D13
4
Green
D14 - 16
1
Dual Span Gas
Select Valve
Pressurized Span
Shutoff Valve
Pressurized Zero
Shutoff Valve
Status When Lit
Status When Unlit
(Energized State)
(Default State)
Cycles ON/OFF every 3 Seconds
under direct control of the analyzer’s CPU.
Heating
Not Heating
Heating
Not Heating
SPARE
Heating
SPARE
Valve OPEN to span gas flow
Valve OPEN to
calibration gas flow
Sample gas flow BYPASSES
the reaction cell
Gas flow routed THROUGH
NO 2  NO converter
Valve OPEN to SPAN 1
gas inlet
Valve OPEN to zero gas flow
Valve OPEN to
sample gas flow
Sample gas flow is routed
THROUGH the reaction cell
Gas Flow BYPASSES
NO 2  NO converter
Valve OPEN to SPAN2 inlet
Span gas flow SHUTOFF
Span gas flow OPEN
Zero gas flow SHUTOFF
Zero gas flow OPEN
SPARE
Only active when the optional internal span gas generator is installed.
2
Only active when the dual pressurized span option is installed.
3
Only active when one of the pressurized span gas options is installed.
4
Only active when one of the pressurized zero gas options is installed.
312
Not Heating
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.3.4.2. WATCHDOG CIRCUITRY
The most important of the status LED’s on the relay board is the red I2C bus watch-dog
LED. It is controlled directly by the analyzer’s CPU over the I2C bus. Special circuitry
on the relay PCA watches the status of D1. Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for
30 seconds, indicating that the CPU or I2C bus has stopped functioning, this Watchdog
Circuit automatically shuts all valves and turns off all heaters.
13.3.4.3. VALVE CONTROL
The relay board also hosts two valve driver chips, each of which can drive up four
valves. The main valve assembly in the T200 is the NO/NOx and Auto-zero solenoid
valves assembly mounted right in front of the NO 2 converter housing (see Figure 3-5).
•
These two valves are actuated with 12 V supplied from the relay board and under
2
the control of the CPU through the I C bus.
Additional valve sets also controlled by the CPU via the I2C bus and the relay PCA can
be included in the T200 (see Table 1-1 and Sections 3.3.2.3, 3.3.2.4, and 3.3.2.5 for
descriptions of these valve sets).
313
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.3.4.4. HEATER CONTROL
For a variety of reasons such as efficiency of certain chemical reactions, stabilization of
sample gas temperature and pressure, etc., various subcomponents of the T200 are
heated or cooled.
Two types of sensors are used to gather temperature data for the CPU:
•
•
THERMISTORS: These are used in areas where the temperature control point is at
or near ambient temperature (e.g. the reaction cell temperature, internal chassis
temperature).
•
Thermistors change resistance as they heat up and cool down. A DC signal is
sent from the motherboard at a known voltage and current. As the thermistor
changes resistance, the returning voltage rises and falls in direct relationship to
the change in temperature.
•
The output signal from the thermistors is received by the motherboard,
converted into digital data which is forwarded to the CPU.
THERMOCOUPLES: These are used where the target temperature is high such as
the NO 2  NO converter.
•
Thermocouples generate DC voltage that rises and falls as the thermocouple
heats up and cools down.
•
This DC signal interpreted, conditioned and amplified by the Relay PCA then
transmitted to the motherboard where it is also converted into digital data and
forwarded to the CPU.
All of the heaters used in the T200 are AC powered which are turned ON/OFF by AC
Relays located on the relay PCA in response to commands issued by the CPU.
Thermistor(s) – Reaction Cell, Optional Internal
Span Gas Generator, Optional O2
Sensor)
MOTHER BOARD
Thermistor
interface
RELAY PCA
THERMOCOUPLE
CONFIGURATION
JUMPER
(JP5)
J-type
Thermocouple
( NO2  NO converter)
DC Control Logic
(for DC heaters)
Preamplifiers
and Signal
Conditioning
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
Cold Junction
Compensation
CPU
Solid State
AC Relays
Not used
on the T200
Reaction Cell
Heater
NO2  NO
Converter
Heater
Other Optional
AC HEATERs
(Internal Span Gas
Generator;O2 Sensor)
Figure 13-16: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.
314
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
The PMT temperature is maintained by a separate control loop that does not
involve the relay PCA (see Section 13.5.2).
Note
13.3.4.5. THERMOCOUPLE INPUTS AND CONFIGURATION JUMPER (JP5)
Although the relay PCA supports two thermocouple inputs, the current T200 analyzers
only utilize one. It is used to sense the temperature of the NO 2  NO converter.
•
This single thermocouple input is plugged into the TC1 input (J15).
•
TC2 (J16) is currently not used (see Figure 13-13 for location of J15 and J16).
The type and operating parameters of this thermocouple are set using a jumper plug
(JP5).
The default configuration for this thermocouple is:
•
Type-K
•
Temperature compensated for Type-K
•
Isolated
Table 13-5: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs
TC INPUT
JUMPER
PAIR
DESCRIPTION
1 – 11
Gain Selector
FUNCTION
Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC
OUT = K TC gain factor;
IN = J TC gain factor
TC1
TC2
ATTENTION
Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC
OUT = 10 mV / °C; IN = 5 mV / °C
2 – 12
Output Scale Selector
3 – 13
Type J Compensation
4 – 14
Type K
Compensation
5 – 15
Termination
Selector
When present, sets Cold Junction
Compensation for J type Thermocouple
When present, sets Cold Junction
Compensation for K type Thermocouple
Selects between Isolated and grounded TC
IN = Isolate TC;
OUT = Grounded TC
NOT USED
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
The correct thermocouple type must be used if there is ever the need for
replacement. If in doubt please consult Teledyne ML Customer Service.
315
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
TC2
Not Used
Input Gain Selector 1 – 11
Output Scale Selector 2 – 12
Type J Compensation 3 – 13
Type K Compensation 4 – 14
Termination Selector 5 – 15
Purple Jumpers
TC1
Figure 13-17: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs
13.4. SENSOR MODULE
The T200 sensor assembly (Figure 12-9) consists of several subassemblies, each with
different tasks:
•
The photomultiplier tube (PMT) detects the intensity of the light from the
chemiluminescence reaction between NO and O 3 in the reaction cell. It outputs a
current signal that varies in relationship with the amount of light in the reaction cell.
•
The PMT preamplifier PCA converts the current output by the PMT into a voltage
and amplifies it to a signal strong enough to be usable by the motherboard’s A  D
converter. It also supplies the drive voltage and gain adjustment for the PMT’s high
voltage power supply (HVPS).
•
The thermoelectric cooler (TEC) controls the temperature of the PMT to ensure the
accuracy and stability of the measurements.
13.5. PHOTOMULTIPLIER TUBE (PMT)
The T200 uses a photomultiplier tube (Figure 12-9) to detect the amount of
chemiluminescence created in the reaction cell.
A typical PMT is a vacuum tube containing a variety of specially designed electrodes.
Photons from the reaction are filtered by an optical high-pass filter, enter the PMT and
strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit electrons. A high voltage
potential across these focusing electrodes directs the electrons toward an array of high
voltage dynodes.
The dynodes in this electron multiplier array are designed so that each stage multiplies
the number of emitted electrons by emitting multiple new electrons. The greatly
increased numbers of electrons emitted from one end of the electron multiplier are
collected by a positively charged anode at the other end, which creates a useable current
signal. This current signal is amplified by the preamplifier board and then reported to the
motherboard.
316
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Figure 13-18: Basic PMT Design
A significant performance characteristic of the PMT is the voltage potential across the
electron multiplier. The higher the voltage, the greater the number of electrons emitted
from each dynode of the electron multiplier, in effect making the PMT more sensitive
and responsive to smaller variations in light intensity, but also noisier (this is referred to
as “dark noise”).
• The gain voltage of the PMT used in the T200 is usually set between 400 V and 800 V.
• This parameter is viewable through the front panel as test function HVPS (see
Section 4.1.1).
• For information on when and how to set this voltage, see Section 12.8.4.
The PMT is housed inside the PMT module assembly (see Figure 12-9). This assembly
also includes the high voltage power supply required to drive the PMT, an LED used by
the instrument’s optical test function, a thermistor that measures the temperature of the
PMT, and various components of the PMT cooling system including the TEC.
13.5.1. PMT PREAMPLIFIER
The PMT preamplifier board provides a variety of functions:
•
It amplifies the PMT signal into a useable analog voltage (PMTDET) that can be
processed by the motherboard into a digital signal to be used by the CPU to
calculate the NO, NO 2 and NO x concentrations of the gas in the sample chamber.
•
It supplies the drive voltage for the HVPS.
•
It includes the circuitry for switching between the two physical ranges.
•
It amplifies the signal output by the PMT temperature sensor and feeds it back to
the thermoelectric cooler driver PCA. This amplified signal is also sent to the
Motherboard to be digitized and forwarded to the CPU. It is viewable via the front
panel as the test function PMT TEMP.
•
It provides means for adjusting the electronic signal output from the PMT by:
•
Adjusting the HVPS drive voltage, directly affecting the sensitivity of the PMT’s
dynode array (and therefore the strength of the signal output by the PMT)
through the use of two hexadecimal switches.
•
Directly adjusting the gain of the output signal.
317
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
These adjustments should only be performed when encountering problems with
the software calibration that cannot be rectified otherwise. See Section 12.8.4 for
more information about this hardware calibration.
Note
PMT Preamplifier PCA
Optical Test Control
Optical Test
Generator
from CPU
Electric Test Control
From CPU
HI Range Select
Electric
Test
Generator
Optical
Test
LED
PMT
MUX
High
Voltage
Power
Supply
From CPU
PMT Output
Gain
Adjustment
Physical Range
Select Circuitry
Amp  Volts
Converter
and
Amplifier
Low Pass
Noise
Filter
HVPS Fine
Gain
Adjustment
(Rotary)
X
To
PMT HVPS
Motherboard
Drive Voltage
HVPS Coarse
Gain
Adjustment
PMT Temp
Sensor
(Rotary)
PMT
Temperature
Feedback
Circuit
(Thermistor)
TEC Control
PCA
X
X
DA
Converter
PMT Temp Analog Signal
To Motherboard
PMT Output Signal (PMT DET)
to Motherboard
Figure 13-19: PMT Preamp Block Diagram
318
X
X
X
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
The PMT preamplifier PCA also operates two different tests used to calibrate and check
the performance of the sensor module.
•
The electrical test (ETEST) circuit generates a constant, electronic signal intended
to simulate the output of the PMT (after conversion from current to voltage). By
bypassing the detector’s actual signal, it is possible to test most of the signal
handling and conditioning circuitry on the PMT preamplifier board. See section
12.7.12.2 for instructions on performing this test.
•
The optical test (OTEST) feature causes an LED inside the PMT cold block to
create a light signal that can be measured with the PMT. If zero air is supplied to the
analyzer, the entire measurement capability of the sensor module can be tested
including the PMT and the current to voltage conversion circuit on the PMT
preamplifier board. See Section 12.7.12.1 for instructions on performing this test.
13.5.2. PMT COOLING SYSTEM
The performance of the analyzer’s PMT is significantly affected by temperature.
Variations in PMT temperature are directly reflected in the signal output of the PMT.
Also the signal to noise ratio of the PMT output is radically influenced by temperature
as well. The warmer the PMT is, the noisier its signal becomes until the noise renders
the concentration signal useless.
To alleviate this problem a special cooling system exists utilizing a type of electronic
heat pump called a thermo-electric cooler (TEC). A TEC is a solid-state active heat
pump which transfers heat from a heat absorbing “cool” side to a heat releasing “hot”
side via a series of DC powered semiconductor junctions. The effectiveness of the pump
at moving heat away from the cold side is reliant on the amount of current flowing
through the semiconductor junctions and how well the heat from the hot side can be
removed.
Figure 13-20: Typical Thermo-Electric Cooler
In the case of the T200, the current flow is controlled by the TEC Control PCA which
adjusts the amount of current applied to the TEC based on the temperature sensed by a
thermistor embedded in the PMT’s cold block. The higher the temperature of the PMT,
the more current is pumped through the TEC. The “hot” side of the TEC is cooled by a
constant flow of ambient air that is directed across a set of heat sinks by a fan.
319
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Preamp PCA sends
buffered and
amplified thermistor
signal to TEC PCA
TEC PCA sets
appropriate
drive voltage for
cooler
TEC
Control
PCA
PMT
Preamp
PCA
Thermo-Electric Cooler
Heat Sink
PMT Temperature Sensor
Thermistor
outputs temp of
cold block to
preamp PCA
PMT
Cold Block
Heat form PMT is absorbed
by the cold block and
transferred to the heat sink
via the TEC then bled off
into the cool air stream.
Cooling Fan
Figure 13-21: PMT Cooling System Block Diagram
The target temperature at which the TEC system keeps the PMT is approximately 7.0ºC.
Arriving at this temperature may take up to 30 minutes after the instrument is turned on.
The actual temperature of the PMT can be viewed via the front panel as the test function
PMT TEMP (see Section 4.1.1).
13.5.2.1. TEC CONTROL BOARD
The TEC control PCA is located on the sensor housing assembly, under the slanted
shroud, next to the cooling fins and directly above the cooling fan. Using the amplified
PMT temperature signal from the PMT preamplifier board (see Section 10.4.5), it sets
the drive voltage for the thermoelectric cooler. The warmer the PMT gets, the more
current is passed through the TEC causing it to pump more heat to the heat sink.
•
A red LED located on the top edge of this circuit board indicates that the control
circuit is receiving power.
•
Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly.
•
For the definitions and acceptable signal levels of these test points see 12.7.14.
13.6. PNEUMATIC SENSOR BOARD
The flow and pressure sensors of the T200 are located on a printed circuit assembly just
behind the PMT sensor. Refer to Section 12.7.6.1 for a figure and on how to test this
assembly. The signals of this board are supplied to the motherboard for further signal
processing. All sensors are linearized in the firmware and can be span calibrated from
the front panel.
320
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.7. POWER SUPPLY/CIRCUIT BREAKER
The analyzer operates on 100 VAC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC power at either 50 Hz or
60Hz. Individual instruments are set up at the factory to accept any combination of these
five attributes. A 6.75 amp circuit breaker is built into the ON/OFF switch. In case of a
wiring fault or incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the
analyzer.
•
Under normal operation, the T200 draws about 1.5 A at 115 V and 2.0 A during
start-up.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the condition
causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.
Power enters the analyzer through a standard International Electrotechnical Commission
(IEC) 320 power receptacle located on the rear panel of the instrument. From there it is
routed through the ON/OFF Switch located in the lower right corner of the front panel.
AC Line power is stepped down and converted to DC power by two DC power supplies
(PS).
•
One PS provides +5 VDC (3 A) and ±15 VDC (1.5/0.5 A) for logic and analog
circuitry as well as the power for the O 3 generator.
•
A second PS provides +12 VDC (5 A), for the PMT’s thermoelectric cooler, fans and
as well as the various gas stream valves (both standard and optional).
All AC and DC voltages are distributed via the relay PCA.
321
Principles of Operation
SENSOR MODULE
ANALOG
SENSORS
(e.g. Temp
Sensors, Flow
Sensors)
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Pre-Amplifiers
& Amplifiers
HVPS
KEY
PMT
AC POWER
DC POWER
Sensor Control
& I/O Logic
LOGIC DEVICES
(e.g. CPU, I2C bus,
MotherBoard, etc.)
O3
Generator
PS 1
+5 VDC
PUMP
(Internal Only)
AC HEATERS
NO2  NO
(Converter &
Reaction Cell)
±15 VDC
Configuration
Jumpers
ON / OFF
SWITCH
Configuration
Jumpers
Optional
AC HEATERS
( Internal Span
Solenoid
Drivers
Generator Perm Tube
Heater)
RELAY PCA
MODEL SPECIFIC
VALVES
(e.g. NOX – NO Valves,
Auto-zero valves, etc.)
OPTIONAL
VALVES
(e.g. Sample/Cal,
Zero/Span, Shutoff,
etc.)
PS 2
(+12 VDC)
Fans:
TEC and
Chassis
AC
POWER IN
Figure 13-22: Power Distribution Block Diagram
13.7.1. AC POWER CONFIGURATION
The T200 analyzer’s digital components will operate with any of the specified power
regimes as long as the instrument is connected to 100-120 or 220-240 VAC at either 50
or 60 Hz. Internally, the status LEDs located on the relay PCA, motherboard, and CPU
should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
This is not true, however, for some of the analyzer’s non-digital components such as the
various internal pump options or the AC powered heaters for the NO 2  NO converter
and the reaction cell. Therefore, some of the T200s must be properly configured for the
type of power being supplied to the instrument.
Configuration of the power circuits is set using several jumper sets located on the
instruments relay PCA.
322
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
RELAY PCA
JP6
Configuration Jumpers
for Optional AC Heaters
(O2 Sensor, Internal Perm
Tube Oven Heater)
JP7
Pump
Configuration
(Internal Pump
Options Only)
JP2
Configuration Jumpers
for AC Heaters
(NO2  NO converter,
Reaction Cell)
Figure 13-23: Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers
323
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.7.1.1. AC CONFIGURATION – INTERNAL PUMP (JP7)
If your T200 includes an internal pump, the following table for jumper set JP7 is used to
configure the power supplied to it as shown in Figure 13-24.
Table 13-6: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)
LINE
POWER
LINE
FREQUENCY
JUMPER
COLOR
60 HZ
WHITE
110VAC
115 VAC
50 HZ
1
60 HZ
220VAC
240 VAC
50 HZ
1
1
BLACK
BROWN
BLUE
FUNCTION
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
2 to 7
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
3 to 8
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
4 to 9
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
2 to 7
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
3 to 8
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
4 to 9
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
1 to 6
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
3 to 8
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
1 to 6
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
3 to 8
A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly, but has no function on the Model T200.
110 VAC /115 VAC
220 VAC /240 VAC
1
6
1
6
2
7
2
7
3
8
3
4
9
4
9
5
10
5
10
May be present on 50 Hz version of
jumper set, but is not functional on
the T200
Figure 13-24: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)
324
8
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.7.1.2. AC CONFIGURATION – STANDARD HEATERS (JP2)
AC power configuration for the standard heaters is set using Jumper set JP2 (see Figure
13-25 for the location of JP2).
Table 13-7: Power Configuration for Standard AC Heaters (JP2)
LINE VOLTAGE
JUMPER
COLOR
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
FUNCTION
1 to 8
Common
2 to 7
Neutral to Load
4 to 9
Neutral to Load
3 to 10
Common
4 to 9
Neutral to Load
6 to 11
Neutral to Load
Reaction Cell / Sample
Chamber Heaters
1 to 7
Load
Moly Converter
3 to 9
Load
HEATER(S)
Reaction Cell / Sample
Chamber Heaters
110 VAC / 115 VAC
50Hz & 60 Hz
WHITE
Moly Converter
220 VAC / 240 VAC
50Hz & 60 Hz
BLUE
Figure 13-25: Typical Set Up of AC Heater Jumper Set (JP2)
325
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.7.1.3. AC CONFIGURATION – HEATERS FOR OPTION PACKAGES (JP6)
The IZS valve option includes AC heaters that maintain an optimum operating
temperature for key components of those options. Jumper set JP6 is used to connect the
heaters associated with those options to AC power. Since these heaters work with either
110/155 VAC or 220/240 VAC, there is only one jumper configuration.
Table 13-8:
JUMPER
COLOR
RED
Power Configuration for Optional Heaters (JP6)
HEATER(S)
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
FUNCTION
1 to 8
Common
2 to 7
Neutral to Load
Internal Permeation Tube
Oven Heater
10
IZS
Permeation Tube 12
Heater
11
6
5
4
9
3
8
7
2
1
Figure 13-26: Typical Jumper Set (JP2) Set Up of Heaters
326
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.8. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE
Users can input data and receive information directly through the front panel
touchscreen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The
touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects
to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
Figure 13-27: Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram
327
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.8.1. LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
The LVDS (low voltage differential signaling) transmitter board converts the parallel
display bus to a serialized, low voltage differential signal bus in order to transmit the
video signal to the LCD interface PCA.
13.8.2. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE PCA
The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and
touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video
controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:
•
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
•
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and
the two front panel USB device ports
•
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
13.9. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The T200 has a high performance, VortexX86-based microcomputer running
WINDOWS CE. Inside the WINDOWS CE shell, special software developed by
Teledyne ML interprets user commands via the various interfaces, performs procedures
and tasks, stores data in the CPU’s various memory devices and calculates the
concentration of the sample gas.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
MEMORY HANDLING
DAS Records
Calibration Data
System Status Data
ANALYZER
OPERATIONS
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
Diagnostic Routines
PC-104 BUSS
ANALYZER
HARDWARE
INTERFACE HANDLING
MEASUREMENT
ALGORITHM
Sensor input Data Display
Messages
Touchscreen
Analog Output Data
RS232 & RS485
External Digital I/O
Figure 13-28: Basic Software Operation
328
PC-104 BUSS
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
13.9.1. ADAPTIVE FILTER
The T200 NO X analyzer software processes sample gas concentration data through a
built-in adaptive filter. Unlike other analyzers that average the output signal over a fixed
time period, the T200 averages over a defined number of samples, with samples being
about 8 seconds apart (reflecting the switching time of 4 s each for NO and NO X ). This
technique is known as boxcar filtering. During operation, the software may
automatically switch between two different filters lengths based on the conditions at
hand.
During constant or nearly constant concentrations, the software, by default, computes an
average of the last 42 samples, or approximately 5.6 minutes. This provides smooth and
stable readings and averages out a considerable amount of random noise for an overall
less noisy concentration reading.
If the filter detects rapid changes in concentration the filter reduces the averaging to only
6 samples or about 48 seconds to allow the analyzer to respond more quickly. Two
conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter. First, the
instantaneous concentration must differ from the average in the long filter by at least 50
ppb. Second, the instantaneous concentration must differ from the average in the long
filter by at least 10% of the average in the long filter
13.9.2. TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE COMPENSATION (TPC)
The T200 software includes a feature that compensates for some temperature and
pressure changes that might affect measurement of NO and NO X concentrations.
When the TPC feature is enabled (default setting), the analyzer divides the value of the
PMT output signal (PMTDET) by a value called TP_FACTOR, which is calculated
using the following four parameters:
•
BOX TEMP: The temperature inside the analyzer’s case measured in K. This is
typically about 5 K higher than room temperature.
•
RCELL TEMP: The temperature of the reaction cell, measured in K.
•
RCEL: The pressure of the gas in the vacuum manifold, measured in in-Hg-A.
•
SAMP: The pressure of the sample gas before it reaches the reaction cell,
measured in in-Hg-A. This measurement is ~1 in-Hg-A lower than atmospheric
pressure.
As RCEL TEMP, BOX TEMP, RCELL and SAMP pressure increase, the value of
TP_FACTOR increases and, hence, the PMTDET value decreases. These adjustments
are meant to counter-act changes in the concentrations caused by these parameters.
•
The current values of all four of these measurements are viewable as TEST
FUNCTIONS through the instrument’s front panel display (see Section 4.1.1).
•
The preset gain parameters are set at the factory and may vary from analyzer to
analyzer. The TPC feature is enabled or disabled by setting the value of the variable
TPC_ENABLE (see Section 5.8).
329
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
13.9.3. CALIBRATION - SLOPE AND OFFSET
Calibration of the analyzer is performed exclusively in software. During instrument
calibration, (see Sections 9 and 10) the user enters expected values for zero and span via
the front panel touchscreen control and commands the instrument to make readings of
calibrated sample gases for both levels.
•
The readings taken are adjusted, linearized and compared to the expected values.
•
With this information, the software computes values for instrument slope and offset
and stores these values in memory for use in calculating the NO x , NO and NO 2
concentrations of the sample gas.
The instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be
viewed via the instrument’s front panel (see Section 4.1.1).
330
GLOSSARY
Term
Description/Definition
10BaseT
an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10
megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT
same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
APICOM
name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-ML to its customers
ASSY
Assembly
CAS
Code-Activated Switch
CD
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a conductor or
between two conductors of the same transmission line, accompanied by ionization of the
surrounding atmosphere and often by a power loss
CE
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of the total amount that is actually converted (e.g.,
light energy into electricity; NO 2 into NO, etc.)
CEM
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical elements that may be included in this document:
CO 2
C3H8
CH 4
H2O
HC
HNO 3
H2S
NO
NO 2
NO X
NO y
NH 3
O2
O3
SO 2
cm
3
carbon dioxide
propane
methane
water vapor
general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
nitric acid
hydrogen sulfide
nitric oxide
nitrogen dioxide
nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO 2
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NO X plus other compounds such as HNO 3
(definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO 3 ), PAN, N 2 O and other compounds as well)
ammonia
molecular oxygen
ozone
sulfur dioxide
metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)
CPU
Central Processing Unit
DAC
Digital-to-Analog Converter
DAS
Data Acquisition System
DCE
Data Communication Equipment
DFU
Dry Filter Unit
331
Glossary
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers to
automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other
addressable device connected to the network
DIAG
Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
DOM
Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS
Disk Operating System
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory
DR-DOS
Digital Research DOS
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a FLASH chip
or drive
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST
Electrical Test
Ethernet
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area networks
(LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
FEP
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
®
Teflon
Flash
non-volatile, solid-state memory
FPI
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with two
reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC
Gas Filter Correlation
2
I C bus
a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual analyzer
components
IC
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used in
electronic assemblies
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
Internal Zero Span
LAN
Local Area Network
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
LED
Light Emitting Diode
332
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Term
Glossary
Description/Definition
LPM
Liters Per Minute
MFC
Mass Flow Controller
M/R
Measure/Reference
NDIR
Non-Dispersive Infrared
MOLAR
MASS
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely, one mole is
the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams
as the atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12
grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs
12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
NDIR
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM
National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
PC
Personal Computer
PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
PC/AT
Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PCB
Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
PFA
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments based on a
logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLD
Programmable Logic Device
PLL
Phase Lock Loop
PMT
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected and
charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN)
Part Number
PSD
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTFE
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may
®
react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon
PVC
Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg
Reading
RS-232
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE (Data
Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices, using a
maximum cable-length of 50 feet
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among
multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance between
the host and the furthest device
SAROAD
Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
®
333
Glossary
Teledyne API – T200 NO/NO2/NOx Analyzer Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
SLAMS
State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
SLPM
Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
STP
Standard Temperature and Pressure
TCP/IP
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications protocol for
Ethernet devices
TEC
Thermal Electric Cooler
TPC
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
USB
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication between
peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard and a personal
computer or laptop
VARS
Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
V-F
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
334
INDEX
A
AC Power, 19, 322, 324
115 VAC, 324
50 HZ, 324
60 Hz, 19, 248, 322, 324
AIN, 118
AMBIENT ZERO/SPAN VALVE OPTION, 53
AMBIENT ZERO/SPAN VALVE OPTION
Flow Diagram, 56
INTERNAL PNEUMATICS, 56
Valve States, 56
Ambient Zero/Span Valve Options
Rear Panel, 54
Ammonia (NH 3 ), 63
ANALOG CAL WARNING, 66, 77, 145
Analog Inputs, 118
Analog Outputs, 19, 34, 35, 36, 38, 76, 79, 80, 82,
83, 102, 235, 251, 308
AIN Calibration, 118
Configuration & Calibration, 80, 106, 107, 108, 109,
110, 112, 114, 116, 117, 118
Automatic, 27, 79, 110
Manual-Current Loop, 113, 115
MANUAL-VOLTAGE, 111
Converting Voltage to Current Output, 36
Current Loop, 83
Electronic Range Selection, 85, 107
IND Mode Assignments, 86
OUTPUT LOOP-BACK, 308
Reporting Range, 69, 75, 76, 79
Test Channel, 34, 35, 120, 235, 251, 308
APICOM, 124, 169
and DAS, 147, 149, 151, 154, 159, 161, 163, 165, 167
and Ethernet, 129
and Failure Prediction, 209
Approvals, 19
ATIMER, 149, 154, 156
AUTO, 89, 177
AutoCal, 20, 76, 79, 177, 197, 198, 199
AutoZero, 214, 232, 242, 247, 248, 275, 287, 293,
295, 299
Pneumatic Flow, 288, 303
Test Function, 75
Valve, 76, 120, 187, 213, 232, 235, 247, 292, 293, 312
Warnings, 66, 247
AUTOZERO
WARNINGS, 145
AZERO, 66, 75, 77, 150, 209, 230, 232, 248, 287,
293
DAS Parameter, 150
AZERO WARN, 66, 77
B
Baud Rate, 138
BOX TEMP, 66, 76, 77, 120, 145, 235
BOX TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
C
CAL Button, 78, 280
CAL_ON_NO2, 100
CALCHEK, 150
CALDAT, 150
Calibration
AIN, 118
Analog Ouputs, 27, 79, 110
ANALOG OUTPUTS
Current Loop, 113, 115
VOLTAGE, 111
Initial Calibration
Basic Configuration, 68, 69, 71
Calibration Checks, 181, 182, 194
Calibration Gases, 179
Span Gas, 49, 51, 55, 57, 58, 68, 70, 82, 102, 177,
178, 179, 180, 182, 184, 190, 195, 199, 280
Dilution Feature, 92
Standard Reference Materials (SRM’s)
NO x /NO Span Gas, 49, 180
Zero Air, 30, 48, 51, 177, 178, 179, 182, 199
Calibration Mode, 78
CALS BUTTON, 78, 193, 280
CALZ Button, 78, 193
CANNOT DYN SPAN, 66, 77, 145
CANNOT DYN ZERO, 66, 77, 145
chemiluminescence, 15, 68, 248, 283, 284, 286,
287, 288, 289, 290, 293, 294, 303, 316
Chemiluminescence, 284, 285, 293, 294, 316
Circuit Breaker, 321
CLOCK_ADJ, 97, 100
CO 2 , 49, 68, 180
COMM PORT
Default Settings, 43
COMM Ports, 124
and DAS System, 163
Baud Rate, 126
COM1, 44, 140
COM2, 44, 124, 140
Communication Modes, 124, 125
Machine ID, 46
Parity, 124, 138
Testing, 126
CONC, 150
CONC Button, 100, 253, 280
CONC_PRECISION, 100
Concentration Field, 27
CONFIG INITIALIZED, 66, 77
Continuous Emission Monitoring (CEM), 91
Control Buttons Definition Field, 27
Control Inputs, 38, 177, 197, 254, 281, 308
SPAN_CAL 1, 254
335
Index
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
ZERO_CAL, 254
CONV TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
CPU, 42, 43, 66, 77, 97, 105, 118, 228, 231, 233,
236, 248, 256, 257, 303, 304, 305, 308, 309, 310,
312, 322, 328
Analog to Digital Converter, 66, 77, 105, 252, 305, 308
STATUS LED’S, 236
Critical Flow Orifices, 223, 293, 294, 295
CriticalflowOrifices, 295
CriticalFlowOrifices, 281, 294
Current Loop Outputs, 34, 36, 83, 113, 115
Converting from Voltage Output, 36
Manual Calibration, 113
D
DAS System, 27, 66, 73, 76, 77, 79, 96, 230
and APICOM, 166, 168
and Terminal Emulation Programs, 168
Channel Names, 155
Channels, 148, 152
CALCHEK, 150
CALDAT, 150
CONC, 150
Defaults, 150
DIAG, 150
HIRES, 150
Compact Data Report, 165
Default Settings, 150
HOLD OFF, 100, 149, 164
Number of Records, 149, 162
Parameters, 148, 149, 157
AZERO, 150
HVPS, 150
NXCNC1, 154
PMTDET, 149
STABIL, 150
Precision, 157
Report Period, 149, 160, 165
Sample Mode
AVG, 157, 158, 159, 161
INST, 157, 158, 159, 161
MAX, 157
MIN, 157, 158, 159, 161
SDEV, 157, 158, 159, 161
Sample Period, 160
Starting Date, 165
Store Number of Samples, 157, 158, 159, 161
Triggerning Events, 148, 149, 156
ATIMER, 149, 154, 156
EXITZR, 156
SLPCHG, 150, 156
DAS_HOLD_OFF, 100
DATA INITIALIZED, 66, 77
DB-25M, 18
DB-9F, 18
DC Power, 37, 38, 249, 250, 321
DC Power Test Points, 249
Default Settings
COMM PORT, 43
DAS, 149, 150
Hessen Protocol, 141, 145
VARS, 100
336
Desorber
HNO 3 , 62
DHCP, 131
DIAG
DAS Channel, 150
DIAG AIO, 102
DIAG AOUT, 102
DIAG ELEC, 102
DIAG FCAL, 102
DIAG I/O, 102
DIAG OPTIC, 102
DIAG TCHN, 102
DIAGNOSTIC MENU (DIAG), 80, 93, 94, 95, 251
Accesing, 103
AIN Calibrated, 105
AIN CALIBRATED, 118
Analog I/O
AOUT CALIBRATED Configuration, 105, 109
CONC_OUT_1, 105
CONC_OUT_2, 105
CONC_OUT_3, 105
Analog I/O Configuration, 102, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,
112, 114, 116, 117, 118
Analog Output Step Test, 102, 251
Electrical Test, 102
Flow Calibration, 102
Optic Test, 102
OZONE GEN OVERRIDE, 102
Signal I/O, 102
SIGNAL I/O, 233, 234, 236, 250, 252, 253, 254, 309
Test Chan Ouptut, 102
Test Output, 105
TEST OUTPUT, 308
Diagnostics, 209
Dilution Ratio, 49
Display Precision, 100
DUAL, 177
DYN_SPAN, 100
DYN_ZERO, 100
Dynamic Span, 20, 100
Dynamic Zero, 20, 100
E
EEPROM
Disk on Module, 159, 230
Electrical Connections
AC Power, 322, 323
Analog Outputs, 34, 35, 83
Current Loop, 36, 113
Voltage Ranges, 111
Control Inputs, 38, 254
Ethernet, 80, 129
Modem, 172, 257
Multidrop, 47
Serial/COMM Ports, 41, 43
Electrical Test, 102, 243, 266, 319
Electro-Static Discharge, 23, 44
ENTR Button, 80, 95, 161, 202, 207
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Calibration, 49
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Status Flag
Default Settings, 145
Modes, 145
Unassigned Flags, 145
Unused Bits, 145
Warnings, 145
types, 140
Environmental Protection Agency(EPA), 20, 49,
178, 180
Calibration, 68, 78, 177, 180
EPA Equivalency
Software Settings, 20
ETEST, 278
Ethernet, 73, 129
Configuration
using DHCP, 131
DHCP, 131
HOSTNAME, 133
Index
High voltage power supply (HVPS), 66, 76
HIRES, 150
HNO 3 , 60, 62
Desorber, 62
Exhaust Gas, 30
Exhaust Gas Outlet, 30, 52, 55, 59
Exhaust Manifold, 61
EXIT Button, 80
EXITZR, 156
HVPS, 76
F
I C, 236, 303, 309, 310
Final Test and Validation Data Sheet, 24, 67, 209
Flash Chip, 304
flow control assemblies, 293
Flow Diagram
IND Range Mode, 86, 88
Interferents, 68
Internal Pneumatics
DAS Parameter, 150
HVPS WARNING, 66, 77, 145
I
2
Status LED, 236
Pressurized Span Gas Inlet Option, 59
Pressurized Zero Air Inlet, 59
FROM DRYER OUTLET, 60
Front Panel, 25, 281, 328
Concentration Field, 27
Display, 102, 120, 230, 231
Message Field, 27
Mode Field, 27
Status LED’s, 27, 147
Touchscreen Definition Field, 27
FRONT PANEL WARN, 145
G
g
Temperature, 76
Sample Gas Dryer, 63
Scrubber
NH 3 , 63
Internal Pump, 324
internal span gas Generator, 76
Internal Span Gas Generator, 60, 66, 100
and Nitric Acid (HNO3), 62
AutoCal, 198, 199
EPA Equivalency, 21
Hessen Flags, 145
Valve States, 63
Warning Messages, 66, 77
Internal Zero Air (IZS), 30
INVALID CONC, 145
IZE TEMP, 76
IZS TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
IZS_SET, 100
Gas Inlets, 231
Sample, 30
Span, 30
SPAN, 53, 57
ZERO AIR, 53, 55, 57, 60
ZERO AIR, 30
Gas Outlets, 33, 68
Exhaust, 30, 52, 55, 59
FROM DRYER, 60
H
H 2 O, 49, 68, 180
Heaters, 102, 157, 219, 220, 221, 222, 231, 232,
237, 248, 250, 257, 271, 279, 290, 303, 310, 313,
314, 322, 325, 326
Hessen Protocol, 124, 138, 140, 141, 145
and Reporting Ranges, 142
Default Settings, 141
Gas List, 143, 144
Latency Period, 138
SETUP Parameters, 138
M
Machine ID, 46
Maintenance Schedule, 150, 207, 280, 291
MANIFOLD TEMP WARN, 145
Material Safety Data Sheet, 296
MEASURE_MODE, 100
Menu Buttons
CAL, 78, 280
CALS, 78, 193, 280
CALZ, 78, 193
CONC, 100, 253, 280
ENTR, 80, 95, 161, 202, 207
EXIT, 80
Message Field, 27
Metal Wool Scrubber, 120, 235
microcomputer, 303, 328
Mode Field, 27
Modem, 172, 257
MOLY TEMP, 76
337
Index
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Motherboard, 77, 105, 113, 231, 236, 248, 251,
303, 305, 309, 322
Multidrop, 46, 124, 138
N
®
Nafion , 63, 297, 298
National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST), 199
Standard Reference Materials (SRM), 49, 57, 180
NH 3 , 48, 63, 68, 179, 290, 298
(NH 3 ) 2 SO 4 , 290
nitric acid, 60, 62
NO OFFSET, 76
NO SLOPE, 76
NO 2  NO Converter, 66, 68, 76, 77, 187, 208,
219, 237, 243, 247, 257, 258, 262, 271, 273, 290,
292, 293, 299, 313
NORM PMT, 75
NOX OFFSET, 76
NXCNC1, 154
O
O2CELL TEMP WARN, 145
O 3 Generator, 102, 211, 212, 230, 290, 297, 299,
301, 309
O3 Option
Relay PCA
Status LED’s, 236, 237
Offset, 113, 230, 330
OFFSET, 207, 330
ON/OFF Switch, 248, 321
Operating Modes, 102
Calibration Mode, 78, 145
Diagnostic Mode (DIAG), 102
M-P CAL Mode, 145
Sample Mode, 27
SAMPLE mode, 73, 74, 100, 197
SAMPLE Mode, 56, 60, 63
Secondary Setup, 80
SPAN CAL, 56, 60, 63
Warm Up Mode, 145
ZERO CAL, 56, 60, 63
Optic Test, 102
Optical Test, 265
OTEST, 278
Ozone, 15, 63, 66, 77, 102, 120, 122, 208, 212,
221, 222, 223, 226, 230, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241,
242, 243, 245, 248, 262, 265, 269, 273, 283, 284,
295, 296, 297, 299, 301
OZONE FL, 75
OZONE FLOW WARNING, 66, 77, 145
OZONE GEN OFF, 66, 77, 145, 230, 301
Ozone Generator, 66
OZONE_FLOW, 252, 301, 306
P
Particulate Filter, 210, 230, 231, 280
338
®
Perma Pure , 290, 295, 297, 298, 301
Permeation Rate, 61, 100
Permeation Tube, 60, 61, 62, 76, 100, 280
Photometer
Sensor
Flow, 256
PRessure, 255
Physical Range, 75, 82
High Range, 82
Low Range, 82
PMT, 66, 232, 235, 255, 265, 271, 274, 275, 285,
288, 297, 301, 305, 306, 316, 320
(TEC), 228, 268, 276, 307, 316, 319, 320, 321
Sensor Control, 271
AZERO, 209, 242
Calibration, 274
Detector, 120
Electric Test, 102
Electrical Test, 266
Gain Voltage, 317
Housing, 221, 224
HVPS, 267, 276, 278, 316
HVPS Voltage, 120, 235
Light Leaks, 224
Maintenance, 208, 224
Noise, 242, 287
NORM PMT, 75, 275, 305
Offset, 287
Optic Test, 102, 265, 319
Output, 82, 287, 305, 317, 319
PMT TEMP, 76, 232, 271, 306
PMT TEMP WARNING, 77, 145, 230, 235
PMTDET, 235, 305, 317, 329
Preamplifier, 230, 267, 307, 309, 317, 318
PReamplifier, 274
Reaction Cell, 285
Replacement, 276
TEMP, 306
Temperature, 66, 277, 315, 317, 320
Test Function, 75, 224, 232, 247
Theory of Operation, 316, 317
Thermistors, 307
Troubleshooting, 230, 242, 243, 244, 246
With Zero NO x , 75
PMT Preamp PCA, 102
PMT TEMP, 76
PMT TEMP WARNING, 66, 145
PMTDET, 149
Pneumatic Sensors
O 3 Flow, 301
Sample Gas Flow, 301
Sample Pressure, 300
Vacuum Pressure, 300
Pneumatic Setu
Basic T200
Bottled Gas, 51
Pneumatic Setup
Basic, 50
Preamplifier, 230, 267, 307, 316, 317
Predictive Diagnostics, 147, 150, 169
Using DAS, 150
Pressurized Span Gas Inlet Option
Rear Panel, 57
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
Valve States, 60
Pressurized Zero Air Inlet
Valve States, 60
PTEF, 51, 52, 54, 55, 58, 59
Pump
Sample, 230, 231, 324
Purafil Chemisorbant, 60
R
RANGE, 75, 142
HIGH, 75
LOW, 75
Range Mode
AUTO, 89, 177
DUAL, 177
IND, 86, 88
SNGL, 69, 84
RANGE1, 75, 142
AUTO, 89
IND, 86
RANGE2, 75, 142
AUTO, 89
IND, 86
RANGE3, 75, 86
RCEL, 76
RCELL PRESS WARN, 66, 77, 145
RCELL TEMP, 76
RCELL TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
Reaction Cel
direct Interferencel, 288
Reaction Cell, 76, 214, 222, 223, 224, 269, 276,
278, 290, 291, 293, 295, 297, 299, 303, 306, 322
Auto Zero, 287
Auto Zero Valve, 292, 312
AutoZero, 295
AZERO, 293
Chemiluminescence, 285, 293
Cleaning, 221, 242, 247, 248
Contamination, 242
Critical Flow Orifice
Cleaning, 223
Critical Flow Orifices, 294, 296
Dirty, 221, 230, 242, 245, 247, 248
Dwell Time, 293
Gas Flow
Troubleshooting, 240
Gas Flow Caclulation, 301
Gas Inlets, 295
Heater, 271, 290
Interferents, 68
Light Leaks, 235, 289
Mounting Screws, 224
NH 3 , 290
NO/NO X valve, 292
Optical Filter, 285
Ozone, 75, 295, 296
Scrubber, 299
PMT, 316
Pneumatice Leaks, 240
Principles of Operation, 284
RCELL PRESS WARN, 66
RCELL PRESSURE, 235
Index
RCELL TEMP, 235, 329
RCELL TEMP WARN, 66
SAMP, 329
SAMP FLOW, 75
Sample Pressure Sensor, 300
SO x , 290
Temperature, 314
Temperature Control, 290
Temperature Sensor, 307
Test Functions, 120
Theory of Operation, 284, 285, 287
Thermistor, 290
Third Body Quenching, 288
Troubleshooting, 245, 248
Vacuum Pressure Sensor, 300
Reaction Cell Temperature, 76
REAR BOARD NOT DET, 66, 77
Rear Panel
Ambient Zero/Span Valve Options, 54
Analog Outputs, 83
Pressurized Span Gas Inlet Option, 57
REF_4096_MV, 252
REF_GND, 252
RELAY BOARD WARN, 66, 77, 145
relay PCA, 66, 77, 228, 249, 279, 303, 310, 311,
313, 314, 315, 321, 322
Relay PCA, 309–16
DC Power Test Points, 249
Status LED’s, 236, 237, 311, 312, 322
Troubleshooting, 236, 237, 248, 249, 250
Reporting Range, 69, 79, 82, 84
Configuration, 79
Dilution Feature, 91
HIGH, 89
LOW, 89
Modes, 92
AUTO, 89
IND, 86
SNGL, 84
Upper Span Limit, 75, 82, 85, 86, 88, 92
RJ45, 18
RS-232, 15, 44, 45, 46, 73, 80, 128, 148, 149, 163,
165, 169, 305
Activity Indicators, 43
Troubleshooting, 256
RS-485, 73, 124, 128, 305
S
Safety Messages
ELECTRIC SHOCK, 33, 207, 224, 249, 272, 310
General, 17, 23, 33, 47, 113, 296
SAMP, 76
SAMP FLW, 75
Sample Flow Sensor, 230
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING, 66, 77, 145
Sample Gas Dryer
Internal Pneumatics, 63
Sample Gas Line, 51, 55, 58
Sample Inlet, 30
Sample Mode, 27
SAMPLE mode, 73, 74, 100, 197
339
Index
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
ST_DIAG, 253
ST_HIGH_RANGE, 253
ST_O2_CAL, 253
ST_SPAN_CAL, 253
ST_SYSTEM_OK, 253
ST_ZERO_CAL, 253
Sample Pressure Sensor, 231
Sample Temperature Sensor, 230, 231
Scrubber
NH 3
Internal Pneumatics, 63
Scubber
Zero Air, 15, 48, 179
Sensors
Sample Flow, 230
Sample Pressure, 231, 306
Sample Temperature, 230, 231
Thermistors, 307
Box Temperature, 307
IZS Oven Temperature, 307
Reaction Cell Temperature, 307
Sample Temperature, 230, 231
Thermocouples
Inputs, 315
VACUUM PRESSURE, 306
Serial I/O Ports, 20, 229, 231, 303
Modem, 172, 257
Multidrop, 46, 124
RS-232, 15, 44, 73, 80, 148, 149, 163, 165, 169, 305
Troubleshooting, 256
RS-485, 73, 124, 305
Shutoff Valve
Span Gas, 57, 60
Zero Air, 60
Signal I/O
OZONE_FLOW, 252
REF_4096_MV, 252
REF_GND, 252
Sintered Filter, 281
Slope, 230, 330
SLOPE, 207, 330
SLPCHG, 150, 156
SNGL, 69, 84
SNGL Range Mode, 84
SO 2 , 68
SO 3 FLOW SENSOR, 306
Span Gas, 30, 49, 51, 55, 57, 58, 68, 70, 82, 102,
177, 178, 179, 180, 182, 184, 190, 195, 199, 280
Dilution Feature, 92
Standard Reference Materials (SRM’s) )
NO x /NO Span Gas, 49, 180
Span Inlet, 30, 53, 57
SPAN_CAL 1, 254
Specifications, 19
STABIL
DAS Parameter, 150
STABIL_GAS, 100
Standard Reference Materials (SRM), 57, 58
Standard Temperature and Pressure, 91
status LED’s, 313
Status LED’s
CPU, 236
2
I C, 236
Relay PCA, 236, 311, 312, 322
O 3 Option, 237
Watchdog, 236, 312
Status Outputs, 37, 89, 253, 308
ST_CONC_VALID, 253
340
STB (Stability Test function), 75, 100
SYSTEM
DEFAULT SETTINGS, 149
SYSTEM RESET, 66, 77, 145
T
Teledyne Contact Information
Email Address, 22, 282
Fax, 22, 282
Phone, 22, 282
Technical Assistance, 282
Website, 282
Temperature and Pressure Compensation (TPC),
100
Terminal Mode, 170
Command Syntax, 170
Computer mode, 124
Test Channel, 34, 35, 102, 105, 120, 235, 251
Test Functions, 67, 74, 75, 76, 105, 120, 209, 232,
251
AZERO, 75
BOX TEMP, 66, 76, 77, 145
HVPS, 76
IZE TEMP, 76
MOLY TEMP, 76
NO OFFSET, 76
NO SLOPE, 76
NORM PMT, 75
NOX OFFSET, 76
OFFSET, 207, 330
OZONE FL, 75
PMT, 75
PMT TEMP, 76
RANGE, 75, 142
RANGE1, 75, 142
AUTO, 89
IND, 86
RANGE2, 75, 142
AUTO, 89
IND, 86
RANGE3, 75, 86
RCEL, 76
RCELL TEMP, 76
SAMP, 76
SAMP FLW, 75
SLOPE, 207, 330
STB (Stability), 75, 100
TEST4
, 76
TIME, 76, 199
TEST4
, 76
Thermistors, 307, 314
Thermocouples, 219, 232, 237, 257, 258, 314, 315
Inputs, 315
Thermo-Electric Cooler, 287, 316, 317, 319, 320,
See
TIME, 76, 199
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
IZS_SET, 100
MEASURE_MODE, 100
STABIL_GAS, 100
TPC_ENABLE, 100
TPC_ENABLE, 100
U
Units of Measurement, 69, 91, 92
Volumetric Units vs Mass Units, 91
V
vacuum manifold, 215, 223, 224, 238, 274, 287,
291, 292, 293
Vacuum Manifold, 76, 224, 329
Valve Options, 30, 68, 194, 195
Ambient Zero/Span Valve Option, 53
Flow Diagram, 56
INTERNAL PNEUMATICS, 56
Rear Panel, 54
Valve States, 56
Internal Span Gas Generator, 60, 66, 100
AC Power, 326
AutoCal, 198, 199
EPA Equivalency, 21
Flow Diagram, 62
Hessen Flags, 145
Internal Span Gas Generation, 61
Test Channel Functions, 120, 235
Valve States, 63
Warning Messages, 66, 77
Pressurized Span Gas Inlet Option
Flow Diagram, 59
Rear Panel, 57
Pressurized Zero Air Inlet
Flow Diagram, 59
Valve States, 60
Shutoff Valve
Span Gas, 57, 60
Zero Air, 60
Zero/Span
and AutoCal, 177, 197
Calibration, 68, 193
EPA Equivalency, 21
with Remote Contact Closure, 197
VARS MENU, 80, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 149,
164
VARIABLE DEFAULT VALUES, 100
Variable Names
CAL_ON_NO2, 100
CLOCK_ADJ, 100
CONC_PRECISION, 100
DAS_HOLD_OFF, 100
DYN_SPAN, 100
DYN_ZERO, 100
Index
Ventilation Clearance, 24
Venting, 51, 52, 55, 58
visible light spectrum, 289
W
warm-up period, 64
Warning Messages, 64, 66, 77, 228, 230
ANALOG CAL WARNING, 66, 77, 145
AUTOZERO WARNING, 145
AZERO WARN, 66, 77
BOX TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
CANNOT DYN SPAN, 66, 77, 145
CANNOT DYN ZERO, 66, 77, 145
CONFIG INITIALIZED, 66, 77
CONV TEMP WARNING, 66, 145
DATA INITIALIZED, 66, 77
FRONT PANEL WARN, 145
HVPS WARNING, 66, 77, 145
INVALID CONC, 145
IZS TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
MANIFOLD TEMP WARN, 145
O2 CELL TEMP WARN, 145
OZONE FLOW WARNING, 66, 77, 145
OZONE GEN OFF, 66, 77, 145
PMT TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
RCELL PRESS WARN, 66, 77, 145
RCELL TEMP WARNING, 66, 77, 145
REAR BOARD NOT DET, 66, 77
RELAY BOARD WARN, 66, 77, 145
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING, 66, 77, 145
SYSTEM RESET, 66, 77, 145
WARNING MESSAGES
CONV TEMP WARNING, 77
Watchdog Circuit, 236
Status LED, 236, 312
Z
Zero Air, 30, 48, 51, 61, 122, 177, 178, 179, 182,
199
ZERO AIR INLET, 53, 55, 57, 60
ZERO AIR Inlet, 30
Zero Air Scrubber, 48
ZERO/SPAN valve, 197
ZERO_CAL, 254
341
Index
Teledyne ML – T200 NO/NO2/NOX Analyzer Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
342
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A: Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A: Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
A-1:
A-2:
A-3:
A-4:
A-5:
A-6:
A-7:
SOFTWARE MENU TREES, VERSION 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/KB7 (200E) ........... 3 SETUP VARIABLES ....................................................................................... 9 WARNINGS AND TEST MEASUREMENTS ..................................................... 10 SIGNAL I/O DEFINITIONS ......................................................................... 16 TRIGGER EVENTS AND DAS PARAMETERS .................................................. 22 TERMINAL COMMAND DESIGNATORS ........................................................ 26 MODBUS REGISTER MAP ............................................................................ 28 06858E DCN7057
A-1
APPENDIX A: Version Specific Software Documentation
A-2
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu
06858E DCN7057
A-3
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
SAMPLE
SETUP
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
PASS
RNGE
CLK
MORE
ON
<PREV NEXT>
PREV NEXT MODE
OFF
Go to iDAS
Menu Tree
TIME DATE
SEQ 1)
SEQ 2)
MODEL TYPE AND
SEQ 3)
NUMBER
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE
PREV
REVISION
CPU TYPE & OS
REVISION
DATE FACTORY
CONFIGURATION SAVED
Go to SECONDARY SETUP
Menu Tree
MODE
NEXT
SNGL
IND
SET
AUTO
UNIT
PPB PPM UGM MGM
DISABLED
SETUP X.X
ZERO
ZERO-SPAN
SPAN
0
LOW RANGE:500.0 Conc
0
5
SETUP X.X
0
0
0
.0 ENTR
EXIT
HIGH RANGE:500.0 Conc
0
5
0
0
.0 ENTR
EXIT
2
SET
<SET
SET>
ON
TIMER ENABLE
OFF
4
1
ACAL menu and its submenus only appear if the analyzer is
equipped with calibration valves or the internal span gas
generator.
2
Appears whenever the currently displayed sequence is not set
for DISABLED.
3
Only appears when reporting range is set to AUTO range mode.
4
Only Appears if TIME ENABLE is set to “ON”.
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME4
DELTA DAYS4
DELTA TIME4
DURATION
ON
CALIBRATE
OFF
RANGE TO CAL3
LOW
HIGH
Figure A-2: Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)
A-4
06858E DCN7057
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Figure A-3: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM & VARS)
06858E DCN7057
A-5
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Go to
Menu
Tree
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Go to
Menu
Tree
Go to
Menu Tree
Set/create unique
gas ID number
Figure A-4: Secondary Setup Menu (HESSEN)
A-6
06858E DCN7057
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Figure A-5: Secondary Setup Menu (DIAG)
06858E DCN7057
A-7
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Version 1.1.0 (T200, T204)/Kb7 (200E)
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Figure A-6: Internal Data Acquisition (DAS) Menu
A-8
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables
Table A-1:
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Setup Variables
Value Range
Description
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Minutes
15
0.5–20
Duration of DAS hold off period.
MEASURE_MODE
—
NO-NOX,
NOX 4
Gas measure mode. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting from the
RS-232 interface.
STABIL_GAS
—
NOX
TPC_ENABLE
—
ON
NO,
NOX, NOX-NO,
NON-OX
NO,
NO2,
NOX,
5
O2 ,
6
CO2
OFF, ON
DYN_ZERO
—
OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables remote dynamic zero
calibration; OFF disables it.
DYN_SPAN
—
OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables remote dynamic span
calibration; OFF disables it.
IZS_SET 1
ºC
51
30–70
IZS temperature set point and warning
limits.
Number of digits to display to the right of
the decimal point for concentrations on the
display. Enclose value in double quotes (")
when setting from the RS-232 interface.
Warnings:
50–52
Selects gas for stability measurement.
Enclose value in double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232 interface.
ON enables temperature/ pressure
compensation; OFF disables it.
CONC_PRECISION
—
AUTO 1,
2, 3
3
STAT_REP_GAS 4
—
NOX
REM_CAL_DURATI
ON 4
Minutes
20
AUTO,
0,
1,
2,
3,
4
NO,
NO2,
NOX,
6
CO2 ,
5
O2
1–120
CLOCK_ADJ
Sec./Da
y
0
-60–60
Time-of-day clock speed adjustment.
—
OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables span calibration on pure NO2;
OFF disables it.
SERVICE_CLEAR
—
OFF
OFF
ON
ON resets the service interval timer.
TIME_SINCE_SVC
Hours
0
0–500000
Time since last service.
SVC_INTERVAL
Hours
0
0–100000
Sets the interval between service
reminders.
CAL_ON_NO2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
Selects gas to report in TAI protocol status
message. Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232 interface.
Duration of automatic calibration initiated
from TAI protocol.
T200 and M200E.
T200H and M200EH.
T200U and M200EU.
TAI protocol
O2 option.
CO2 option.
06858E DCN7057
A-9
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Table A-2:
Warning Name 1
Warning Messages
Message Text
Description
WSYSRES
SYSTEM RESET
Instrument was power-cycled or the
CPU was reset.
WDATAINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
Data storage was erased.
WCONFIGINIT
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to
factory configuration or erased.
WNOXALARM1
9
NOX ALARM 1 WARN
NOX concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WNOXALARM2
9
NOX ALARM 2 WARN
NOX concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WNOALARM1
9
NO ALARM 1 WARN
NO concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WNOALARM2
9
NO ALARM 2 WARN
NO concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WNO2ALARM1
9
NO2 ALARM 1 WARN
NO2 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WNO2ALARM2
9
NO2 ALARM 2 WARN
NO2 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WO2ALARM1
5+9
O2 ALARM 1 WARN
O2 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WO2ALARM2
5+9
O2 ALARM 2 WARN
O2 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WCO2ALARM1
8+9
CO2 ALARM 1 WARN
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WCO2ALARM2
8+9
CO2 ALARM 2 WARN
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WO3ALARM1 13
O3 ALARM1 WARNING
O3 concentration alarm limit #1
exceeded
WO3ALARM2 13
O3 ALARM2 WARNING
O3 concentration alarm limit #2
exceeded
WSAMPFLOW
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
Sample flow outside of warning
limits.
WOZONEFLOW
OZONE FLOW WARNING
Ozone flow outside of warning limits.
WOZONEGEN
OZONE GEN OFF
Ozone generator is off. This is the
only warning message that
automatically clears itself. It clears
itself when the ozone generator is
turned on.
A-10
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Warning Name 1
Message Text
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Description
WRCELLPRESS
RCELL PRESS WARN
Reaction cell pressure outside of
warning limits.
WBOXTEMP
BOX TEMP WARNING
Chassis temperature outside of
warning limits.
WRCELLTEMP
RCELL TEMP WARNING
Reaction cell temperature outside of
warning limits.
MANIFOLD TEMP WARN
Bypass or dilution manifold
temperature outside of warning
limits.
CO2 CELL TEMP WARN
CO2 sensor cell temperature outside
of warning limits.
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of
warning limits.
WO3CELLTEMP 13
O3 CELL TEMP WARN
O3 sensor sample temperature
outside of warning limits.
WO3PHOTOREF 13
O3 CELL PHOTOREF WARN
O3 sensor photometer reference
signal warning.
WO3LAMPTEMP 13
O3 CELL LAMP WARN
O3 cell lamp temperature warning.
O3 CELL PRESS WARN
O3 cell pressure warning.
WIZSTEMP
IZS TEMP WARNING
IZS temperature outside of warning
limits.
WCONVTEMP
CONV TEMP WARNING
Converter temperature outside of
warning limits.
WPMTTEMP
PMT TEMP WARNING
PMT temperature outside of warning
limits.
WAUTOZERO
WPREREACT 11
AZERO WRN XXX.X MV
PRACT WRN XXX.X MV 11
Auto-zero reading above limit. Value
shown in message indicates autozero reading at time warning was
displayed.
WHVPS
HVPS WARNING
High voltage power supply output
outside of warning limits.
WDYNZERO
CANNOT DYN ZERO
Contact closure zero calibration
failed while DYN_ZERO was set to
ON.
WDYNSPAN
CANNOT DYN SPAN
Contact closure span calibration
failed while DYN_SPAN was set to
ON.
WREARBOARD
REAR BOARD NOT DET
Rear board was not detected during
power up.
WRELAYBOARD
RELAY BOARD WARN
Firmware is unable to communicate
with the relay board.
WMANIFOLDTEMP
WCO2CELLTEMP
WO2CELLTEMP
WO3PRESSURE
06858E DCN7057
8
5
13
4
A-11
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Warning Name 1
Message Text
Description
WFRONTPANEL
FRONT PANEL WARN
Firmware is unable to communicate
with the front panel.
WANALOGCAL
ANALOG CAL WARNING
The A/D or at least one D/A channel
has not been calibrated.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
Engineering firmware only.
Current instrument units.
Factory option.
O2 option.
User-configurable D/A output option.
Optional.
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
M200EUP.
M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
External analog input option.
O3 option
A-12
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Table A-3:
Test Name 1
RANGE
Test Measurements
Message Text
NONOXCONC
NO=396.5 NOX=396.5
not 6
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
3
Description
Simultaneously displays NO and NOX
concentrations.
RANGE=500.0 PPB 3
D/A range in single or auto-range
modes.
RANGE1
not 6
RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3
D/A #1 range in independent range
mode.
RANGE2
not 6
RANGE2=500.0 PPB 3
D/A #2 range in independent range
mode.
RANGE3
not 6
RANGE3=500.0 PPB 3
D/A #3 range in independent range
mode.
O3SN
O3 S/N=0123
O3 sensor serial number.
O3READ
O3 READ=100.0 PPB
O3 concentration.
O3STAB
O3 STAB=0.0 PPB
O3 concentration stability.
O3SLOPE
O3 SLOPE=1.000
O3 calibration slope.
O3OFFSET
O3 OFFS=0.0 PPB
O3 calibration offset.
O3RANGE
O3 RNG=500.0 PPB
O3 analog output range.
PHOTOMEAS
O3 MEAS=1230.0 MV
O3 photometer measurement signal.
PHOTOREF
O3 REF=1230.0 MV
O3 photometer reference signal.
CELLPRESS
O3CEL PR=14.7 PSIA
O3 cell pressure.
CELLTEMP
O3SAMP TMP-25.0 C
O3 sample temperature.
LAMPTEMP
O3LMP TEMP=52.0 C
O3 photometer lamp temperature.
3
STABILITY
NOX STB=0.0 PPB
O2 STB=0.0 PCT 5
CO2 STB=0.0 PCT 8
Concentration stability (standard
deviation based on setting of
STABIL_FREQ and STABIL_SAMPLES).
Select gas with STABIL_GAS variable.
RESPONSE 2
RSP=8.81(1.30) SEC
Instrument response. Length of each
signal processing loop. Time in
parenthesis is standard deviation.
SAMPFLOW
SAMP FLW=460 CC/M
Sample flow rate.
OZONEFLOW
OZGEN FL=87 CC/M
Ozone flow rate.
PMT
PMT=800.0 MV
Raw PMT reading.
NORMPMT
NORM PMT=793.0 MV
PMT reading normalized for
temperature, pressure, auto-zero
offset, but not range.
AUTOZERO
AZERO=1.3 MV
Auto-zero offset.
HVPS
HVPS=650 V
High voltage power supply output.
RCELLTEMP
RCELL TEMP=50.8 C
Reaction cell temperature.
BOX TEMP=28.2 C
Internal chassis temperature.
REM BOX TMP=30.1 C
Remote chassis temperature.
PMT TEMP=7.0 C
PMT temperature.
MF TEMP=50.8 C
Bypass or dilution manifold
temperature.
BOXTEMP
REMBOXTEMP
10
PMTTEMP
MANIFOLDTEMP
06858E DCN7057
4
A-13
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
Test Name 1
CO2CELLTEMP
8
Message Text
Description
CO2 CELL TEMP=50.8 C
CO2 sensor cell temperature.
O2 CELL TEMP=50.8 C
O2 sensor cell temperature.
IZSTEMP
IZS TEMP=50.8 C
IZS temperature.
CONVTEMP
MOLY TEMP=315.0 C
Converter temperature. Converter type
is MOLY, CONV, or O3KL.
SAMPRESTTEMP 10
SMP RST TMP=49.8 C
Sample restrictor temperature.
RCELLPRESS
RCEL=7.0 IN-HG-A
Reaction cell pressure.
SAMPPRESS
SAMP=29.9 IN-HG-A
Sample pressure.
NOXSLOPE
NOX SLOPE=1.000
NOX slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NOXOFFSET
NOX OFFS=0.0 MV
NOX offset for current range,
computed during zero/span calibration.
NOSLOPE
NO SLOPE=1.000
NO slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NOOFFSET
NO OFFS=0.0 MV
NO offset for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
NO2
NO2=0.0 PPB 3
NO2 concentration for current range.
O2CELLTEMP
NO2_1
7
NO2_2
7
5
NOX
NOX_1
7
NOX_2
7
NO
NO2 concentration for range #1.
NO2_2=0.0 PPB
3
NO2 concentration for range #2.
NOX=396.5 PPB
3
NO_1
NO_2
7
8, not 6
CO2RANGE
CO2SLOPE
8
CO2OFFSET
CO2
8
8
5, not 6
O2RANGE
O2SLOPE
5
O2OFFSET
5
5
TESTCHAN
A-14
5,6,8
NOX concentration for current range.
NOX_1=396.5 PPB
3
NOX concentration for range #1.
NOX_2=396.5 PPB
3
NOX concentration for range #2.
NO=396.5 PPB
7
O2
NO2_1=0.0 PPB
3
3
NO concentration for current range.
NO_1=396.5 PPB
3
NO concentration for range #1.
NO_2=396.5 PPB
3
NO concentration for range #2.
CO2 RANGE=100.00 PCT
D/A #4 range for CO2 concentration.
CO2 SLOPE=1.000
CO2 slope, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2 OFFSET=0.000
CO2 offset, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2=15.0 %
CO2 concentration.
O2 RANGE=100.00 PCT
D/A #4 range for O2 concentration.
O2 SLOPE=1.000
O2 slope computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2 OFFSET=0.00 %
O2 offset computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2=0.00 %
O2 concentration.
TEST=3627.1 MV
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog
output, selected with TEST_CHAN_ID
variable.
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Test Name 1
Message Text
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Description
XIN1
12
AIN1=37.15 EU
External analog input 1 value in
engineering units.
XIN2
12
AIN2=37.15 EU
External analog input 2 value in
engineering units.
XIN3
12
AIN3=37.15 EU
External analog input 3 value in
engineering units.
XIN4
12
AIN4=37.15 EU
External analog input 4 value in
engineering units.
XIN5
12
AIN5=37.15 EU
External analog input 5 value in
engineering units.
XIN6
12
AIN6=37.15 EU
External analog input 6 value in
engineering units.
XIN7
12
AIN7=37.15 EU
External analog input 7 value in
engineering units.
XIN8
12
AIN8=37.15 EU
External analog input 8 value in
engineering units.
TIME=10:38:27
Current instrument time of day clock.
CLOCKTIME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
Engineering firmware only.
Current instrument units.
Factory option.
O2 option.
User-configurable D/A output option.
Optional.
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
M200EUP.
M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
External analog input option.
O3 option
06858E DCN7057
A-15
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Table A-4:
Signal Name
Signal I/O Definitions
Bit or Channel Number
Description
Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 9–16 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7
Spare
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
ELEC_TEST
0
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST
1
1 = optic test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI
2
1 = select high preamp range
0 = select low range
O3GEN_STATUS
3
0 = ozone generator on
1 = off
4–5
Spare
I2C_RESET
6
1 = reset I2C peripherals
0 = normal
I2C_DRV_RST
7
0 = hardware reset 8584 chip
1 = normal
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL
0
0 = go into zero calibration
1 = exit zero calibration
EXT_SPAN_CAL
1
0 = go into span calibration
1 = exit span calibration
2
0 = go into low span calibration
1 = exit low span calibration
3
0 = remote select high range
1 = default range
0
1
2
Three inputs, taken as binary number
(CAL_MODE_2 is MSB) select
calibration level and range:
0 & 7 = Measure
1 = Zero, range #3
2 = Span, range #3
3 = Zero, range #2
4 = Span, range #2
5 = Zero, range #1
6 = Span, range #1
4–5
Spare
6–7
Always 1
EXT_LOW_SPAN
20
REMOTE_RANGE_HI
CAL_MODE_0
CAL_MODE_1
CAL_MODE_2
5
21
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 325 hex
A-16
0–5
Spare
6–7
Always 1
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Signal Name
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Bit or Channel Number
Description
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 321 hex
0–7
Spare
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 9–12 = bits 0–3, default I/O address 325 hex
0–3
Spare
Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 1–12 = bits 4–7, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2
MB_RELAY_36
12
18
1 = calibration mode
0 = measure mode
ST_CONC_ALARM_1
17
5
18
OUT_SPAN_CAL
1 = system OK
0 = any alarm condition or in
diagnostics mode
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
13
OUT_CAL_MODE
MB_RELAY_37
4
1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
13
1 = span calibration
0 = zero calibration
ST_CONC_ALARM_2
17
6
1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
MB_RELAY_38
18
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
OUT_PROBE_1
13
0 = select probe #1
1 = not selected
ST_HIGH_RANGE2
19
7
1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors
ST_HIGH_RANGE status output)
0 = low auto-range
MB_RELAY_39
18
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
OUT_PROBE_2
13
0 = select probe #2
1 = not selected
06858E DCN7057
A-17
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Signal Name
Bit or Channel Number
Description
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
0
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
ST_CONC_VALID
1
0 = conc. valid
1 = conc. filters contain no data
ST_HIGH_RANGE
2
0 = high auto-range in use
1 = low auto-range
ST_ZERO_CAL
3
0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
ST_SPAN_CAL
4
0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE
5
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
6
0 = in low span calibration
1 = not in low span
7
0 = in
1 = in
mode
0 = in
1 = in
mode
0 = in
1 = in
mode
ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL
ST_O2_CAL
11
ST_CO2_CAL
ST_O3_CAL
15
23
20
7
7
O2 calibration mode
measure or other calibration
CO2 calibration mode
measure or other calibration
O3 calibration mode
measure or other calibration
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 324 hex
0–7
Spare
2
2
Front panel I C keyboard, default I C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
LANG2_SELECT
6 (input)
0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
SAMPLE_LED
8 (output)
0 = sample LED on
1 = off
CAL_LED
9 (output)
0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED
10 (output)
0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
14 (output)
0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing
only)
1 = off
A-18
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Signal Name
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Bit or Channel Number
Description
2
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), default I C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG
0
Alternate between 0 and 1 at least
every 5 seconds to keep relay board
active
RCELL_HEATER
1
0 = reaction cell heater on
1 = off
CONV_HEATER
2
0 = converter heater on
1 = off
3
0 = bypass or dilution manifold heater
on
1 = off
4
0 = IZS heater on
1 = off
10
MANIFOLD_HEATER
IZS_HEATER
15
CO2_CELL_HEATER
O2_CELL_HEATER
11
SPAN_VALVE
0 = CO2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
5
0 = O2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
6
0 = let span gas in
1 = let zero gas in
ZERO_VALVE 3
0 = let zero gas in
1 = let sample gas in
CAL_VALVE
7
0 = let cal. gas in
1 = let sample gas in
AUTO_ZERO_VALVE
8
0 = let zero air in
1 = let sample gas in
NOX_VALVE
9
0 = let NOX gas into reaction cell
1 = let NO gas into reaction cell
NO2_CONVERTER 4
LOW_SPAN_VALVE
20
10
0 = let low span gas in
1 = let high span/sample gas in
3
11
0 = let span gas in
1 = let sample gas in
16
12
0 = let NO2 gas into reaction cell
1 = let NOX/NO gas into reaction cell
SPAN_VALVE
NO2_VALVE
0 = turn on NO2 converter (measure
NOx)
1 = turn off NO2 converter (measure
NO)
VENT_VALVE
7
0 = open vent valve
1 = close vent valve
13–15
06858E DCN7057
Spare
A-19
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Signal Name
Bit or Channel Number
Description
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 32A hex
PMT_SIGNAL
0
PMT detector
HVPS_VOLTAGE
1
HV power supply output
PMT_TEMP
2
PMT temperature
3
CO2 concentration sensor
4
Temperature MUX
5
Spare
6
O2 concentration sensor
SAMPLE_PRESSURE
7
Sample pressure
RCELL_PRESSURE
8
Reaction cell pressure
REF_4096_MV
9
4.096V reference from MAX6241
OZONE_FLOW
10
Ozone flow rate
TEST_INPUT_11
11
CO2_SENSOR
O2_SENSOR
15
11
SAMP_REST_TEMP 4
Diagnostic test input
Sample restrictor temperature
CONV_TEMP
12
Converter temperature
TEST_INPUT_13
13
Diagnostic test input
14
DAC loopback MUX
15
Ground reference
REF_GND
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 326 hex
BOX_TEMP
0
Internal box temperature
RCELL_TEMP
1
Reaction cell temperature
2
IZS temperature
IZS_TEMP
CO2_CELL_TEMP
O2_CELL_TEMP
15
11
TEMP_INPUT_5
CO2 sensor cell temperature
3
Spare
4
O2 sensor cell temperature
5
REM_BOX_TEMP 4
TEMP_INPUT_6
MANIFOLD_TEMP
Diagnostic temperature input
Remote box temperature
10
6
Diagnostic temperature input
7
Bypass or dilution manifold
temperature
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs, MUX default I/O address 327 hex
DAC_CHAN_1
0
DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC_CHAN_2
1
DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC_CHAN_3
2
DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC_CHAN_4
3
DAC channel 3 loopback
A-20
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Signal Name
Bit or Channel Number
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Description
Rear board analog outputs, default I/O address 327 hex
CONC_OUT_1
DATA_OUT_1
0
6
CONC_OUT_2
DATA_OUT_2
DATA_OUT_3
Data output #1
1
6
CONC_OUT_3
2
CONC_OUT_4
DATA_OUT_4
6
Concentration output #3 (NO2)
Data output #3
3
11, 15
Concentration output #2 (NO)
Data output #2
6
TEST_OUTPUT
Concentration output #1 (NOX)
Test measurement output
Concentration output #4 (CO2, O2, or
O3 )
Data output #4
External analog input board, default I2C address 5C hex
XIN1
22
0
External analog input 1
XIN2
22
1
External analog input 2
XIN3
22
2
External analog input 3
XIN4
22
3
External analog input 4
XIN5
22
4
External analog input 5
XIN6
22
5
External analog input 6
XIN7
22
6
External analog input 7
XIN8
22
7
External analog input 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Hessen protocol.
M200EH.
M200EU.
M200EUP.
Triple-range option.
User-configurable D/A output option.
Pressurized zero/span option.
Dual NOX option.
MAS special.
Factory option.
O2 option.
Optional
Probe-select special.
CO2 option.
NO2 valve option.
Concentration alarm option.
MODBUS option.
High auto range relay option
Low span option.
Remote range control option
External analog input option.
O3 option
06858E DCN7057
A-21
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-5: Trigger Events and DAS Parameters
APPENDIX A-5: Trigger Events and DAS Parameters
Table A-5:
DAS Trigger Events
Name
ATIMER
Automatic timer expired
EXITZR
EXITLS
Description
Exit zero calibration mode
1
Exit low span calibration mode
EXITHS
Exit high span calibration mode
EXITMP
Exit multi-point calibration mode
EXITC2
4
Exit CO2 calibration mode
EXITO2
3
Exit O2 calibration mode
EXITO3
6
Exit O3 calibration mode
SLPCHG
Slope and offset recalculated
CO2SLC
4
CO2 slope and offset recalculated
O2SLPC
3
O2 slope and offset recalculated
O3SLPC
6
O3 slope and offset recalculated
EXITDG
Exit diagnostic mode
CONC1W
5
Concentration exceeds limit 1 warning
CONC2W
5
Concentration exceeds limit 2 warning
AZEROW
Auto-zero warning
OFLOWW
Ozone flow warning
RPRESW
Reaction cell pressure warning
RTEMPW
Reaction cell temperature warning
MFTMPW
2
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature warning
C2TMPW
4
CO2 sensor cell temperature warning
O2TMPW
3
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
O3TMPW
6
O3 sensor cell temperature warning
O3LMPW
6
O3 sensor lamp temperature warning
O3REFW
6
O3 sensor photometer reference warning
O3PRSW
6
O3 sensor pressure warning
IZTMPW
IZS temperature warning
CTEMPW
Converter temperature warning
PTEMPW
PMT temperature warning
SFLOWW
Sample flow warning
BTEMPW
Box temperature warning
HVPSW
HV power supply warning
1
2
3
4
5
6
Low span option.
Factory option.
O2 option.
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
O3 option.
A-22
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Table A-6:
Name
PMTDET
6
RAWNOX
RAWNO
6
NXSLP1
NXSLP2
NXSLP3
7
NOSLP1
NOSLP2
NOSLP3
7
NXOFS1
NXOFS2
NXOFS3
7
NOOFS1
NOOFS2
NOOFS3
CO2SLP
CO2OFS
7
5
5
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
DAS Parameters
Description
Units
PMT detector reading
mV
Raw PMT detector reading for NOX
mV
Raw PMT detector reading for NO
mV
NOX slope for range #1
—
NOX slope for range #2
—
NOX slope for range #3
—
NO slope for range #1
—
NO slope for range #2
—
NO slope for range #3
—
NOX offset for range #1
mV
NOX offset for range #2
mV
NOX offset for range #3
mV
NO offset for range #1
mV
NO offset for range #2
mV
NO offset for range #3
mV
CO2 slope
—
CO2 offset
%
O2SLPE
3
O2 slope
—
O2OFST
3
O2 offset
%
NXZSC1
NOX concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
NXZSC2
NOX concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
NOX concentration for range #3 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
NOZSC1
NO concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration,
just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
NOZSC2
NO concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration,
just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
NO concentration for range #3 during zero/span calibration,
just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
N2ZSC1
NO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
N2ZSC2
NO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
2
2
NXZSC3
NOZSC3
7
7
N2ZSC3
7
NO2 concentration for range #3 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
CO2ZSC
5
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
O2ZSCN
3
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
NOX concentration for range #1
PPB
NXCNC1
06858E DCN7057
2
A-23
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-5: Trigger Events and DAS Parameters
Name
Description
NOX concentration for range #2
PPB
2
NOX concentration for range #3
PPB
2
NOCNC1
NO concentration for range #1
PPB
2
NOCNC2
NO concentration for range #2
PPB
2
NO concentration for range #3
PPB
2
N2CNC1
NO2 concentration for range #1
PPB
2
N2CNC2
NO2 concentration for range #2
PPB
2
2
NXCNC2
7
NXCNC3
7
NOCNC3
N2CNC3
7
NO2 concentration for range #3
PPB
CO2CNC
5
CO2 concentration
%
O2CONC
3
O2 concentration
%
STABIL
Concentration stability
PPB
AZERO
Auto zero offset (range de-normalized)
mV
2
O3FLOW
Ozone flow rate
cc/m
RCPRES
Reaction cell pressure
"Hg
RCTEMP
Reaction cell temperature
°C
MFTEMP
1
Bypass or dilution manifold temperature
°C
C2TEMP
5
CO2 sensor cell temperature
°C
O2TEMP
3
O2 sensor cell temperature
°C
IZTEMP
IZS block temperature
°C
CNVEF1
Converter efficiency factor for range #1
—
Converter efficiency factor for range #2
—
Converter efficiency factor for range #3
—
CNVTMP
Converter temperature
°C
PMTTMP
PMT temperature
°C
SMPFLW
Sample flow rate
cc/m
SMPPRS
Sample pressure
"Hg
SRSTMP 8
Sample restrictor temperature
°C
BOXTMP
Internal box temperature
°C
Remote box temperature
°C
HVPS
High voltage power supply output
Volts
REFGND
Ground reference (REF_GND)
mV
CNVEF2
CNVEF3
RBXTMP
XIN1
7
8
9
Channel 1 Analog In
9
Channel 1 Analog In Slope
XIN1OFST 9
Channel 1 Analog In Offset
XIN1SLPE
XIN2
9
Channel 2 Analog In
XIN2SLPE
9
Channel 2 Analog In Slope
XIN2OFST
9
Channel 2 Analog In Offset
XIN3
9
Channel 3 Analog In
XIN3SLPE 9
Channel 3 Analog In Slope
9
Channel 3 Analog In Offset
XIN3OFST
A-24
Units
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Name
Description
XIN4 9
Channel 4 Analog In Slope
9
Channel 4 Analog In Offset
XIN5
9
Channel 5 Analog In
XIN5SLPE 9
Channel 5 Analog In Slope
9
Channel 5 Analog In Offset
XIN5OFST
XIN6
9
Channel 6 Analog In
XIN6SLPE
9
XIN6OFST
9
XIN7 9
Channel 6 Analog In Slope
Channel 6 Analog In Offset
Channel 7 Analog In
XIN7SLPE 9
Channel 7 Analog In Slope
9
Channel 7 Analog In Offset
XIN7OFST
XIN8
9
Channel 8 Analog In
XIN8SLPE 9
Channel 8 Analog In Slope
9
Channel 8 Analog In Offset
XIN8OFST
Units
Channel 4 Analog In
XIN4SLPE 9
XIN4OFST
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
RF4096
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
mV
TEST11
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_11)
mV
TEST13
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_13)
mV
TEMP5
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
°C
TEMP6
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
°C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Factory option.
Current instrument units.
O2 option.
Optional.
CO2 option.
Engineering firmware only.
Triple-range option.
M200EUP.
Analog In option, T-Series only.
06858E DCN7057
A-25
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
Table A-7:
Command
Terminal Command Designators
Additional Command Syntax
? [ID]
LOGON [ID]
LOGOFF [ID]
T [ID]
W [ID]
C [ID]
D [ID]
V [ID]
A-26
password
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2]
ASEQ number
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN
EXIT
ABORT
LIST
name[=value]
LIST NAMES
ENTER name
EXIT
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode]
PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT]
RECORDS ["name"]
REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number]
[FROM=<start date>][TO=<end
date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX] (Print DAS
records)(date format: MM/DD/YYYY(or YY)
[HH:MM:SS]
CANCEL
LIST
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]]
name="value"
CONFIG
MAINT ON|OFF
MODE
DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>]
DASEND
CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND
CHANNELDELETE ["name"]
Description
Display help screen and this list of
commands
Establish connection to instrument
Terminate connection to instrument
Display test(s)
Print test(s) to screen
Print single test
Disable test(s)
Display warning(s)
Print warning(s)
Clear single warning
Clear warning(s)
Enter calibration mode
Execute automatic sequence
Compute new slope/offset
Exit calibration mode
Abort calibration sequence
Print all I/O signals
Examine or set I/O signal
Print names of all diagnostic tests
Execute diagnostic test
Exit diagnostic test
Reset instrument
Print DAS configuration
Print number of DAS records
Print DAS records
Halt printing DAS records
Print setup variables
Modify variable
Modify enumerated variable
Print instrument configuration
Enter/exit maintenance mode
Print current instrument mode
Upload DAS configuration
Upload single DAS channel
Delete DAS channels
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in
[brackets] are optional designators. The following key assignments also apply.
Terminal Key Assignments
ESC
CR (ENTER)
Ctrl-C
Abort line
Execute command
Switch to computer mode
Computer Mode Key Assignments
LF (line feed)
Ctrl-T
06858E DCN7057
Execute command
Switch to terminal mode
A-27
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
Description 10
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
Units
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0
Instantaneous PMT detector reading
mV
2
NOX slope for range #1
—
4
NOX slope for range #2
—
6
NO slope for range #1
—
8
NO slope for range #2
mV
10
NOX offset for range #1
mV
12
NOX offset for range #2
mV
14
NO offset for range #1
mV
16
NO offset for range #2
mV
18
NOX concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
20
NOX concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
22
NO concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
24
NO concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
26
NO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
28
NO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
30
NOX concentration for range #1
PPB
32
NOX concentration for range #2
PPB
34
NO concentration for range #1
PPB
36
NO concentration for range #2
PPB
38
NO2 concentration for range #1
PPB
40
NO2 concentration for range #2
PPB
42
Concentration stability
PPB
44
Auto zero offset (range de-normalized)
Pre React 11
mV
46
Ozone flow rate
cc/m
48
Reaction cell pressure
"Hg
50
Reaction cell temperature
C
52
Manifold temperature
°C
54
Converter efficiency factor for range #1
—
56
Converter efficiency factor for range #2
—
58
Converter temperature
°C
60
PMT temperature
C
A-28
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Description 10
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
Units
62
Sample flow rate
cc/m
64
Sample pressure
“Hg
66
Internal box temperature
C
68
High voltage power supply output
Volts
70
Ground reference (REF_GND)
mV
72
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
mV
74
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_13)
mV
76
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
°C
78
IZS temperature
C
80
9
Sample restrictor temperature
C
82
9
Remote box temperature
C
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_11)
mV
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
°C
Raw PMT detector reading for NOX
mV
80
82
84
1
86
1
Raw PMT detector reading for NO
mV
100
3
NOX slope for range #3
—
102
3
NO slope for range #3
mV
104
3
NOX offset for range #3
mV
106
3
NO offset for range #3
mV
108
3
NOX concentration for range #3 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
110
3
NO concentration for range #3 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
112
3
NO2 concentration for range #3 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
PPB
114
3
NOX concentration for range #3
PPB
116
3
NO concentration for range #3
PPB
118
3
NO2 concentration for range #3
PPB
120
3
Converter efficiency factor for range #3
—
130
12
External analog input 1 value
Volts
132
12
External analog input 1 slope
eng unit /V
134
12
External analog input 1 offset
eng unit
136
12
External analog input 2 value
Volts
138
12
External analog input 2 slope
eng unit /V
140
12
External analog input 2 offset
eng unit
142
12
External analog input 3 value
Volts
144 12
External analog input 3 slope
eng unit /V
146 12
External analog input 3 offset
eng unit
12
External analog input 4 value
Volts
148
06858E DCN7057
A-29
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
Description 10
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
Units
150 12
External analog input 4 slope
eng unit /V
152
12
External analog input 4 offset
eng unit
154
12
External analog input 5 value
Volts
156
12
External analog input 5 slope
eng unit /V
158 12
External analog input 5 offset
eng unit
160
12
External analog input 6 value
Volts
162
12
External analog input 6 slope
eng unit /V
164
12
External analog input 6 offset
eng unit
166
12
External analog input 7 value
Volts
168
12
External analog input 7 slope
eng unit /V
170
12
External analog input 7 offset
eng unit
172
12
External analog input 8 value
Volts
174
12
External analog input 8 slope
eng unit /V
176
12
External analog input 8 offset
eng unit
188
13
Converter efficiency factor slope for range #1
—
190
13
Converter efficiency factor offset for range #1
—
192
13
Converter efficiency factor slope for range #2
—
194
13
Converter efficiency factor offset for range #2
—
196
13, 3
Converter efficiency factor slope for range #3
—
198
13, 3
Converter efficiency factor offset for range #3
—
200
5
O2 concentration
%
202
5
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
204
5
O2 slope
—
206
5
O2 offset
%
208
5
O2 sensor cell temperature
°C
300
6
CO2 concentration
%
302
6
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
304
6
CO2 slope
—
306
6
CO2 offset
%
308
6
CO2 sensor cell temperature
°C
400
14
O3 concentration
PPB
402
14
O3 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
PPB
404 14
O3 slope
—
406
14
O3 offset
PPB
408
14
O3 sensor cell temperature
°C
410
14
O3 photometer reference potential
mV
A-30
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
Description 10
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
412 14
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Units
O3 photometer measurement potential
mV
414
14
O3 cell pressure
PSIA
416
14
O3 lamp temperature
°C
418
14 + 15
O3 bench serial number
—
O3 bench firmware revision
—
420 14
MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)
0
Maps to NOX_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Conc. units
2
Maps to NO_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Conc. units
4
Maps to NOX_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Conc. units
6
Maps to NO_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Conc. units
100
3
Maps to NOX_SPAN3 variable; target conc. for range #3
Conc. units
102
3
Maps to NO_SPAN3 variable; target conc. for range #3
Conc. units
200
5
Maps to O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable; target conc. for
range O2 gas
%
300
6
Maps to CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable; target conc. for
range CO2 gas
%
400 14
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable; O3 target
span concentration
PPB
402 14
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_PRESSURE_OFFSET variable; O3 cell
pressure compensation offset
PSIA
404 14
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_PRESSURE_SLOPE variable; O3 cell
pressure slope compensation
—
406 14
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_TEMP_SET variable; O3 temperature
setpoint
°C
408 14
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_DWELL variable; O3 dwell time
Seconds
Maps to ID_VAR_O3_RANGE variable; O3 analog output
range
PPB
410
14
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
0
Manifold temperature warning
1
Converter temperature warning
2
Auto-zero warning
3
Box temperature warning
4
PMT detector temperature warning
5
Reaction cell temperature warning
6
Sample flow warning
7
Ozone flow warning
8
Reaction cell pressure warning
9
HVPS warning
10
System reset warning
06858E DCN7057
A-31
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
Description 10
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
11
Rear board communication warning
12
Relay board communication warning
13
Front panel communication warning
14
Analog calibration warning
15
Dynamic zero warning
16
Dynamic span warning
17
Invalid concentration
18
In zero calibration mode
19
In span calibration mode
20
In multi-point calibration mode
21
System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
22
Ozone generator warning
23
Units
IZS temperature warning
24
8
In low span calibration mode
25
7
NO concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
26
7
NO concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
27
7
NO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
28
7
NO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
29
7
NOX concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
30
7
NOX concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
200
5
Calibrating O2 gas
201
5
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
202
5+7
O2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
203
5+7
O2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
300
6
Calibrating CO2 gas
301
6
CO2 sensor cell temperature warning
302
6+7
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
303
6+7
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
400
14
Calibrating O3 gas
401 14
O3 cell temperature warning
402 14
O3 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
14
O3 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
403
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
0
Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)
1
Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)
2
Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)
3
20
Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)
2
A-32
Triggers zero calibration of NOX range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
06858E DCN7057
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
MODBUS Register
Address
(decimal, 0-based)
Appendix A3: Warnings and Test Measurements, Software Version K.3
Description 10
Units
21
2
Triggers span calibration of NOX range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
22
2
Triggers zero calibration of NOX range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
23
2
Triggers span calibration of NOX range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Engineering firmware only.
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise
a calibration check is performed.
Triple-range option.
Optional.
O2 option.
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
Low span option.
M200EUP.
All NOX references become NOy for M200EU_NOy.
M200EU and M200EU_NOy.
External analog input option.
M200EU_PHOTO.
O3 option.
32-bit integer value stored in high/low word order (i.e. not a floating-point value).
06858E DCN7057
A-33
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
Teledyne API - T200, T204 and 200E Series (05295F DCN6900)
This page intentionally left blank.
A-34
06858E DCN7057
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Note
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by T-API may result in non
compliance with European standard EN 61010-1.
Note
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the Website or call
Customer Service for more recent updates to part numbers.
06858E DCN7057
B-1
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
06858E DCN7057
T200 Spare Parts List
Reference: PN 06847 02/28/2013
1 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
000940100
000940400
000940500
000940600
001330000
001761800
002270100
002730000
004330000
005960000
005970000
008830000
009690200
009690300
009810300
009810600
009811000
011310000
011340500
011420500
011630000
011930000
013140000
014030000
014080100
016290000
016300800
018720100
018720200
037860000
039700100
040010000
040030800
040400000
040410100
040420200
040900000
041800500
041920000
042680100
043170000
043420000
044530000
044600000
06858E DCN7057
Description
ORIFICE, 3 MIL, DILUTION & VACUUM MANIFOLDS & IZS
ORIFICE, 4 MIL, OZONE FLOW & O2 OPTION
CD, ORIFICE, .007 ORANGE (KB)
ORIFICE, 10 MIL, SAMPLE FLOW & DILUTION & VACUUM MANIFOLDS
SLEEVE, REACTION CELL
ASSY, FLOW CTL, 90CC, OZONE DRYER
AKIT, GASKETS, WINDOW, (12 GASKETS = 1)
CD, FILTER, 665NM (KB)
ZERO AIR SCRUBBER (NO/NO2)
KIT, EXPENDABLE, ACTIVATED CHARCOAL (6 LBS)
KIT, EXPENDABLE, PURAFIL (6 LBS)
COLD BLOCK (KB)
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19,100=1) 47mm
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL19, 30=1) 47mm
ASSY, PUMP PK, 115V/60HZ w/FL34/NO/SO
ASSY, PUMP PACK, 100V/60HZ w/FL34
ASSY, PUMP, NOX, 220-240V/50-60HZ FL34
ASSY, OZONE DRYER W/FLOW CONTROL
ASSY, SENSOR
ASSY, NOX REACTION CELL
HVPS INSULATOR GASKET (KB)
CD, PMT (R928), NOX, (KB)
ASSY, COOLER FAN (NOX/SOX)
AKIT, NOX EXPENDABLES, IZS
ASSY, HVPS, SOX/NOX
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM, ANG BKT, 1UM
ASSY, MOLY CONVERTER, W/O3 DESTRUCTOR
ASSY, MOLYCON, w/O3 DEST - EXH *
ORING, TFE RETAINER, SAMPLE FILTER
HEATER, BAND, TYPE K, DUAL VOLTAGE(KB)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, FLOW/PRESSURE
ASSY, HEATERS/THERMAL SWITCH, REACTION CELL
ASSY, VACUUM MANIFOLD
ASSY, O3 GEN BRK, HIGH-O/P
ORIFICE HOLDER, REACTION CELL (KB)
PCA, PMT PREAMP, VR
ASSY, THERMISTOR, REACTION CELL
ASSY, VALVE (SS)
MANIFOLD, RCELL, (KB) *
ASSY, HEATER/THERM, O2 SEN
OPTION, O2 SENSOR ASSY,(KB)
AKIT, SPARES, NOX
B-3
T200 Spare Parts List
Reference: PN 06847 02/28/2013
2 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
044610000
045230200
045500100
045500300
045500400
046030000
046480000
047150000
048830000
049310100
049760300
050610700
050610900
050611100
050700200
051210000
051990000
052820000
052930200
055290000
055740000
055740100
055740200
058021100
058230000
059940000
062390000
062420200
064540000
064540100
064540200
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
067300200
067900000
068240100
068580000
068810000
069500000
072150000
CN0000073
CN0000458
CN0000520
FL0000001
B-4
Description
ASSY, VALVES, MOLY/HICON
PCA, RELAY CARD W/RELAYS, E SERIES, S/N'S >467
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 4 MIL, OZONE FLOW
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 10 MIL, SAMPLE FLOW & DIL MANIFOLD
ASSY, ORIFICE HOLDER, 3 MIL, DIL MANIFOLD
KIT, EXPENDABLE, DESSICANT, OZONE FILTER
ASSY, DILUTION MANIFOLD, (KB)
AKIT, EXPENDABLES, NOX
AKIT, EXP KIT, EXHAUST CLNSR, SILCA GEL
PCA, TEC CONTROL, E SERIES
ASSY, TC PROG PLUG, MOLY,TYP K, TC1
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 115V, M200E
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 220-240V, M200E
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 100V, M200E
KIT, RELAY BD NOX CONFIGURATION
ASSY, OZONE DESTRUCTOR
ASSY, SCRUBBER, INLINE, PUMP PACK
ASSY, IZS, HEATER/THERM, NOX
ASSY, BAND HEATER TYPE K, NOX
AKIT, PUMP REBUILD, THOMAS 688, SNGL HD
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP, NOx PUMP PACK, 220V/50HZ
PCA, E-SERIES MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP (ACCEPTS ACROSSER OR ICOP CPU)
ASSY, O3 CLEANSER, ALUMINUM
OPTION, SAMPLE GAS CONDITIONER, NOX*
ASSY, MOLY GUTS w/WOOL
PCA, SER INTRFACE, ICOP CPU, E- (OPTION) (USE WITH ICOP CPU 062870000)
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 115V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/60HZ
ASSY, PUMP NOX INTERNAL, 230V/50HZ
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T200 *
MANUAL, T200, OPERATORS
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 12 PIN
CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 10 PIN
FILTER, FLOW CONTROL
06858E DCN7057
T200 Spare Parts List
Reference: PN 06847 02/28/2013
3 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
FL0000003
FM0000004
FT0000010
HW0000005
HW0000020
HW0000030
HW0000031
HW0000099
HW0000101
HW0000453
KIT000051
KIT000095
KIT000207
KIT000218
KIT000219
KIT000231
KIT000253
KIT000254
OP0000030
OR0000001
OR0000002
OR0000025
OR0000027
OR0000034
OR0000039
OR0000044
OR0000046
OR0000058
OR0000083
OR0000086
OR0000094
PU0000005
PU0000011
PU0000052
PU0000054
PU0000083
RL0000015
SW0000025
SW0000059
WR0000008
06858E DCN7057
Description
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
FITTING, FLOW CONTROL
FOOT, CHASSIS/PUMP PACK
SPRING, FLOW CONTROL
ISOLATOR, SENSOR ASSY
FERRULE, SHOCKMOUNT
STANDOFF, #6-32X.5, HEX SS M/F
ISOLATOR, PUMP PACK
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
KIT, REACTION CELL REBUILD
AKIT, REPLACEMENT COOLER
KIT, RELAY RETROFIT
KIT, RELAY RETROFIT, MOLY PLUG
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
KIT, RETROFIT, Z/S VALVE
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
OXYGEN TRANSDUCER, PARAMAGNETIC
ORING, FLOW CONTROL/IZS
ORING, REACTION CELL SLEEVE
ORING, ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
ORING, COLD BLOCK/PMT HOUSING & HEATSINK
ORING, (USED W/ FT10)
ORING, FLOW CONTROL
ORING, REACTION CELL MANIFOLD
ORING, PERMEATION OVEN
ORING, SAMPLE FILTER
ORING, PMT SIGNAL & OPTIC LED
ORING, 2-006, CV-75 COMPOUND(KB)
ORING, SAMPLE FILTER
PUMP, THOMAS 607, 115V/60HZ (KB)
REBUILD KIT, THOMAS 607(KB)
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 220/240V 50HZ/60HZ
PUMP, THOMAS 688, 100V, 50/60HZ
KIT, REBUILD, PU80, PU81, PU82
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
B-5
This page intentionally left blank.
B-6
06858E DCN7057
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T200 and M200E
(04503E, DCN6611)
CUSTOMER: ____________________________________ PHONE: ___________________________________________
CONTACT NAME: _______________________________ FAX NO. ___________________________________________
SITE ADDRESS: ______________________________________________________________________________________
MODEL SERIAL NO.: ____________________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: _______________________________
1.
ARE THERE ANY FAILURE MESSAGES? ____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE: (NOTE: DEPENDING ON OPTIONS INSTALLED, NOT ALL TEST
PARAMETERS SHOWN BELOW WILL BE AVAILABLE IN YOUR INSTRUMENT)
*IF OPTION IS INSTALLED
PARAMETER
RECORDED VALUE
ACCEPTABLE VALUE
PPB/PPM
50 PPB TO 20 PPM
RANGE
PPB/PPM
NOx STAB
 1 PPB WITH ZERO AIR
CM3
500 ± 50
SAMPLE FLOW
3
CM
80 ± 15
OZONE FLOW
MV
-20 TO 150
PMT SIGNAL WITH ZERO
AIR
MV
0-5000MV
PMT SIGNAL AT SPAN GAS
PPB
0-20,000 PPB
CONC
MV
0-5000MV
NORM PMT SIGNAL AT
PPB
0-20000PPB
SPAN GAS CONC
MV
-20 TO 150
AZERO
V
400 – 900
HVPS
ºC
50 ± 1
RCELL TEMP
ºC
AMBIENT ± 5ºC
BOX TEMP
ºC
7 ± 2ºC
PMT TEMP
ºC
50 ± 1ºC
IZS TEMP*
ºC
315 ± 5ºC
MOLY TEMP
IN-HG-A
<10
RCEL PRESS
IN-HG-A
~ 1” < AMBIENT
SAMP PRESS
1.0 ± 0.3
NOx SLOPE
-50 TO 150
NOx OFFSET
1.0 ± 0.3
NO SLOPE
-50 TO 150
NO OFFSET
PMT MV
2000 ± 1000
ETEST
PMT MV
2000 ± 1000
OTEST
Values are in the Signal I/O
REF_4096_MV
MV
REF_GND
MV
4096mv ±2mv and Must be
Stable
0± 0.5 and Must be Stable
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
06858E DCN7057
C-1
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T200 and M200E
(04503E, DCN6611)
2.
WHAT ARE THE RCELL & SAMPLE PRESSURES WITH THE SAMPLE INLET ON REAR OF MACHINE CAPPED?
RCELL PRESS -
3.
IN-HG-A SAMPLE PRESSURE -
IN-HG-A
WHAT ARE THE FAILURE SYMPTOMS? ___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.
WHAT TEST(S) HAVE YOU DONE TRYING TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM? ________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.
IF POSSIBLE, PLEASE INCLUDE A PORTION OF A STRIP CHART PERTAINING TO THE PROBLEM. CIRCLE
PERTINENT DATA.
THANK YOU FOR PROVIDING THIS INFORMATION. YOUR ASSISTANCE ENABLES TELEDYNE API TO RESPOND
FASTER TO THE PROBLEM THAT YOU ARE ENCOUNTERING.
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2
06858E DCN7057
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
06858E DCN7057
D-1
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
06858E DCN7057
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference: 0691101B DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
#
0364901 CBL, AC POWER
AC Line
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Neutral
Power Entry
CN0000073
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neutral Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neutral Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
AC Line Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
AC Neutral Switched
Power Switch
SW0000025
Power Grnd
Power Entry
CN0000073
03829
CBL, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND
Relay PCA
045230100
+5V
Relay PCA
045230100
AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
+15V
Relay PCA
045230100
AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
-15V
Relay PCA
045230100
+12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
+12V
Relay PCA
045230100
Chassis Gnd
Relay PCA
045230100
04022
CBL, DC POWER, FANM KEYBOARD, TEC, SENSOR PCA
TEC +12V
TEC PCA
049310100
TEC +12V RET
TEC PCA
049310100
DGND
Relay PCA
045230100
+5V
Relay PCA
045230100
DGND
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
+5V
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
+12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
+12V
Relay PCA
045230100
P/Flow Sensor AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P/Flow Sensor +15V
Relay PCA
045230100
Pressure signal 1
P/Flow Sensor PCA
040030800
Pressure signal 2
P/Flow Sensor PCA
040030800
Flow signal 1
P/Flow Sensor PCA
040030800
Flow signal 2
P/Flow Sensor PCA
040030800
Shield
P/Flow Sensor PCA
040030800
Shield
Motherboard
058021100
Thermocouple signal 1
Motherboard
058021100
TC 1 signal DGND
Motherboard
058021100
Thermocouple signal 2
Motherboard
058021100
TC 2 signal DGND
Motherboard
058021100
04023
CBL, I2C, RELAY PCA TO MOTHERBOARD
I2C Serial Clock
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Serial Data
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Reset
Motherboard
058021100
I2C Shield
Motherboard
058021100
04024
CBL, NOX, ZERO/SPAN, IZS VALVES
Zero/Span valve +12V
Relay PCA
045230100
Zero/Span valve +12V RET Relay PCA
045230100
Sample valve +12V
Relay PCA
045230100
Sample valve +12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
AutoZero valve +12V
Relay PCA
045230100
AutoZero valve +12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
NONOx valve +12V
Relay PCA
045230100
NONOx valve +12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
06858E DCN7057
J/P
Pin
L
N
L
N
L
N
L
N
Assembly
CONNECTION TO
PN
J/P
Pin
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
Chassis
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
SW0000025
SW0000025
SW0000025
L
N
060820000
060820000
060820000
068010000
068010000
068010000
045230100
045230100
045230100
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
J1
J1
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
P7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
P15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P1
P1
P10
P10
P14
P14
P11
P11
P11
P11
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
1
2
1
2
2
3
7
8
3
4
2
4
5
1
S
9
2
8
1
7
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Chassis fan
Chassis fan
P/Flow Sensor PCA
P/Flow Sensor PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
066970000
066970000
045230100
045230100
040010000
040010000
040030800
040030800
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P10
P10
P14
P14
P11
P11
P1
P1
P1
P1
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P17
P17
P17
P17
P17
8
7
8
1
1
2
1
2
3
6
6
5
4
3
12
S
1
2
3
4
P107
P107
P107
P107
3
5
2
6
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
2
4
5
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Zero/Span valve
Zero/Span valve
Sample valve
Sample valve
AutoZero valve
AutoZero valve
NONOx valve
NONOx valve
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
042680100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
D-3
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference: 0691101B DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
PN
#
0402603 CBL, IZS & O2 SENSOR HEATERS/THERMISTORS, REACTION CELL & MANIFOLD THERMISTORS
Rcell thermistor A
Reaction cell thermistor
041920000
P1
2 Motherboard
058021100
Rcell thermistor B
Reaction cell thermistor
041920000
P1
1 Motherboard
058021100
IZS or CO2 thermistor A
Motherboard
058021100
P27
6 IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
IZS or CO2 thermistor B
Motherboard
058021100
P27 13 IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
IZS or CO2 heater L
IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
P1
4 Relay PCA
045230100
IZS or CO2 heater L
IZS or CO2 thermistor/htr 05282\06693
P1
1 Relay PCA
045230100
Shield
Relay PCA
045230100
O2 sensor heater
Relay PCA
045230100
P18
6 O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
O2 sensor heater
Relay PCA
045230100
P18
7 O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
Shield
Relay PCA
045230100
P18 12 O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
O2 sensor thermistor A
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
P1
3 Motherboard
058021100
O2 sensor thermistor B
O2 sensor therm./heater 043420000
P1
1 Motherboard
058021100
Byp/dil. man. thermistor A
Motherboard
058021100
P27
1 Manifold thermistor
043420000
Byp/dil. man. thermistor B
Motherboard
058021100
P27
8 Manifold thermistor
043420000
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
045230100
P18
3 Relay PCA
045230100
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
045230100
P18
8 Relay PCA
045230100
04027
CBL, NO2 CONVERTER, REACTION CELL & MANIFOLD HEATERS
Bypass/dil. manifold heater L Manifold heater 1
044340000
P1
1 Relay PCA
045230100
Bypass/dil. manifold heater N Manifold heater 1
044340000
P1
2 Relay PCA
045230100
Bypass/dil. manifold heater L Relay PCA
045230100
P2
11 Manifold heater 2
044340000
Bypass/dil. manifold heater N Relay PCA
045230100
P2
15 Manifold heater 2
044340000
Moly heater A
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
7 Moly heater A
039700100
Moly heater C
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
6 Moly heater C
039700100
Moly heater B
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
10 Moly heater B
039700100
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
045230100
P2
13 Relay PCA
045230100
Configuration jumper intern. Relay PCA
045230100
P2
8 Relay PCA
045230100
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
1 Reaction cell heater 1B
040400000
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
1 Reaction cell heater 2B
040400000
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
2 Reaction cell heater 1A
040400000
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
3 Reaction cell heat switch 040400000
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
4 Reaction cell heat switch 040400000
Reaction cell heater/switch
Relay PCA
045230100
P2
5 Reaction cell heater 2A
040400000
04105
CBL, KEYBOARD, DISPLAY TO MOTHERBOARD
Kbd Interrupt
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J1
7 Motherboard
058021100
DGND
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J1
2 Motherboard
058021100
SDA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J1
5 Motherboard
058021100
SCL
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J1
6 Motherboard
058021100
Shld
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J1
10 Motherboard
058021100
04176
CBL, DC POWER TO RELAY PCA
DGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
1 Power Supply Triple
068010000
+5V
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
2 Power Supply Triple
068010000
+15V
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
4 Power Supply Triple
068010000
AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
5 Power Supply Triple
068010000
-15V
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
6 Power Supply Triple
068010000
+12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
7 Power Supply Single
068020000
+12V
Relay PCA
045230100
P8
8 Power Supply Single
068020000
04433
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO RELAY PCA
Preamplifier DGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P9
1 Preamp PCA
041800500
Preamplifier +5V
Relay PCA
045230100
P9
2 Preamp PCA
041800500
Preamplifier AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P9
3 Preamp PCA
041800500
Preamplifier +15V
Relay PCA
045230100
P9
4 Preamp PCA
041800500
Preamplifier -15V
Relay PCA
045230100
P9
6 Preamp PCA
041800500
04437
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO TEC
Preamp TEC drive VREF
Preamp PCA
041800500
J1
1 TEC PCA
049310100
Preamp TEC drive CTRL
Preamp PCA
041800500
J1
2 TEC PCA
049310100
Preamp TEC drive AGND
Preamp PCA
041800500
J1
3 TEC PCA
049310100
D-4
J/P
Pin
P27
P27
P1
P1
P18
P18
P18
P1
P1
P1
P27
P27
P1
P1
P18
P18
7
14
2
3
1
2
11
4
2
P2
P2
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P2
P2
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
11
12
1
2
1
2
3
14
9
4
6
3
1
2
5
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
3
1
6
4
5
3
1
P5
P5
P5
P5
P5
1
2
3
4
6
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
11
1
2
4
9
06858E DCN7057
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference: 0691101B DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
#
04671
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION)
GND
Motherboard
058021100
RX0
Motherboard
058021100
RTS0
Motherboard
058021100
TX0
Motherboard
058021100
CTS0
Motherboard
058021100
RS-GND0
Motherboard
058021100
RTS1
Motherboard
058021100
CTS1/485Motherboard
058021100
RX1
Motherboard
058021100
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100
RX1
Motherboard
058021100
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100
06737
CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (ANALOG IN OPTION)
ATX+
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
ATXAUX I/O PCA
067300000
LED0
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
ARX+
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
ARXAUX I/O PCA
067300000
LED0+
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
LED1+
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION)
RXD1
CPU PCA
067240000
DCD1
CPU PCA
067240000
DTR1
CPU PCA
067240000
TXD1
CPU PCA
067240000
DSR1
CPU PCA
067240000
GND
CPU PCA
067240000
CTS1
CPU PCA
067240000
RTS1
CPU PCA
067240000
RI1
CPU PCA
067240000
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION)
RXD
067240000
CPU PCA
DCD
067240000
CPU PCA
DTR
067240000
CPU PCA
TXD
067240000
CPU PCA
DSR
067240000
CPU PCA
GND
067240000
CPU PCA
CTS
067240000
CPU PCA
RTS
067240000
CPU PCA
RI
067240000
CPU PCA
06739
CBL, CPU LAN TO AUX I/O PCA
ATXCPU PCA
067240000
ATX+
CPU PCA
067240000
LED0
CPU PCA
067240000
ARX+
CPU PCA
067240000
ARXCPU PCA
067240000
LED0+
CPU PCA
067240000
LED1
CPU PCA
067240000
LED1+
CPU PCA
067240000
CBL, CPU USB to Front Panel
06741
GND
CPU PCA
067240000
LUSBD3+
CPU PCA
067240000
LUSBD3CPU PCA
067240000
VCC
CPU PCA
067240000
06858E DCN7057
Assembly
CONNECTION TO
PN
J/P
Pin
J/P
Pin
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
COM1 1
COM1 2
COM1 3
COM1 4
COM1 5
COM1 6
COM1 7
COM1 8
COM1 10
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 1
COM1 2
COM1 3
COM1 4
COM1 5
COM1 6
COM1 7
COM1 8
COM1 10
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
USB
USB
USB
USB
8
6
4
2
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
JP9
JP9
JP9
JP9
D-5
T200X INTERCONNECT LIST
(Reference: 0691101B DCN5936)
CONNECTION FROM
Cable Part
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
#
06746
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
Motherboard
058021100
P12
2
RX0
Motherboard
058021100
P12 14
RTS0
Motherboard
058021100
P12 13
TX0
Motherboard
058021100
P12 12
CTS0
Motherboard
058021100
P12 11
RS-GND0
Motherboard
058021100
P12 10
RTS1
Motherboard
058021100
P12
8
CTS1/485Motherboard
058021100
P12
6
RX1
Motherboard
058021100
P12
9
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100
P12
7
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100
P12
5
RX1
Motherboard
058021100
P12
9
TX1/485+
Motherboard
058021100
P12
7
RS-GND1
Motherboard
058021100
P12
5
06915
CBL, PREAMP, O2 SENSOR, O3 GEN, FAN, RELAY PCA & MOTHERBOARD
+15V
Relay PCA
045230100
P12
4
AGND
Relay PCA
045230100
P12
3
+12V
Relay PCA
045230100
P12
8
+12V RET
Relay PCA
045230100
P12
7
O3GEN enable signal
Ozone generator
07228XXXX
P1
6
ETEST
Motherboard
058021100
P108 8
OTEST
Motherboard
058021100
P108 16
PHYSICAL RANGE
Motherboard
058021100
P108 7
PMT TEMP
Preamp PCA
041800500
P6
5
HVPS
Preamp PCA
041800500
P6
6
PMT SIGNAL+
Preamp PCA
041800500
P6
7
AGND
Preamp PCA
041800500
P6
S
AGND
Motherboard
058021100
P109 9
O2 SIGNAL Motherboard
058021100
P109 7
O2 SIGNAL +
Motherboard
058021100
P109 1
DGND
O2 Sensor (optional)
OP0000030
P1
5
+5V
O2 Sensor (optional)
OP0000030
P1
6
WR256
CBL, TRANSMITTER TO INTERFACE
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J15
D-6
Assembly
CONNECTION TO
PN
J/P
Pin
Shield
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
485
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
Ozone generator
Ozone generator
PMT cooling fan
PMT cooling fan
Motherboard
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Preamp PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
O2 Sensor (optional)
O2 Sensor (optional)
O2 Sensor (optional)
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
07228XXXX
07228XXXX
013140000
013140000
058021100
041800500
041800500
041800500
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
OP0000030
OP0000030
OP0000030
045230100
045230100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P108
P6
P6
P6
P109
P109
P109
P109
P1
P1
P1
P5
P5
4
5
1
2
15
1
2
4
4
5
6
11
S
9
10
1
2
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J1
06858E DCN7057
06858E DCN7057
D-7
1
2
3
4
6
5
VERSION TABLE
016680000 - CE MARK VERSION
STD PROD. VERSION UP TO 10/99
016680100 - NON CE MARK (OBSOLETE)
+15V
+15V
016680200 - SUB PS 17 SWITCHER FOR LINEAR SUPPLY
DELETE COMPONENTS
T1, D1, D2, C9, C11, PTC1, PTC2, U2
ADD COMPONENTS
PS1
+15V
D
R1
R5
TP1
016680300 - LOW OUTPUT + FIXED FREQ
REPLACE VR2 WITH A WIRE JUMPER
REPLACE R4 WITH RS297 127KOHM
1.2K
4.7K 1%
+15V
TP6
R6
+
Q1
IRFZ924
C2
.01
C1
C7
L1
J2
1000uF/25V
1
2
3
4
.1
10
16
2
9
6
7
1
4
C3
.1
VR2
100K
"FREQ"
J1
SD
VREF
INV+
COMP
RT
CT
INV+SEN
C5
.1
6
5
4
3
2
1
68uH
TP2
U1
C
016680400 - HI OUTPUT + FIXED FREQ
REPLACE VR2 WITH A WIRE JUMPER
REPLACE R4 WITH RS13 11 KOHM
10
R2
10K 1%
VIN
C_B
C_A
E_B
E_A
OSC
-SEN
GND
15
13
12
14
11
3
5
8
R7
Q2
IRFZ24
+
016680600 - HI OUTPUT,E SERIES
DELETE COMPONENTS
T1,D1,D2,C9,PTC1,PTC2,U2
C8
1000uF/25V
10
R8
1.2K
C
SG3524B
+
D
C6
100pF
R10
C4
4.7uF/16V
3K
TP3
Text
R11
150K
R4
10K 1%
TP4
115V
15V
2
3
115V
B
D1
8
1
1.1A
1N4007
IN
Text
R9
GND
PTC2
T1
3
OUT
.1
R13
10K 1%
R12
7
6
+
C9
2200uF/35V
10K 1%
2
1
+15V
TP5
LM7815
U2
C10
.1
C11
15V
4
5
PWR XFRMR
PTC1
D2
1.1A
1N4007
Text
B
.22
R14
VR1
1K 20T
4.7K 1%
"PW"
C12
.22
R15
4.7K 1%
Error : LOGO.BMP file not found.
10/15/96 REV. D:
Added PTC1,2 secondary overcurrent protection.
11/21/96 REV. E:
Minor cosmetic fixes
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest confidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
A
10/01/99 REV. F
1
06858E DCN7057
2
ADDED VERSION TABLE AT D6
3
4
5
APPROVALS
DATE
OZON_ GEN
A
DRAWN
DRIVER
CHECKED
SIZE
B
APPROVED
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
01669
G
LAST MOD.
SHEET
30-Nov-2006
1
of
1
6
D-8
1
2
+15
3
4
+15
+15
5
+15
+15
+15
C14
1
2
D
C15
+
22uF
+
22uF
C16
C17
C4
R12
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
49.9
R17
0.2
R7
+15
D1
R34 2.00K
R3
J1
6
1.00K
C12
R22
0.1uF
49.9
R4
U2V+
0.2
D
0.2
R18 1.00K
R5
1.00K
C2
C9
0.1uF
6
R31 1.00K
7
U1V+
0.1uF
R27
Q1
MTB30P6V
5
LMC6464BIM
C8
6
U2B
R24 1.00K
1
Q3
MTB30P6V
5
U2A
2
R29 1.00K
7
6.04K
0.1uF
4
U1B
Q2
MTB30P6V
3
LMC6464BIM
11
LMC6464BIM
U2V+
JUMPER
JP1
Open for M200E
Closed for M100A
R13 20.0K
R26 20.0K
+15
R25 20.0K
C
2
1
C
C7
0.1uF
C13
C6
0.1uF
TP4
R16
TP1
TP2 TP3
R15 2.00K
0.1uF
20.0K
R35 0.2
4
J3
R1
3
2
1
10.0K
2
R14 10.0K
1
R2
9
3
10.0K
J2
U2C
U1A
8
1
2
R23 10.0K
R36 0.2
10
11
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
U2V-
U1V-
B
B
U1C
U1D
10
8
R32
Q5
NTB30N06L
1.00K
9
12
R33
14
Q4
NTB30N06L
1.00K
13
LMC6464BIM
U2D
C18
12
14
6.04K
LMC6464BIM
C3
R28
LMC6464BIM
0.1uF
R10 1.00K
1.00K
Q6
NTB30N06L
13
0.1uF
C1
0.1uF
R30
C10
0.1uF
R8
1.00K
R20 1.00K
R9
R6
0.2
0.2
R19
0.2
C11
R21
R11
C5
0.1uF
A
0.1uF
49.9
A
49.9
Title
TEC Amplifier PCB
Mounting Holes
X1
X2
X3
X4
Size
X5
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
04932
C
13-Jan-2005
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\UNREL\04930PW\Protel\04930.DDB
Drawn By: RJ
1
6
D-9
1
2
3
+15V
A
ISOV+
ISOV+
C9
A
+
+
C6
ISO_GND
C10
ISO_GND
0.1
15
1uF
1
1uF
4
R3
VIN
7
U2
9.76K
4.75K
ISO-GND
0.1
XTR110
1uF
+
16
1
C12
ISOVIOUT+
IOUT-
+15V
1
2
15
12
11
OFFADJ
OFFADJ
SPAN
4MA
16MA
VIN(10)
VREFIN
VIN(5V)
GND
4
3
5
C
2
ISO_GND
ISO-GND
+
VS
0V
GATEDRV
7
6
8
10
9
C
VREF
SENSE
VRADJ
SSENSE
14
Q1
FDN5618P
U3
+V
SR
13
GND
SIN
ISO_GND
ISOV-
-15V
14
C11
C8
-15V
U1
RB520S30
ISO_+15V
1uF
1uF
+15V
D1
C5
220PF
+
+
HEADER 5X2
C7
3
R2
B
16 -VS2
14 GND2
VIN
28 GND1
-VS1
2
4
6
8
10
2
1
3
5
7
9
13
ISO124U
U4
J1
Install On Bottom-Side
B
6
R1
8
27
VOUT
OPA277U
2
4
1
VIN
GND
C4
1000pF
VOUT
TP1
TP6
0
VOUT
+VS2
+VS1
TP2
C1
2.2uF
TP3
ISO_+15V
D2
8
SOUT
+VOUT
0V
-VOUT
6
5
7
ISO_+15V
C2
0.47
TP5
ISOV+
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
DCP010515
TP4
ISO_-15V
D
ISO_GND
C3
0.47
Teledyne API
ISO_-15V
ISOV-
Title
DCN: 6415
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
06858E DCN7057
2
D
SCH, 0-20MA OUTPUT, E SERIES
D3
1
9480 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121
Size
A
Date:
File:
3
Number
Revision
C
03632
6/12/2012
N:\PCBMGR\..\03632-C.SchDoc
Sheet 1 of 1
Drawn By: RT
4
D-10
1
2
J1
1
2
3
4
4 PIN
D
3
4
6
5
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil isolation/creepage distance around them
5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
RELAY0
VCC
RN1
330
R1
R2
2.2K 2.2K
RELAY1
RELAY0
K1
1
4
3
K2
2
1
4
3
K3
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
2
COMMON0
LOAD0
TS0
RELAY0
RELAY2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2
RELAY2
I2C_Vcc
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
I2C_Vcc
2
1
1
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HEADER 4X2
D
RELAY1
3
+-
SLD-RLY
+-
4
TS0
TS1
TS2
SLD-RLY
COMMON1
LOAD1
TS1
RELAY1
A
SLD-RLY
+-
YEL
RL0
YEL
RL1
D8
D9
YEL
RL2
GRN
VA0
GRN
VA1
GRN
VA2
D10
GRN
VA3
1
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
2
SN74HC04
VCC
U2B
Q1
VCC
4
11
3
R5
10K
JP4
1
2
3
1
C5
10/16
11
CON10THROUGH
2
J11
1
C6
2000/25
VCC
14
1
U2F
REV
B
J12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
+
13
AUTH
CAC
DATE
10/3/02
CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX
12
A
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Title
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
3
Te
T
06858E DCN7057
SPARE
J10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
SYNC DEMOD
J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
CON10THROUGH
B
VALVE3
8 PIN
10
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12RT +12V
1
CON10THROUGH
VLV_ENAB
U2E
1
MTHR BRD
J8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8
+
1
KEYBRD
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
VALVE2
2 1
+ C4
10/16
2
A
DC PWR IN
J5
DGND
1
VCC
2
AGND
3
+15V
4
AGND
5
-15V
6
+12RET
7
+12V
8
EGND
9
CHS_GND
10
CON10THROUGH
VALVE1
2
1
R4
1M
2 1
MAX693
VALVE0
WTCDG OVR
AK
C2
0.001
D17
RLS4148
J4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
UDN2540B(16)
9
A
JP3
1 2
HEADER 1X2
VCC
U2D
R6
10K
13
12
5
4
C3
1
K
VBATT
RESET
VOUT
RESET'
VCC
WDO'
GND
CD IN'
BATT_ONCD OUT'
LOW LINE' WDI
OSC IN
PFO'
OSC SEL
PFI
6
1
2
3
6
7
8
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
GND
GND
GND
GND
5
B
16
15
14
10
9
U2C
I2C_Vcc
IRF7205
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
+12V
U5
U4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
U2A
R3
20K
VCC
COMMON2
LOAD2
TS2
RELAY2
AC_Neutral
IO3
IO4
PCF8575
12
D7
1
Vss
22
23
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
SCL P05
SDA P06
P07
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
D4
KA
24
J3
1
2
3
4
5
CON5
A0
A1
A2
INT
D3
RED
U1
21
2
3
1
Vdd
C1
0.1
C
D2
K
D1
WDOG
I2C_Vcc
J216 PIN
1
2
RELAY0
3
4
5
6
7
RELAY1
8
9
10
11
12
RELAY2
13
14
15
16
Size
B
Date:
File:
APPLIES TO PCB 03954
4
5
M100E/M200E Relay PCB
Number
03956
Revision
A
3
3
30-Jun-2004
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
Te
T
D-11
1
2
3
4
6
5
AC_Line
J20
1
2
3
4
5
6
RELAY3
RELAY4
RN2
330
D
RELAY4
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RELAY3
1
K4
2
1
4
3
K5
Aux Relay Connector
D
MOLEX6
2
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
3
I2C_Vcc
+-
SLD-RLY
RL3
RL4
VA4
D12
GRN
D13
GRN
D14
GRN
D15
GRN
D16
GRN
VA5
VA6
VA7
TR0
TR1
C
K
C
D11
GRN
KA
D6
YEL
A
SLD-RLY
D5
YEL
4
+-
IO3
IO4
VCC
1
IO13
+12V
11
U3A
SN74HC04
16
15
14
10
9
VLV_ENAB
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
GND
GND
GND
GND
U3D
9
J6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
U6
2
VCC
IO10
IO11
IO12
8
1
2
3
6
7
8
13
12
5
4
UDN2540B(16)
U3B
U3E
IO14
3
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
CON10
4
11
10
B
B
U3C
14
VCC
U3F
13
IO15
5
6
12
J13
1
2
MINIFIT-2
C13
0.1
7
+12V
Q2
IRL3303
Use 50 mil traces
+12V
J14
1
2
MINIFIT-2
Q3
IRL3303
A
A
Title
Use 40 mil traces
Size
B
Date:
File:
+12RET
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
Te
T
4
Te
T
5
100E/200E/400E RELAY PCB
Number
03956
Revision
A
3
3
30-Jun-2004
Sheet 2 of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
D-12
1
2
3
4
R7
2.55K
+15V
6
5
VDD_TC
ZR1
C15
C7
D
0.1
0.1
+15V
D
LTC1050
U8
K
1
2
2
4
CCW
CW
JP5
1 2
JUMPER
R13
332K
1K
CCW
K
R17
R19
J17
1
2
3
4
MICROFIT-4
1
10K
5K
C
C9
0.1
ZR2
5.6V
A
AK
VEE_TC
W
W
C8
0.1
C
R15
11K C17
CW
R11
249K
R9
TYPE k
K TC Connector
-15V
CW
5
4
1
OPA2277
J18
- 2
+ 1
ZR3
10V
3
6
TYPE J
J TC Connector
R21
20k
U7A
3
KA
C16
0.1
8
7
J15
2
+ 1
-
8
A
5.6V
R8
2.55K
VDD_TC
B
8
7
ZR4
LTC1050
U9
U7B
3
6
7
2
J16
2
+ 1
20k
R22
5
6
10V
B
K
-15V
KA
A
C10
0.1
4
1
J
8
K
7
R-
5
R14
676K
1K
JP6
1 2
JUMPER
R16
11K
R20
10K
R18
Vin
Gnd
C14
0.1
R10
U10
3
TOUT
CW
R12
249K
2
TYPE J
J TC Connector
5
OPA2277
-
C20
1 uF
5K
C11
LT1025
4
0.1
C12
0.1
A
A
VEE_TC
Title
TYPE K
J19
- 2
+ 1
K TC Connector
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
2
3
Te
06858E DCN7057
4
5
100E/200E/400E RELAY PAB
Number
03956
Revision
A
3
3
30-Jun-2004
Sheet 3 of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\03954cc\PROTEL\03954a.ddb
Drawn By:
6
Te
D-13
1
2
3
4
+15V
D
R2
1.1K
S1
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
VR2
D
3
C2
1.0UF
1
LM4040CIZ
TP4
TP5
S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT
TP3
S3_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
3
2
1
S2
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V
J1
6
5
4
MINIFIT6
+15V
C
R1
499
S3
FLOW SENSOR
FM_4
1
2
3
2
+15V
1
2
3
4
B
3
C1
1.0UF
1
CN_647 X 3
S4
VR1
LM4040CIZ
C3
1.0
B
CON4
The information herein is the
property of API and is
submitted in strictest confidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
A
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
APPROVALS
DATE
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
DRAWN
A
CHECKED
SIZE
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
B
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
04354
D
SHEET
3-Dec-2007
1
of
1
4
D-14
1
2
3
4
6
5
D
D
C
C
Interconnections
04181H-1-m100e200e.sch
preamp cktry
04181H-2-m100e200e.SCH
HVPS Cktry
04181H-3-m100e200e.SCH
B
B
A
A
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
04181
H
10-May-2007
Sheet 0 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
3
6
D-15
1
2
3
4
6
5
ON JP2:
PMT TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK
+15V
FOR 100E/200E : SHORT PINS 2 &5 ONLY.
FOR 200EU: SHORT PINS 3 & 6 and PINS 2 & 5.
+12V_REF
+15V
R28
TH1
FSV
+15V
D1
6.2V ZENER
6.2V
1
2
OPTIC TEST
8
50K
JP2
R8
150K
D
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
TJP1A
TJP2A
U2A
2
R27
R18
SEE TABLE
1
499
PMT TEMP CONFIG JUMPER
D
3
LF353
4
+
C23
100 pF
S
R6
R15
SEE TABLE
C1
+12V_REF
TO TEC BOARD
100K
C26
0.1 uF
+12V_REF
*
J2
TP3
1
VREF
2
COOLER CONTROL
3
AGND
3 PIN INLINE
8
Q3
J176
D
R35
1.0K
N/I
G
U3B
R2
51.1K
R41
300K
R16
100K
6
7
5
* TP24
TJP1A
LF353
4
THERMISTOR+
+15V
PREAMP1
LED+
TP23
*
LED+
THERMISTOR+
U13
HVPS
+15V
b
R23
1
4
2
+5V_SYS
C6
COMP. 100E 200E 0200EU
------------------------------------------------R18
10K
10K
14K
R15
55K
55K
47K
R10
8.09K 8.09K 10K
R1
10K
U3A
2
R9
1
PMT_TEMP
3
OPTIC_TEST
2.0K
LF353
R10
4.99K
3
Q2
PN2222
R37
3.3K
4
INLINE-9-RA
74AHC1GU04
C
D2
11DQ05
0.1 uF
8
-15V
R7
10K
RT1
2
C
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Ec
J3
R32
499
SEE TABLE
TJP2A
*
TP18
*
TP17
*
TP25
*
TP19
*
TP22
TP21
*
*
TP20
Signal Connector
J6
ETEST
OPTIC_TEST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HIGAIN
PMT_TEMP
B
HVPS
VPMT
ELEC TEST
OPTIC TEST
PREAMP RNG BIT2
PREAMP RNG BIT1
PMT TEMP
HVPS VOLTAGE
PMT SIGNAL
B
MICROFIT-8
J5
TP11
*
L2
+15V
4.7 uH
C21
+
C49
0.68 uF
100uF
*
TP16
*
TP15
*
TP14
*
TP13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Power Connector
MINIFIT-10
L1
-15V
4.7 uH
+5V_SYS
C16
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
+
C46
0.68 uF
4.7uF, 16v
Title
100E/200E PMT PREAMP PCA Schematic
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
A
5
Number
04181
Revision
H
10-May-2007
Sheet 1 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
3
6
D-16
1
2
3
4
6
5
D
D
VPMT
5
TP9
*
6
11
NC3
14
NC2
+15V
3
NC1
C31
0.68 uF
8
7
9
10
16
15
1
2
IN 4
COM4
IN 3
COM3
IN2
COM2
IN1
COM1
2
74AHC1GU04
U17
4
HIGAIN
13
12
4
-15V
ETEST
ETEST
ETEST
PREAMP2
HIGAIN
DG444DY
+15V
U5
4
ETEST
2
HIGAIN
-15V
74AHC1GU04
4
PREAMP1
NC4
V+
V(L)
V-
ETEST_SIGNAL
GND
U4
U9A
3
+5V_SYS
C29
0.68 uF
1
2
-15V
C
8
8
C
LF353
U16B
R11
100M
C4
0.001 uF
+15V
7
5
100 pF
R48
1K
R46 100
TP1
*
4
C2
6
LF353, OPAMP
R5
R29
50k, POT
1000M
N/I, SHORTED
R12
TP8
*
+15V C28 10uF/25V
+15V
R50
N/I
R44
+
PREAMP2
SEE TABLE
C48
R3
1
PMT Signal Connector
2
2
4.99K
C5 0.68 uF
U1
6
TP7
*
SEE TABLE
For 1.0 uF use C11.
For 11 uF use C11A & C11B.
PREAMP1
3
COAX
R17
SEE TABLE
4
OPA124
+ C11A
22uF/25V
8
VREF
C30 0.68 uF
-15V
3
R19
10K, POT
A
1
R38
N/I
2
COMP. 0100
0200
---------------------------------------------R17
20.0K
10.0 ohms
R44
39.2K
25.5K
R51
10K
not installed
C3
0.1 uF
0.012
C11
11.0
1.0
ELECT. TEST
1
06858E DCN7057
VERSION TABLE:
0100 - M10XE
0200 - M20XE
3
SPAN ADJUST
100
ETEST_SIGNAL
R13
N/I, POT
2
TP6
*
2
1.0uF
C11
1
C2710uF/25V
R4
-2.5V
C36
0.1 uF
5
LF353, OPAMP
C3
SEE TABLE
U11
1
2
3
4
7
250K
+ C11B
22uF/25V
FB
BUFOUT
AGND
OUT
VV+
DIV RATIO C OSC
8
7
6
5
LTC1062CN8
B
U2B
6
R36
+
PMTGND
R43
4.99K
0.1 uF
8
J1
B
PMTGND
TP2
*
4
7
GUARD RING
-15V
C47
0.68 uF
+12V_REF
C9
3900 pF, FILM
R51
SEE TABLE
PMTGND
NOTES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
1.
CAPACITANCE IS IN MICROFARADS.
2.
RESISTORS ARE 1%, 1/4W.
3.
RESISTANCE IS IN OHMS.
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
PMTGND
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA Schematic
Size
4.
3
THIS CIRCUIT MUST BE USED
AS A MATCHED PAIR WITH THE
TEC CONTROL CIRCUIT
B
Date:
File:
4
5
Number
Revision
04181
H
Sheet 2
10-May-2007
of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
3
6
D-17
1
2
3
C45
4
6
5
HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY
100pF
TP4
*
VREF
D
R42
4.99K
U16A
2
8
3
3
LF353, OPAMP
2
C33
0.68 uF
Vrf(+)
16V
4
COMP
5
C24
0.1 uF
TC
7
Vee
-15V
C
GND
0.68 uF
Vrf(-)
4
R49
1.0K
Vcc
1
C20
K A
D7
2
C22
10uF/25V
2
1
C51
0.1uF/ 50V
CA0000192
U6
Iout
1
3.92K
+
R20
4.99K
4
IN
1
8
0.1 uF
R47
C32
1.0uF/16V
CA0000199
+5V_LOCAL
C25
OUT
GND
GND
6
C7
0.68 uF
+15V
HVPS
D
+15V
U22 LT1790AIS6-5
4.99K
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
RN1
C
R33
5
10
100Kx8
+5V_LOCAL
C
DAC0802
8
6
-15V
U9B
6
7
5
1
4
3
6
1
4
3
6
4
LF535
1
2
4
8
1
2
4
8
S2
S1
B
B
OUT
1
1
3
LM78L12ACZ(3)
C34
10uF/25V
+
2
+
C15
10uF/25V
IN
OUT
ON/OFF NC
GND
IN
5
2
2
+5V_LOCAL
TP10
*
U14
5
4
LP2981IM5
+
2
3
+15V
GND
U8
5
+12V_REF
TP5
*
C14
10uF/25V
2
C42
0.68 uF
D6
11DQ05
C50
10uF/25V
TP12
*
1
3
-2.5V
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
VR1
LM336Z-2.5
Title
R24
2k
M100E/200E PMT PREAMP PCA Schematic
Size
B
Date:
File:
-15V
1
06858E DCN7057
2
A
3
4
5
Number
Revision
04181
H
10-May-2007
Sheet 3 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.ddb
Drawn By:
3
6
D-18
1
2
3
4
A
A
B
B
JP1
R1
Not Used
R2
22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
C
Title
D
Size
A
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
SCH, E-Series Analog Output Isolator, PCA 04467
Number
Revision
04468
6/28/2004
N:\PCBMGR\..\04468B.sch
D
B
Sheet of
Drawn By:
4
D-19
1
2
4
5
6
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil
isolation/creepage distance around them
5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
AC_Line
J1
1
2
3
4
4 PIN
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
AC_Neutral
RELAY0
VCC
RELAY1
RN1
330
R1
R2
2.2K 2.2K
RELAY0
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
SCL P05
SDA P06
P07
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
+-
+-
SLD-RLY
YEL
RL0
YEL
RL1
D7
D8
D9
GRN
VA0
GRN
VA1
GRN
VA2
RED
YEL
RL2
D10
GRN
VA3
IO3
IO4
F1
1
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
2
Q1
4
R5
10K
1
06858E DCN7057
6
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
U2D
R6
10K
9
8
VLV_ENAB
VALVE_POWER
U5
1
2
3
6
7
8
1
+
2 1
R4
1M
C5
10/16
C4
10/16
U2E
+
C16
11
10
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
2
3
TP3
AGND
TP4
+15V
TP5
-15V
1
1
1
1
SPARE
J11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TP2
+5V
1
SYNC DEMOD
J10
J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TP6
+12RT
CON10THROUGH
VALVE1
VALVE2
C
VALVE3
C6
2000/25
DD2
15V TVS
+
find low ESR electroytic
+12RET
TP7
+12V
REV
B
DGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
+
22 uF
TP1
DGND
VALVE0
8 PIN
WTCDG OVR
K
MTHR BRD
J8
J4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
UDN2540B(16)
A
AK
D17
DL4148
MAX693
16
15
14
10
9
U2C
I2C_Vcc
JP4
1
2
3
C3
1
DD1
6A RECTIFIER
VCC
3
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
F2
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
DD4
6A RECTIFIER
U2B
IRF7205
VBATT
RESET
VOUT
RESET'
VCC
WDO'
GND
CD IN'
BATT_ONCD OUT'
LOW LINE' WDI
OSC IN
PFO'
OSC SEL
PFI
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
SN74HC04
VCC
2
D
KEYBRD
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
+12V
U2A
TP12
DC PWR IN
J5
DGND
1
VCC
2
AGND
3
+15V
4
AGND
5
-15V
6
+12RET
7
+12V
8
EGND
9
CHS_GND
10
CON10THROUGH
B
CTRL-2
12
C2
0.001
COMMON2
LOAD2
TS2
RELAY2
AC_Neutral
5
JP3
1 2
HEADER 1X2
COMMON1
LOAD1
TS1
RELAY1
CTRL-1
IO3
IO4
U4
C
TS0
TS1
TS2
SLD-RLY
J2 16 PIN
1
2
RELAY0
3
4
5
6
7
RELAY1
8
9
10
11
12
RELAY2
13
14
15
16
CTRL-0
R3
20K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
+-
A
D4
KA
D3
PCF8575
VCC
3
COMMON0
LOAD0
TS0
RELAY0
11
22
23
A0
A1
A2
INT
D2
K
21
2
3
1
24
U1
4
RELAY2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
9
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
VCC
TP11
4
2
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
K3
GND
GND
GND
GND
TP10
1
RELAY2
I2C_Vcc
3
D1
WDOG
Vss
CON5
2
K2
13
12
5
4
SCL
SDA
INT
RELAY1
1
J3
1
2
3
4
5
K1
SLD-RLY
Vdd
C1
0.1
3
I2C_Vcc
I2C_Vcc
B
2
1
1
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HEADER 4X2
A
1
A
3
AUTH
CAC
DATE
10/3/02
CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX
RJ
RT
5/16/07
02/15/11
Add alternate thermocouple connectors
Add C20, C21, C22, TP10, TP11, TP12
+5V
AGND
D
E
+15V
-15V
D
+12RT
+12V
Title
Size
B
Date:
File:
DCN:6161
Printed documents are uncontrolled
4
5
Teledyne API
Number
Revision
04524
E
7/11/2011
Sheet 1of 3
N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p1.schDoc Drawn By:
6
D-20
1
2
3
4
5
6
Aux Relay Connector
AC_Line
AC_Line
JP6
Heater Config Jumper
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
RELAY3
RELAY4
RN2
330
A
COMMON3
LOAD3
TS3
RELAY3
TS3
TS4
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RELAY3
1
K4
RELAY4
2
1
K5
2
AC_Neutral
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
3
I2C_Vcc
COMMON4
LOAD4
TS4
RELAY4
+-
4
3
4
+-
JP7
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
5
4
3
2
1
D6
YEL
D11
GRN
D12
GRN
D13
GRN
D14
GRN
D15
GRN
Standard Pumps
60 Hz: 3-8
50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10
D16
GRN
KA
D5
YEL
A
JP7 Configuration
B
VA5
VA4
RL4
VA6
VA7
TR0
TR1
K
RL3
World Pumps
60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7
50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10
60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6
50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10
IO3 IO3
IO4 IO4
IO10 IO10
IO11 IO11
IO12 IO12
IO13 IO13
10
9
8
7
6
A
PUMP
J20
MINI-FIT 10
1
2
3
4
AC_Neutral
AC_Line
AC_Line
CTRL-3
J18 16 PIN
1
2
RELAY3
3
4
5
6
7
RELAY4
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
B
CTRL-4
VCC
2
SN74HC04
16
15
14
10
9
VLV_ENAB
8
13
12
5
4
9
GND
GND
GND
GND
U3D
IN 4
OUT4
IN 3
K
ENABLE OUT 3
IN 2
OUT 2
IN 1
K
OUT 1
VCC
1
11
U3A
U6
1
2
3
6
7
8
UDN2540B(16)
U3B
U3E
IO14 IO14
3
4
11
10
VALVE_POWER
J6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DD3 C17
+
13
15V TVS
14
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
22 uF
C
C
CON14
VCC
14
U3C
IO15 IO15
13
U3F
5
+12RET
6
MT5 MF1 MF2 MF3 MT6
12
J19
1
2
14
VCC
13
7
+12V
C13
0.1
MINIFIT-2
U2F
X1 X2 X3
Q2
IRL3303
12
J14
1
2
MTK1
MTK2
7
+12V
MINIFIT-2
Q4
IRL3303
D
Q3
IRL3303
Use 50 mil traces
+12V
+12RET
DCN:6161
Printed documents are uncontrolled
1
06858E DCN7057
D
J21
1
2
Title
Teledyne API
Size
B
Date:
File:
MINIFIT-2
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
04524
E
7/11/2011
Sheet 2of 3
N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p2.schDoc Drawn By:
6
D-21
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V
TC1_GND
8
OPA2277
C10
0.1
C20
0.01
0.01
J
8
K
7
R-
5
4
Gnd
0.1
R10
C22
100pF
TC1_JGAINA
TC1_5MVA
TC1_JCOMPA
TC1_KCOMPA
TC1_GNDTCA
TC2_JGAINA
TC2_5MVA
TC2_JCOMPA
TC2_KCOMPA
TC2_GNDTCA
TC1_JGAINB
TC1_5MVB
TC1_JCOMPB
TC1_KCOMPB
TC1_GNDTCB
TC2_JGAINB
TC2_5MVB
TC2_JCOMPB
TC2_KCOMPB
TC2_GNDTCB
LT1025
TC2_KCOMPA
R20
3M
F6
1/8 AMP FUSE
U7B
R24
R18
TC2_GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TC2_JCOMPA
TC2_GNDTCA
TC1_JGAINB
ZR6
3V
+15V
R17
1M
5
1M
B
JP5
MICROFIT-20
R9
10K
TC PROGRAMMING SOCKET
* GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT
No extra connections are necessary for grounded thermocouples
* FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES
short TCX_GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB
* FOR K THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector
2) Short only TCX_KCOMPA to TCX_KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_JCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* FOR J THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector
2) Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXJCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
3) Short TCX_JGAINA to TCX_JGAINB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C
For 5 mV per deg C output, short TCX_5MVA TO TCX_5MVB
6.81K
6
R22
1k
OPA2277
C15
0.01
R26
14.3K
2
Vin
U10
TOUT 3
Gnd
C14
0.1
8
TC2_JCOMPB
K
7
TC2_KCOMPB
R-
5
C
R8
20K
TC2_JGAINB
0.01
TC2_GND
J
4.7V
C11
TC2_JGAINA
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
HAMITHERM
ZR4
7
10K
3V
5K
TC1_5MVB
R14
1M
R28
TC2_5MVA
TC2_5MVB
5K
CW
F5
1/8 AMP FUSE
R16
10K
TC1_JGAINA
TC1_5MVA
-15V
ZR5
-15V
CW
2
Vin
U8
TOUT 3
C9
J16A
- 2
+ 1
R7
20K
J17
1
2
3
4
MICROFIT-4
C8
R11
B
C
4.7V
+15V
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
HAMITHERM
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
OMEGA
J16
- 2
+ 1
R25
14K
4
ZR1
3V
TC1_GND
ZR3
2
10K
TC1_GNDTCA
K
1
R13
F3
1/8 AMP FUSE
ZR2
3V
C21
0.01
R21
1k
U7A
3
F4
1/8 AMP FUSE
R15
10K
A
0.1
C12
0.01
A
TC1_JCOMPA
R19
3M
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
OMEGA
J15
- 2
+ 1
J15A
- 2
+ 1
6.81K
KA
-15V
C7
R23
TC1_KCOMPA
A
R12
1M
R27
10K
4
LT1025
D
D
Title
Teledyne API
DCN:6161
Size
B
Date:
File:
Printed documents are uncontrolled
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
04524
E
7/11/2011
Sheet 3of 3
N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p3.schDoc Drawn By:
6
D-22
',*287
6+'1
',*,2
6+'1
',*,2
'>@
,2:
',*,2
'>@
'>@
,2:
',*,2
E3VFK
'
'
',*287
6+'1
'>@
'>@
6+'1
'>@
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
,2:
',*,2
',*,2
,25
',*,2
,25
',*,2
E3VFK
'>@
',*,2
'>@
',*,1
'>@
',*,2
E3VFK
6(1625,1
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
&
7(0308;
'$&08;
7(03
,2:
'$&
'$&
'$&
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
'>@
'>@
'$&9
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
6+'1
&
E3VFK
$1$,1
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
'>@
,25
9)5($'
'>@
9)352*
'$&08;
&+*$,1
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
7(0308;
,2:
6+'1
95()
7&
7&
7&
E3VFK
$1$287
,2:
'>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
%
'>@
,2:
'>@
'$&9
&6'$&$
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
6+'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
:5'$&
95()
7&
%
E3VFK
VKHHW
E3VFK
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
$
'>@
3&,)
'>@
,2:
,25
6+'$&
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
&+*$,1
9)5($'
6+'1
',*,2
',*,2
7&
6+'1
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567
$
E3VFK
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-23
9&&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
*1'
8%
' +&
35(
&/.
'
&/5
4
'
8$
35(
&/.
'
&/5
,&B'59B567
,2(1
+&
$
8%
8&
8$ +&
35(
&/.
'
&/5
4
4
,17
$
06858E DCN7057
5
5
. .
8'
35(
&/.
'
&/5
4
4
'*1'
6'$
9&&
6&/
3&)
&/.
,$&.
,17
$
5(6(7
9&&
&6
5'
:5
6&/
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
'%
,54 ,54
6'$
'*1'
966
X)FHUDPLF
&
5
N
:',
5
9&&
6&/ '6
''
%/8(
,&
%
56
5
6&/
6+'$&
6'$ '6
%/8(
8&
+&
6'$
8'
+& ,&
/7&&6
7LWOH
1RWHV
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&$
7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&%
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
0,&52),7
,'&+($'(5
5(6(7
-3
X)9
8
6&/
&
+&
9&&
.%,17
-3
,1/,1(
73
73
-
.%,17
6'$
9&&
&
73
9&&
,'&+($'(5
-
,&B5(6(7
+&
-3
0,&52),7
6+'1
'
73 73 73
6+'1
8%
+&
8
,25
,2:
'6
/('5('VPW
6<6&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
5
N
5
.
-
',
',
',
',
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
'2
'2
'2
'2
''
3&&'
9&&
;
8$
8
4
9&&
-
,25
,2:
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
'2
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
',
7&
-,72'&)2+0
9&&
9&&
,25
,2:
9&&
4
+&
5
.
9&&
+&
-3 ,'&+($'(5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
73
4
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
,&B5(6(7
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
8'
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
2&
&/.
(1
*
*
+&
9&&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
51 .[
$''5 ['()$8/7
$''5 [-3,167$//('
3LQVVKRUWHGRQ3&%
-3
$(1
,2(1
&
+($'(5'()$8/7('
X)FHUDPLF
$+&*8
-3
,25
8
+&
,'&+($'(5
73
+&
3 4
8$
+&
8$
,2: ',*,2
',*,2
',*,2
7(03
'$&9
:5'$&
9)352*
&+*$,1
9)5($'
;&
;'
;(
;)
73
,2:
*
*
',*,2
-3
9&&
',*,2
5
,17
+&
+&
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(1$%
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
9&&
8&
8
$ $ $
$ $
$ $
$ 127,167$//('
9&&
8
$
%
&
'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
*1'
26&
9
%$/(
7&
'$&.
,54
,54
,54
,54
,54
6<6&/.
5()5(6+
'54
'$&.
'54
'$&.
,25
,2:
60(05
60(0:
.(<
9
(1';)5
9
'54
9
,54
9
5(6(7'59
*1'
+&
8'
$
'>@
+&
$
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
8%
$
$(1
+&
,&
$
5
N
8
%
-%
3&
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH
&
$
$
$
$
&
'
*1'
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$(1
,2&+5'<
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
,2&+(&.
-$
3&
$
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-24
5;
7;
56*1'
/('*51VPW
5
.
-
5
127,167$//('
/('*51
&
6:
6:6/,'(3'7
=
=
=
9&&
9
95(7 9
07
07
07
02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(
02817,1*+2/(
%
9
07
07
07
02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(
-
73
07
73
73
73
73
73
79
60'$/&&
02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(
5;IRU&RP
%
79$55$<
'%0
'7(
127,167$//('
7;IRU&RP
02/(;
1&
5;'
7;'
1&
*1'
1&
576
&76
1&
'6
'6
/('5('
$8;&'&&32:(5&,1
9&&
5
127,167$//('
9
5(7
'*1'
9
9
$*1'
9
$*1'
(*1'
&+$6*1'
5
5
.
5
.
9&&
-
,1/,1(
5
N
&
'
9
'&(VLGHRIVZLWFKLVVLGHWRZDUGVSLQ
5;
576
7;
&76
56*1'
5;
576
7;
&76
56*1'
79
79$55$<
60'$/&&
5
.
.
/('5('
$
.
$
&RP56$
'6
'6
7;IRU&RP
'
576
&76
5;IRU&RP
&RP56%56
-
'%)(0$/(
07
07
02817,1*+2/(
02817,1*+2/(
9&&
'
0%56&7
'
X)97$17$/80
&
& ''B
X)97$17$/80
''5PXVWEH
ZLWKLQRI-
0%56&7
5
$
$
127,167$//('
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-25
73
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&6'$&$
&65$1*(
&6'$&%
&65$1*(
&6'$&%
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
$
5 56
73
:
%
$*1'
5
5
N
.
9&&
'*1'
'$&5$1*(2))6(7352*5$0
&
8$
73
&
&6'$&% '
&/.
8 '$&%,7
'287
&6
',1
&/.
92$
*1'
9&&
92%
%
8%
23$
6+'$&
8 327',*,7$/
$
:
%
$*1'
79
5
N
.
0%56&7
$
5 -
&
S)
5 23$8$
'$&
,QVWDOO-IRU
P$RQWK
FKDQQHO
$
$
:
%
$*1'
&
S)
,QVWDOO5
5LIP$
RQWKFKDQQHO
QRWXVHG
56
23$8$
8%
5
&
8$
X)FHUDPLF
5
$
-
0,&52),7
%
'$&9
N
5
'$&9
.
'$&9
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
:
%
$*1'
:
%
$*1'
23$8$
73
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
0%56&7
8&
5
$
23$8$
8'
5
N
.
7LWOH
5
6L]H
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
&
S)
&
9
'$&
&
&
S)
56
6+'1
'
&
S)
&
S)
5 73
'*1'
&
S)
X)FHUDPLF
'
'DQG'
0XVWEHORFDWHG
ZLWKLQRI8
&
S)
9
&6
6',
&/.
6'2
9&&
''B
5
'8$/'$&$
9&&
79$55$<
+($'(5,'&
&
X)FHUDPLF
'
&/.
8'
23$8$
-
79
9&&
62&.(78
:
%
$*1'
73
X)FHUDPLF
9
$
5
N
23$
&
X)FHUDPLF
:
%
$*1'
8&
23$8$
95()
5 .
9 X)FHUDPLF
73 73
$
6+'$&
-
$1$/2*92/7$*(&855(172873876
-
'
*
*
*
*
)(%($'
7(50%/2&.
)(%($'
,'&
'$&
&
,'&
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
79$55$<
56
6+'1
'>@
,'&
&
9
8%
23$8$
-
&
8$
X)FHUDPLF
&6
6',
&/.
6'2
&6'$&$
9&&
60'$/&&
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
60'$/&&
:
%
$*1'
9
'
&/.
2&
&/.
327',*,7$/
$
9
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
8
23$8$
8
62&.(78
X)FHUDPLF
'8$/'$&$
+&
9
&
X)FHUDPLF
&/.
'$&%,7
'287 92$
&6
*1'
',1
9&&
&/. 92%
8
9&&
&6'$&$
'
&/.
8&
:5'$&
7&
+&
'
,62/$7('0$237,21$/%2$5'6
,2:
,2:
'$&9 '$&9
8%
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-26
9
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
8%
,&
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6(/
51
.[
9&&
'
%$6
5
.
''
'
%$6
'
8%
/)
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
5
.
&
'
'
'
9
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
$
8
+&
73
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1&
96
1&
5()
1&
9,
2379
96
&26
&/.
X)FHUDPLF
9&&
3/$&(
2+0
5(6,6725$6
&/26($6
3266,%/(72
;$1';
06858E DCN7057
;
0%+0+=
73
73
73
73
'%
5'0%<7(
'%
*1'
8
'%
7,(
7,(
'%
;LOLQ[&3/'
7',
706
7&.
7&
7,(
7,(
7,(
7,(
)5(4
7,(
7,(
9&&,2
*1'
7'2
6(/
%
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
6(/
73
'
,25
6$
6%
6&
67$57
9)5($'
06%
0,'
/6%
$
7LWOH
'DWH
)LOH
;
5 2UFDG%
&
73
6L]H
&
X)FHUDPLF
/)
5
.
9&&
-,72'&$$(0+=
&
'
'
'
X)97$17$/80
$'.3
5
&
5
.
8$
9
&
X)97$17$/80
X)
9
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
9
&
X)
. 56
8
+&
,2:
5
.
5
73
9)352*
%$6
5DQG5UHGXFHWKHJDLQ
IRUDQDORJLQSXWVE\VR
WKDWZHFDQUHDGVOLJKWO\
DERYHIXOOVFDOHWRSUHYHQW
RYHUIORZRI$'&UHDGLQJ
&203
&203
$*1'
*1'
)287
'
X)9
'>@
9
56
23287
23
23
9,
9,
5 &$B
&
X)9
5 %
56
&
+&
9&&
'
'
'
'
9&&
96
*1'
96
9&&
5
.
7&
6+'1
8
8$
&
9
6
6
6
6
,1
,1
,1
,1
95()&/,3
''
,2:
8
'*'<
9
9&&
73
0&+,3
5
9
92/7$*(5()
&+*$,1
8%
23$
9
95()
8
1&
1&
1&
9,1
9287 15
75,0 *1'
5LQGXFHVDQ
RIIVHWLQDQDORJ
VLJQDOWRJLYHD
OLYH
IRUVHQVRUV
ZLWKRUVOLJKWO\
QHJDWLYHRXWSXW
X)FHUDPLF
&
&
X)FHUDPLF
23$
7&
X)9FHUDPLF
'
5'/6%
'%
'%
7,(
7,(
7,(
'%
9)&/.
,&/.
9&&,17
7,(
95()
1&
1&
(1%
$
$
$
$
5'06%
7,(
'%
9&&,17
,25
*1'
6$
6%
6&
5($'
67$57
*1'
X)FHUDPLF
8$
51 .[
966
&
&
X)97$17$/80
$'&95()
$108;
&
&
966
.
&
5
287
&+
&+
&+
&+
51 .[
56
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
&
X)FHUDPLF
&
X)FHUDPLF
8
&+
&+
&+
&+
&
9
$1$/2*,13876
73
73
95() $*1'
&+
&+
&+
&+
'$&08;
5
9 9
7(0308;
,&
23$8$
-
0,&52),7
-
0,&52),7
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
'
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
&+
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-27
9
%<3$66&$36
0867%(:,7+,1
2)7+(
5(*8/$725
,1387287387
3,16
9$1$
8
,1
287
212)) 1&
*1'
'
'
&
X)97$17$/80
/3,0
&
X)
'>@
9&&
7(0308;
&
'
'
'
6+'1
7(03
8'
,2:
9
,QVWDOO;7WKURXJKKROH
25;760'
EXWQRWERWK
8
0$;&:1
287
966
*1'
9
(1%
$
$
$
56
:5
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
,1
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
56
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
5
.
7+(50,67(5
;7
9$1$
;7
7+(50,67(5
-
7+(50,67(5
5
.
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
7+(50,67(5
0,&52),7
+&
%
&
%
99
8
'$&08;
& X)FHUDPLF
9&&
&
X)FHUDPLF
5 .
'
'
'
'
9&&
96
*1'
96
6
6
6
6
,1
,1
,1
,1
'*'<
51
51 .[
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
'$&9
.[
$
$
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-28
&21752/,13876
9&&
5 5 5
/
/
/
&
S)
S)9
S)9
'
5 5 5
5
&
S)9
S)9
3ODFHWKHVHWHUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRUVDWWKHHQGRIHDFKGDWD
OLQH(DFKGDWDOLQH
VKRXOGEHODLGRXWDVDGDLV\FKDLQWKHVLJQDOSDVVLQJ
IURPRQH,&WRWKHQH[W
9&&
&
&
&
/ )(%($'
&
8
36
&
&
5
&
S)
'>@
'
S)
(;7B9B287
&
+&
'
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
&
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
&
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
'
',*,2
,25
'
'
&
&
/
'
&
7(50%/2&.
&
&
/
&
/ )(%($'
&
(;7(51$/
&21752/
,1
$
*
*
'
/
/
/
73
8
8
36
-
51
.[
&
51
[
&
'
S)
%
%
&
51
.[
8
51
/
&
)(%($'
S)
(;7B9B287
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
,25
',*,2
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'>@
$
7LWOH
S)
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
+&
&
&
7(50%/2&.
&
/
&
$
/
/
/
/
&
(;7(51$/
&21752/
,1
%
8
36
-
*
*
[
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-29
9&&
&
',*,2
,2:
73
6+'1
6+'1
8%
'
+&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
8
+&
2(
&/.
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
'>@
&
',*,7$/2873876
51
[
'
8
36
8
&
&
&
S)
S)
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
36
&
-
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
&
&
)(%($'
&
&
)
9&&
S)
&
5(6(77$%/()86($9
'
&
&
7(50%/2&.
S)
/
$67$7862873876
/
)(%($'
(;7B9B287
',2'(6&+277.<
%
%
$
$
7LWOH
6L]H
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-30
9&&
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
'>@
8
&
&
S)
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
36
-
/ )(%($'
&2B(;7B5(7
&
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9
4
9
62
'
.
',2'(6&+277.<
4
5
9
.
62
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
S)
5(/$<63'7
.
.
'
',2'(6&+277.<
5
S)
-
5(/$<63'7
'
',2'(6&+277.<
5
%
&
%
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
2(
&/.
+&
,2:
8$
36
8
+&
(;7(51$/&211(&725
62/'(56,'(
S)
&
',*,2
4
9
.
62
.
5(/$<63'7
'
',2'(6&+277.<
$
5
4
.
$
7LWOH
6L]H
95(7
2UFDG%
'DWH
)LOH
06858E DCN7057
(;7(51$/
5($53$1(/
$/$502873876
7(50%/2&.
5(/$<63'7
.
62
&
S)
S)
6+'1
&21752/2873876
7(50%/2&.
51
[
8
/
/
/
/ )(%($'
9&&
&
&
&
'
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
S)
&
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
+&
&
8&
&
2(
&/.
&
,2:
36
&
',*,2
8
+&
8
&
6+'1
6+'1
'
',*,7$/2873876
51
[
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31
1XPEHU
5HYLVLRQ
%
0D\
6KHHWRI
1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
D-31
1
2
MT1
MT2
MT3
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
A
MT4
MT5
CHASSIS CHASSIS
TP3
3
MT6
MT7
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
MT8
4
MT9
5
SDA
CHASSIS CHASSIS
SDA
TP1
J1
TP4
3.3V
SCL
R6
R1
10K
10K
DithB U/D
R2
R3
R4
10K
L/R
10K
10K
10K
aHSync aVsync Mode
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R5
TP2
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB2
SCL
0039300100
J7
aR2
aR4
aR6
B
aB2
aB4
aB6
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
FBMH3216HM501NT
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
aG3
aG5
aG7
aB3
aB5
aB7
aDCLK
R21
jumper
Default:R21B
B
bDCLK
CLK
BACKL
aData Enable
aData Enable
C2
0.0022
CA_112
aR3
aR5
aR7
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
C
C1
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
A
aG2
aG4
aG6
3.3V
R7
100K
C7
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
+5V
5
4
3
2
1
A
FB16
FBMH3216HM501NT
FB17
0039300100
FBMH3216HM501NT
FBMH3216HM501NT
5V-GND
5V-GND
52
51
i BackLightDrive
R46
NI
R47
0
R48
NI
3.3V
+5V
JP2
Internal Dithering
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
1
3
Scan Direction
U/D L/R Scan Dir.
0
1
UD, LR
1
0
DU, RL
0
0
UD, RL
1
1
DU, LR
(1 = H, 0 = L)
FB4
5V-GND
J8
G0
G2
G4
R0
R2
R4
B0
B2
B4
DEN
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
FBMH3216HM501NT
NI
G1
G3
G5
J3
2
4
6
5
7
9
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DEN 9
10
11
12
B5 13
B4 14
B3 15
16
B2 17
B1 18
B0 19
20
G5 21
G4 22
G3 23
24
G2 25
G1 26
G0 27
28
R5 29
R4 30
R3 31
32
R2 33
R1 34
R0 35
36
37
38
39
40
10
11
12
R1
R3
R5
13
14
15
Mode
B1
B3
B5
C3
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
0 R28
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)
DCLK
FB3
J14
10
9
8
7
6
+5V
FB1
J2
50
49
48
Bklght47
46
45
Vcom
44
Mode
43
aData Enable 42
aVsync
41
aHSync
40
aB7
39
aB7
aB6
38
aB6
aB5
37
aB5
aB4
36
aB4
aB3
35
aB3
aB2
34
aB2
33
aB1
32
aB0
aG7
31
aG7
aG6
30
aG6
aG5
29
aG5
aG4
28
aG4
aG3
27
aG3
aG2
26
aG2
25
aG1
24
aG0
aR7
23
aR7
aR6
22
aR6
aR5
21
aR5
aR4
20
aR4
aR3
19
aR3
aR2
18
aR2
17
aR1
16
aR0
15
14
13
L/R
12
U/D
11
10
Vgh
9
Vgl
8
AVdd
aReset
7
6
Vcom
5
DithB
4
3
2
1
Bklght+
6
C4
0.0022
CA_112
16
17
18
6X3 Jumper
C5
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
C6
0.0022
CA_112
5V-GND
JP3
L/R
GM800480X-70-TTX2NLW
CL586-0529-2
U/D
1
3
2
4
6
5
7
9
8
10
11
12
B
NI
C
41
42
CL586-0527-7
4X3 Jumper
D
Make
FEMA
Data Image
United Radiant Tech.
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01
UMSH-8173MD-1T
JP2
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
2-3, 4/ 5/ 6 NC, 7/ 8/ 9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/ 18 NC
JP3
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P1.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 1 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-32
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
A
TP5
AVdd: +10.4V
R8
3.3V
R13
9.76
D3
BAT54S
R14
2.0
C16
18
0.33
21
CAT4139TD-GT3
FDV305N
1
G
D
S
3
2
B
C18
0.33
Q1
R16
464K
20
2
19
R18
80.6K
5V-GND
3.3V
8
13
22
A
BACKL
B
C35
0.1
R25
10K
R26
10K
14
15
SCL
SDA
AO
A1
A2
SCL
SDA
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
INT
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
12
5
FBP
VGH
PGND
10
VCOM
CTRL
C19
0.33
23
GD
14
R17
806K
15
TP9
25
HTSNK
Vgh: +16V
3.3V
R31
A
B
C22
24pf
C23
C24
C25
C26
43pf
43pf
43pf
0.1
TP10
Vcom: +4V
C27
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
Default:R31B
R22 jumper
Backlight Brightness Control
R22
R27
Control Mode
Remote – Video Port
NO
A
Remote – I2C
YES
B
Fixed Bright (default)
NO
B
S1
S2
SW_46
C
Vcom
3.3V
Default: NI
Maint_SW
Lang_Select
R19
66.5K
SW_46
Opt. Main Sw
Opt. Lang. Sw.
R31
NO
NO
B
8
PCF8574
+5V
16
CPI
PGND
R23
33K
10K
Vss
1
2
3
TPS65150PWP
B
Vgh
R27
jumper
Default:R27B
5V-GND
U3
C12
TMK325BJ226MM
22uf/25V
D4
BAT54S
C17
0.33
17
DRVP
GND
C21
470pf
16
R24
10K
Vdd
C
U2
COMP
R11
806K
R15
100K
1
FBN
ADJ
C20
0.220
+5V
C13
24pf
9
SUP
FB
REF
GMK107BJ105KA
C15
1.0
?
7
1
DRVN
FDLY
1K
SW
Vgl
Bklght-
24
5V-GND
R12
DLY2
FB
GND
SHDN
1
3
K A
MBRM120LT1G
3
SW
DLY1
Vin
4
3.9uH
2
5
Vgl: -7V
4
U1
C11
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
TP7
C14
1.0
GMK107BJ105KA
2
VIN
TP8
11
R10
10K
AVdd
D2
L2
Bklght+
22uH
C10
4.7uF/16V
487K
6
CD214A-B140LF
D1
L1
C9
4.7uF/16V
C8 0.001
IN
+5V
R9
309K
SW
TP6
5V-GND
5V-GND
D
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P2.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 2 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-33
2
3
4
5
+5V
J9
VBUS
DD+
ID
GND
USB-B-MINI
6
IN
6
CHASSIS
SHTDN
A
JP4
4
BP
C28
1uF
C29
470pf
C30
1uF
5V-GND
3.3V
1
2
U4
D_N
D_P
USB3.3V
3.3V-REG
OUT
8
1
2
3
4
5
A
6
GND
1
FB13
C38
USB3.3V
4
3
J11
R32
5V-GND
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
0.1uF
R39
100K
5V-GND
B
R33
100K
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
C39
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
VBUS
USB3.3V
FBMH3216HM501NT
CHASSIS
R36
12K
GND
SUS/R0
+3.3V
USBUSB+
XTL2
CLK-IN
1.8VPLL
RBIAS
+3.3PLL
C34
0.1
+5V
FB8
PWR3
OCS2
PWR2
3.3VCR
U8
+1.8V
USB2514-AEZG
OCS1
PWR1
TEST
+3.3V
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
CHASSIS
C32
1uF
5V-GND
C41
FB9
0.1
1
2
3
4
USB3.3V
C33
0.1uF
5V-GND
C43
0.1uF
DS2
GRN
5V-GND
F2
+5V
5V-GND
0.1uF
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
FB11
8
7
6
5
+5V
FB12 0.5A/6V
5V-GND
0.1uF
C45
5V-GND
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
06858E DCN7057
USB-A_VERT
J6
F3
Configuration Select
Mode
R32
R45
Default
A
A
MBUS
B
B
Install 100K for A, 0 Ohm for B
2
5V-GND
4
GND
3
D+
2
D1
+5V
U11
C36
0.1uF
5V-GND
1
C
C42
CHASSIS
5V-GND
D
USB-A_VERT
J5
FB10 0.5A/6V
USB3.3V
5V-GND
4
GND
3
D+
2
D1
+5V
5V-GND
C44
1uF
R37
100K
8
7
6
5
U9
C60
0.1uF
D4_P
D4_N
D3_P
D3_N
D2_P
D2_N
1K
C40
5V-GND
5
D1_N
D1_P
R38
0.5A/6V
0.1uF
5V-GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5V-GND
B
USB-A_R/A
J4
5V-GND
37
0.1
C59
FB5
CHASSIS
+5V
A
0.1
GND
D+
D+5V
F1
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
R20
49.9
FB7
U7
R45
5V-GND
NI
A
SCL
SDA
C31
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
USB3.3V
5V-GND
BUS +5
C
SCL
SDA
VBUS-DET
RESET
HS-IND/S1
SCL/S0
+3.3V
SDA/R1
OCS4
PWR4
OCS3
CHS
-V
2
USB3.3V
70553-004
+5V
B
OUT
1
5V-GND
R30
100K
D1D1+
D2D2+
+3.3V
D3D3+
D4D4+
CHS
R35
100K
6
7
8
9
10
GND
LL
GND
RL
D+ SHLD
DRT
+5
LT
TSHARC-12C
A1
+V
E
24MHZ
DS1
GND
R29
NI
To old TScreen
J12
1K
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
0.01uF
U5
70553-004
YEL
5
C37
To new TScreen
LL
RL
SD
RT
LT
1uF
5V-GND
B
1
2
3
4
5
JP5
R34
100K
5
J10
RT
RL
SD
LL
LT
3
4
5
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P3.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 3 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-34
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
A
3.3V
TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE CIRCUITRY ( TBD)
FB15
FBMH3216HM501NT
C61
0.1
J13
J15
B
CHASSIS
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
12
11
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
G3168-05000202-00
Y0_P1
0 R49
1
Y0_N1
Y1_P1
0 R50
3
0 R51
5
Y1_N1 0 R52
Y2_N1
0 R54
Y2_P1
CLKOUT_N1
CLKOUT_P1
2
U6
4
Y0_P
Y0_N
Y1_P
Y1_N
Y2_N
Y2_P
6
7
8
0 R53
9
10
0 R55
9
8
11
10
14
15
11
12
0 R56
bDCLK
13
14
CLKOUT_N
CLKOUT_P
6
R40
3.3V
10K
FB18
3.3V
R41
100
R42
100
R43
100
28
36
42
48
R44
100
12
20
FBMH3216HM501NT
7
13
18
C62
FB6
19
21
0.1
FB14
Vcc PIN 28
C46
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
C
23
16
17
22
HEADER-7X2
Option
MH1
MH2
MH3
MH4
Vcc PIN 36
Vcc PIN 42
Vcc PIN 48
Y0P
Y0M
Y1P
Y1M
Y2M
Y2P
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
CLKOUT
CLKINM
CLKINP
SHTDN
NC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
LVDS/VCC
PLLVCC
LVDSGND
LVDSGND
LVDSGND
PLLGND
PLLGND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
24
26
27
29
30
31
33
34
35
37
39
40
41
43
45
46
47
1
2
4
5
aR2
aR3
aR4
aR5
aR6
aR7
aG2
aG3
aG4
aG5
aG6
aG7
aB2
aB3
aB4
aB5
aB6
aB7
B
BACKL
aData Enable
NOTE:
To receive backlight control (BACKL) from CPU board
when using ICOP_0096 LVDS Transmitter.
The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector
(VSYNC) to U1-23 must be broken and connected to
pin 43.
3
25
32
38
44
SN75LVDS86A
C49
C47
C50
C48
C51
C53
C52
C54
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
C
C55
C56
C57
C58
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
D
D
Title
GUI Interface
Size
B
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
3
4
5
Number
Revision
06698
6/24/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P4.R3.schdoc
D
Sheet 4 of 4
Drawn By: RT
6
D-35
1
2
3
MT1
4
MT2
A
From ICOP CPU
CHASSIS-0 CHASSIS
U1
+3.3V
J2
VAD6
VAD8
VAD10
B
VBD2
VBD4
VBD6
VBD10
VAD6
VAD7
VAD8
VAD9
VAD10
VAD11
VBD10
VBD11
VAD0
VAD1
VAD2
VAD3
VBD2
VBD3
VBD4
VBD5
VBD6
VBD7
44
45
47
48
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
12
13
15
16
18
19
20
22
BACKL 23
VBDE 25
Header 22X2
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
VAD0
VAD2
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
A
To LCD Display
VAD1
VAD3
VAD7
VAD9
VAD11
VBD3
VBD5
VBD7
VBD11
22.1
VBGCLK
VBDE
5
11
17
24
46
R1
10K
R2
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Y0M
Y0P
Y1M
Y1P
Y2M
Y2P
CLKIN
CLKOUTM
CLKOUTP
SHTDN
NC
NC
VCC
VCC
VCC
LVDSVCC
PLLVCC
VLDSGND
VLDSGND
VLDSGND
PLLGND
PLLGND
41
40
39
38
35
34
Y0_N
Y0_P
Y1_N
Y1_P
Y2_N
Y2_P
J1
Y2_P
Y2_N
Y1_P
CLKIN
26
33 CLKOUT_N
32 CLKOUT_P
27
Y1_N
Y0_P
+3.3V
Y0_N
CLKOUT_P
14
43
CLKOUT_N
2
8
21
37
29
42
36
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
30
28
MH1
MH2
MH3
MH4
CHASSIS
B
+3.3V
G3168-05000101-00
SN75LVDS84A
C
C
+3.3V
BACKL
J3
Y0_P
Y1_P
Y2_N
CLKOUT_N
+3.3V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
13 14
Y0_N
Y1_N
Y2_P
CLKOUT_P
Header 7X2
D
C1
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
Title
Size
A
Date:
File:
1
06858E DCN7057
2
D
LVDS, Transmitter Board
3
Number
Revision
B
06882
5/7/2010
N:\PCBMGR\..\06882-P1-R0.SchDoc
Sheet 1 of 1
Drawn By: RT
4
D-36
1
2
3
4
U6
A
R19
.01/2KV
6
2
5
3
4
A
75
R20
C18
1
CHASSIS
R13
0
75
J1
12
SP3050
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16
15
14
13
10
J2
ATX+
ATXARX+
LED0LED0+
ARXLED1+
LED1-
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET
DF11-8DP-2DS(24)
CHASSIS
B
CONN_RJ45_LED
B
TP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
+5V
SDA
P2
Header 8
+5V-ISO
P3
U8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SDA
SCL
SCL
4
12
11
1
+
R10
2.2k
Header 8
VDD1
VDD2
LME0505
GND1
GND2
5
14
13
7
+5V-OUT
TP2
L1
47uH
C
C28
4.7uF
R16
1k
C17
100uF
TP3
ISO-GND
DS3
GRN
GND
GND
Title
D
Size
DCN:6092
1
06858E DCN7057
D
Auxiliary I/O Board (PWR-ETHERNET)
A
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
Date:
File:
2
3
Number
Revision
B
06731
5/6/2011
Sheet 1 of 3
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-1_ETHERNET.SchDoc
Drawn By: RT
4
D-37
1
2
3
4
V-BUS
A
A
V-BUS
C19
0.1uF
R11
2.2k
C22
0.1uF
3.3V
C24
DS4
6
9
11
B
12
J4
D+
D-
3
2
1
4
4
5
7
8
V-BUS
C23
0.1uF
GND
18
19
20
21
22
R12
4.75k
GRN
D+
DVBUS
GND
VDD
RST
SUSPEND
TXD
RTS
DTR
SUSPEND
RXD
CTS
DSR
DCD
RI
GND
D+ U10
DVREG-I
VBUS
17
16
15
14
13
10
CHASSIS
1
6
2
5
3
C
nc
nc
28
24
1
2
26
24
28
TXD-A
RTS-A
DTR-A
14
13
12
25
23
27
1
2
3
RXD-A
CTS-A
DSR-A
DCD-A
RI-A
19
18
17
16
15
U11
USB
C20
0.1uF
4.7uF
CP2102
21
22
GND
U9
C1+
C1C2+
C2-
VCC
ONLINE
VV+
TI1
TI2
TI3
TO1
TO2
TO3
RO1
RO2
RO3
RO4
RO5
RI1
RI2
RI3
RI4
RI5
STAT
SHTDN
RO2
GND
26
23
3
27
GND
J3
9 TXD-B
10 RTS-B
11 DTR-B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
10
6
RXD-B
CTS-B
DSR-B
DCD-B
RI-B
4
5
6
7
8
20
25
4
C26
1uF
RXD
CTS
DSR
N/C
TXD
RTS
DTR
DCD
RI
GND
B
DF11-10DP-2DS(24)
0
R14
SP3243EU
C25
0.1uF
C21
0.1uF
GND
0
R15
C
NUP2202W1
GND
GND
MT1
MT2
MT-HOLE
CHASSIS
MT-HOLE
CHASSIS
Title
D
Size
DCN:6092
A
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
06858E DCN7057
D
Auxiliary I/O Board (USB)
1
2
Date:
File:
3
Number
Revision
B
06731
5/6/2011
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-2_USB.SchDoc
Sheet 2 of 3
Drawn By: RT
4
D-38
1
2
3
4
+5V-ISO
R9
4.99
A
A
+5V-ADC
C27
4.7uF
AGND
C2
0.1uF
P1
C3
0.1uF
C5
0.1uF
C6
0.1uF
C7
0.1uF
U1
AN-CH0
AN-CH1
AN-CH2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
C4
0.1uF
C1
0.1uF
AN-CH3
AN-CH4
AN-CH5
AN-CH6
AN-CH7
U2
ANALOG INPUT
C8
0.1uF
1
2
3
C9
0.1uF
4
7
8
11
22
24
14
U3
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
5
4
SMS12
SMS12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
1
2
13
VDD
VDD
SHTDN
ISO-GND
9
5
10
12
6
SDA
SCL
A2
A1
A0
NC
NC
REF
NC
REF-AJ
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
AGND DGND
ISO-GND
27
26
B
28
25
3
C10
4.7uF
C11
0.01uF
C30
1nF
MAX1270BCAI+
TP4
C15
.01/2KV
C29
1nF
AGND
AGND
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
AGND
49.9
R17
+5V-ISO
CHASSIS
49.9
+5V
R18
+5V-ISO
TP5
+5V-ISO
C
5
TP6
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
R5
2.2k
R6
2.2k
1
U5
14
15
12
13
10
11
16
9
GND
SDA
SCL
NC7WZ17P6X
6
U4A
VDD2
NC
SDA2
NC
NC
SCL2
GND2
GND2
VDD1
NC
SDA1
NC
NC
SCL1
GND1
GND1
TP8
3
2
5
4
8
6
1
7
ISO-GND
R3
1K
R4
1K
SDA
DS1
SCL
DS2
BLU
BLU
C
2
TP7
C12
0.1uF
ISO-GND
ISO-GND
3
4
U4B
NC7WZ17P6X
ADuM2250
Title
D
GND
Size
DCN:6092
A
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED
1
06858E DCN7057
Date:
File:
2
D
Auxiliary I/O Board (ADC)
ISO-GND
3
Number
Revision
B
06731
5/6/2011
N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-3_ADC.SchDoc
Sheet 3 of 3
Drawn By: RT
4
D-39